John Deere 310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader Repair Manual by www.heydownloads.com

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader Repair (PIN: 1T0310HL_ _F273920— ) (PIN: 1T0410LX_ _F273920— )

REPAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL 310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader TM13300X19 07MAY19

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.

(ENGLISH)

Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.

Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.

This is the safety-alert symbol. When this symbol is seen on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury.

Technical manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.

Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and test sections help to quickly identify the majority of routine failures quickly.

Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. MM16284,00026ED -19-17SEP18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=2

Introduction

Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST!

TX1171862 —UN—17DEC14

IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for your specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere backhoe loaders are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations. When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of backhoe loader manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for your machine.

The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on left side of machine on the loader frame. Each machine has a 17-character PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.

JOHN DEERE Product Identification Number *1T0410LXPCE219607*

BACKHOE LOADER 410L MADE IN USA DEERE & COMPANY, MOLINE, ILLINOIS, USA

TX1171648 —UN—11SEP14

Product Identification Number

PIN Plate Location

Example of PIN Plate 1— PIN Plate

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

2— 17-Character PIN

JG33441,000003A -19-22DEC16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=3

Introduction

The following is an example for a machine that meets Final Tier 4 and Stage IV emission levels:

The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number.

17-Character PIN Examples 1

• (1—3) World Code: Identifies location where machine is manufactured. .................. ............. 1T8 ............... 1T0 ...............

1T0

1DW

World Code (manufacturing location) Davenport Works Thibodaux Works Dubuque Works

• (4—8) Machine Model and Series Identifier: Identifies model number and series.

410L

................ Machine Model and Series Identifier .............. Machine Model and Series Identifier

310SL

9 _

10 _

..................... Machine Option Code X .................. Base Machine

• (9) Check Letter: This is a random character assigned _

by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. ..................... Check Letter (variable)

• (10) Manufacturing Year Code:

Identifies year of machine manufacture. _ ..................... Manufacturing Year Code (variable) E .................. 2014 F .................. 2015 G ................. 2016 H .................. 2017

• (11) Engine Emission Code:

Represents engine

emission certification.

NOTE: Characters 7—8 identify series and major machine configuration options. These characters will change from one machine to another. X

•

..................... C ................. D ................. E .................. F ..................

Engine Emission Code Tier 2 and Stage II Tier 3 and Stage III A Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B Final Tier 4 and Stage IV

(12—17) Machine Serial Number: Identifies machine serial number. This character will change from one machine to another.

123456

............. Machine Serial Number JG33441,000003A -19-22DEC16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=4

Contents Section 00—General Information Section 17—Frame or Supporting Structure

Group 0001—Safety Group 0003—Torque Values

Group 1740—Frame Installation Group 1749—Chassis Weights

Section 01—Wheels Section 18—Operator's Station

Group 0110—Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Section 02—Axles and Suspension Systems Group 0225—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints Group 0230—Non-Powered Wheel Axles Group 0240—Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

Group 1800—Removal and Installation Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning

Section 19—Sheet Metal and Styling Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure Group 1913—Miscellaneous Shields

Section 03—Transmission

Section 20—Safety and Convenience

Group 0300—Removal and Installation Group 0350—Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches Group 0360—Hydraulic System

Group 2001—Radio Group 2004—Horn and Warning Devices

Section 21—Main Hydraulic System

Section 04—Engine

Group 2160—Hydraulic System

Group 0400—Removal and Installation

Section 31—Loader

Section 05—Engine Auxiliary System

Group Group Group Group Group

Group 0505—Cold Weather Starting Aids Group 0510—Cooling Systems Group 0520—Intake System Group 0530—Exhaust Systems Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems

3102—Bucket 3104—Attachment Coupler 3115—Controls Linkage 3140—Frames 3160—Hydraulic System

Section 33—Backhoe

Section 06—Torque Converter

Group Group Group Group Group

Group 0651—Turbine, Gears, and Shaft

Section 09—Steering System Group 0920—Power Steering Group 0960—Power Steering Hydraulic System

3302—Bucket 3304—Attachment Coupler 3315—Control Linkage 3340—Frames 3360—Hydraulic System

Section 38—Grapple Group 3800—Removal and Installation Group 3860—Hydraulic System

Section 10—Service Brakes Group 1011—Active Elements Group 1015—Controls Linkage Group 1060—Hydraulic System

Section 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Section 11—Park Brake Group 1111—Active Elements

Section 16—Electrical System Group 1600—Removal and Installation Group 1675—System Controls

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2019 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2017, 2018

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Contents

Section 00 General Information

Page Page

Group 0001—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 00-0001-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 00-0001-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 00-0001-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 00-0001-2 Protect Against Noise ................................ 00-0001-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 00-0001-2 Control Pattern .......................................... 00-0001-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 00-0001-3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 00-0001-4 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 00-0001-4 Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling ............................................... 00-0001-5 High Debris Applications ........................... 00-0001-5 Prevent Fires ............................................. 00-0001-6 In Case of Machine Fire ............................ 00-0001-6 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 00-0001-7 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 00-0001-7 Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ................................... 00-0001-8 Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal................................................. 00-0001-8 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 00-0001-8 Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 00-0001-9 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 00-0001-9 Handle Starting Fluid Safely ...................... 00-0001-9 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 00-0001-9 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............. 00-0001-10 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ..................... 00-0001-10 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement............................................ 00-0001-10 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls ....................................... 00-0001-10 Avoid Work Site Hazards......................... 00-0001-11 Keep Riders Off Machine ........................ 00-0001-11 Avoid Backover Accidents ....................... 00-0001-12 Avoid Machine Tipover ............................ 00-0001-12 Operate Boom With Care ........................ 00-0001-13 Avoid Power Lines................................... 00-0001-13 Operating on Slopes................................ 00-0001-13 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads .................................................. 00-0001-14 Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 00-0001-14 Travel Safely............................................ 00-0001-14 Prevent Acid Burns.................................. 00-0001-15

Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 00-0001-15 Use Special Care When Operating............................................. 00-0001-16 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 00-0001-16 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 00-0001-17 Service Accumulator Systems Safely................................................... 00-0001-17 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 00-0001-17 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 00-0001-18 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 00-0001-18 Service Tires Safely................................. 00-0001-19 Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ..................... 00-0001-20 Group 0003—Torque Values Torque Value Metric Bolt and Cap Screw....................00-0003-1 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values ........................................ 00-0003-2 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw ..........00-0003-3 Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors ............................................ 00-0003-4 Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings.............................. 00-0003-4 Service Recommendation O-Ring Boss Fittings In Aluminum HousingExcavators.............................................................00-0003-6 Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads ................................... 00-0003-7 Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings ..................... 00-0003-8 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.......................00-0003-9 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure..............00-0003-11 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-13 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting................................................... 00-0003-15 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings ................................................. 00-0003-16 Inch Series Four Bolt Flange For High Pressure ..................................................00-0003-17

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=1

Contents

Page

Service Recommendations For Non-Restricted Banjo (Adjustable) Fittings............................. 00-0003-18 Service Recommendations For O-Ring Boss Fittings With Shoulder .............................................. 00-0003-19 Metric 24 O-Ring Seal DIN 20078.......00-0003-21

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0001

Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

T133588 —19—28AUG00

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

TS201 —UN—15APR13

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator's manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction.

machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.

Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=9

Safety

Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

TS206 —UN—15APR13

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.

TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1

Protect Against Noise

TS207 —UN—23AUG88

There are many variables that affect the sound level range, including machine configuration, condition and maintenance level of the machine, ground surface, operating environmental, duty cycles, ambient noise, and attachments. Exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Always wear hearing protection. Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.

DX,NOISE -19-03OCT17-1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or

reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. AM40430,00000A9 -19-01JUL15-1/1

Control Pattern The control functions are described as they are arranged when the machine leaves the factory. Some control

functions can be changed to suit particular operating situations. Ensure that the operator is aware of all of the functions before operating any of the controls. OUTJ002,00004CA -19-30JUN16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=10

Safety

Inspect Machine

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

T6607AQ —UN—15APR13

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.

TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

T133592 —UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

DX,FLUID -19-06OCT16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=11

Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.

T133840 —UN—20SEP00

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509 —UN—15APR13

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Work In Ventilated Area

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

TS220 —UN—15APR13

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.

DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=12

Safety

Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling The removal of sulfur and other compounds in Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel decreases its conductivity and increases its ability to store a static charge. RG22142 —UN—17MAR14

Refineries may have treated the fuel with a static dissipating additive. However, there are many factors that can reduce the effectiveness of the additive over time. Static charges can build up in ULSD fuel while it is flowing through fuel delivery systems. Static electricity discharge when combustible vapors are present could result in a fire or explosion.

RG21992 —UN—21AUG13

Therefore, it is important to ensure that the entire system used to refuel your machine (fuel supply tank, transfer pump, transfer hose, nozzle, and others) is properly grounded and bonded. Consult with your fuel or fuel system supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in compliance with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding practices.

DX,FUEL,STATIC,ELEC -19-12JUL13-1/1

T133552 —UN—15APR13

High Debris Applications Many operations create flammable debris such as mulching, shredding, recycling, and agricultural applications. Operating in such environments may require frequent cleaning of the machine and attachments. Frequency of cleaning will vary depending on a number of factors, including operating conditions and weather. Flammable Debris MB60223,0005003 -19-29JUN16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=13

Safety

T133552 —UN—15APR13

Prevent Fires Handle Fluids Safely: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep flammable debris (trash, leaves, twigs, straw, and so forth), grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.

T133553 —UN—07SEP00

Maintain Hoses, Tubes, and Wiring: Replace hoses and tubes immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use an extinguisher properly.

T133554 —UN—07SEP00

Be Aware of the Operating Environment: Airborne debris may contain sparks or embers. Do not operate near any flame.

TX,PREVENT,FIRE -19-09JUN16-1/1

In Case of Machine Fire CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from exposed flames. Maintain safe distance.

TS227 —UN—15APR13

• Turn the engine off. • Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position (if equipped).

• If possible, fight the fire using the portable fire • •

extinguisher or other fire suppression equipment (if equipped). Ensure that the fire does not spread to the surrounding area. Do not risk injury. If a fire is too far advanced, do not try to extinguish fire. Call for help.

In Case of Machine Fire

CN93077,00000B2 -19-05FEB19-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=14

Safety

Prevent Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.

DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1

Handle Chemical Products Safely

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.

TS1132 —UN—15APR13

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=15

Safety

Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components

TS1133 —UN—15APR13

Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following:

• Use appropriate tools and personal protective • •

• • • •

equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. Follow instructions for specialized components. Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid);

•

• •

filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste. DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1

Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal CAUTION: Under federal, state, and local laws or regulations, exhaust filter ash can be classified as a hazardous waste. Hazardous waste must be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws or regulations

governing hazardous waste disposal. Only a qualified service provider should remove ash from the exhaust filter. Personal protective equipment and clothing, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition, should be used when handling and cleaning exhaust filter. See your authorized dealer for exhaust filter ash handling and disposal. TX,ASH,DISP -19-20JAN11-1/1

Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291 —UN—15APR13

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=16

Safety

Clean Debris from Machine Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's station clean and free of debris. T6669AG —UN—15APR13

Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces. Temperature in engine compartment could go up immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD. Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine compartment.

TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses Special work situations or machine attachments could create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer or winch, working in a forestry application or wooded area, or working in a waste management application, for example, could require added guarding to protect the operator.

Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective structure), forestry protection packages, and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects could enter or damage the machine. A rear screen should always be used with a winch to protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any special work environments, follow the operator protection recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John Deere dealer for information on protective guarding. TX,CABGUARD -19-12FEB13-1/1

Handle Starting Fluid Safely Starting fluid is highly flammable.

To prevent accidental discharge when storing the pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store in a cool, protected location. Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container. Do not use starting fluid on an engine equipped with glow plugs or an air intake heater.

TS1356 —UN—18MAR92

Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep starting fluid away from batteries and cables.

DX,FIRE3 -19-14MAR14-1/1

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

T133468 —UN—15APR13

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=17

Safety

T133715 —UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Use and Maintain Seat Belt T133716 —19—17APR13

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly. The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance.

TX,SEAT,BELT -19-20JAN11-1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or other controls. Engage park brake and lower work equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving the operator's station.

TX1014609 —UN—19DEC06

Always set the park lock brake switch to the ON position (1) before leaving the operator's seat for any reason.

1— ON Position VD76477,0001204 -19-02FEB07-1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls

TX1014474 —UN—12DEC06

Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before allowing anyone to approach machine.

Pilot Enable Switch VD76477,0001200 -19-05SEP12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=18

Safety

Avoid Work Site Hazards Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. T147554 —UN—01NOV01

Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires.

T147555 —UN—13DEC01

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds

hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt. VD76477,000001C -19-03APR18-1/1

Keep Riders Off Machine Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

T148715 —UN—06DEC01

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

TX03768,0000BAF -19-27MAR09-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=19

Safety

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.

PC10857XW —UN—15APR13

Avoid Backover Accidents

Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems, if equipped, to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range. TX,AVOID,BACKOVER -19-04MAR16-1/1

Avoid Machine Tipover Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in these conditions.

T147495 —19—26OCT01

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

TX03768,0000BA3 -19-07SEP06-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=20

Safety

Operate Boom With Care Always lower the boom so that the attachment is securely supported when operation is stopped. T147349 —UN—24OCT01

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the boom. Extra clearance may be required, particularly where the ground is uneven. Maintain a safe operating distance between the equipment and other personnel. Never swing boom, stick, attachment, or load elevated above the heads of bystanders. Operate Boom With Care

Use only prearranged and approved signaling practices. KR46761,00011B8 -19-28JUN16-1/1

Avoid Power Lines CAUTION: Power lines carrying more than 50 000 volts require a safety distance of 10 ft (3 m) plus 1/2 in (13 mm) for each additional 1000 volts above the 50 000 volt level. T147350 —UN—24OCT01

Approach with caution areas where overhanging telephone or electric power lines are present. Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from high-voltage electric power lines. Maintain a distance of 10 ft (3 m) between the machine, boom, stick, and any power line carrying up to 50 000 volts or less.

Avoid Power Lines

If state/province, local, or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for personal protection. KR46761,00011B9 -19-28JUN16-1/1

Operating on Slopes Avoid side slope travel whenever possible. Drive up steep slope in forward and down in reverse.

Use service brakes to control speed. Sudden brake application with a loaded bucket on downhill side could cause machine to tip forward.

Select low gear speed before starting down slope. The grade of the slope will be limited by ground condition and load being handled. JG33441,0000137 -19-27MAR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-13

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=21

Safety

Operating or Traveling On Public Roads T141891 —UN—15APR13

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.

TX,ROADS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

To maintain the ROPS:

A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.

• Replace missing hardware using correct grade

The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.

• Check hardware torque. • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or

hardware.

wear; replace them if necessary.

• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. TX,ROPS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Travel Safely When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible to prevent roll-over. T6964AD —UN—20DEC88

DO NOT PARK ON A HILLSIDE OR AN INCLINE. Always park the machine on level ground. Know the location of bystanders before moving the machine. Always keep the reverse warning alarm in working condition. The alarm warns bystanders when the machine starts to move in reverse.

Travel Safely

Use a signal person when moving the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting the machine. CN93077,00000B3 -19-01JUL15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=22

Safety

Prevent Acid Burns Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: TS203 —UN—23AUG88

1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.

DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX,ATTACH -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=23

Safety

Use Special Care When Operating

Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load. Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised loads.

T148749 —UN—05DEC01

Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.

Never lift an object above or near another person.

T147438 —UN—26OCT01

Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize loads.

TX03768,0000B70 -19-27MAR09-1/1

Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. to the ground.

• Engage park brake. • Stop engine and remove key. • Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.

T133332 —19—17APR13

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated tools or attachments.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or other this machine with the loader boom raised.

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88

devices that may slip out of place.

• Always install boom lock before working on or around

TX,PARK,LBH -19-28JUN10-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=24

Safety

Service Cooling System Safely Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TX,SURGE -19-19JAN11-1/1

Service Accumulator Systems Safely

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Escaping fluid or gas from pressurized hydraulic accumulator systems can cause serious injury. Extreme heat can cause the accumulator to burst, and pressurized lines can be accidentally cut. Do not weld or use a torch near a pressurized accumulator or pressurized line. Relieve pressure from the hydraulic system before removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve hydraulic system or accumulator pressure by loosening a fitting. Accumulators cannot be repaired.

DX,WW,ACCLA -19-15APR03-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area • •

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-17

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=25

Safety

Make Welding Repairs Safely T133547 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. MB60223,0000212 -19-02JUL15-1/1

Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

T133738 —UN—15APR13

Drive Metal Pins Safely

TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=26

Safety

Service Tires Safely Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

TS211 â&#x20AC;&#x201D;UNâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;15APR13

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

DX,RIM -19-24AUG90-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-19

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=27

Safety

During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common materials. Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.

TS227 —UN—15APR13

Clean Exhaust Filter Safely

Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.

Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer. Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury. Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe temperatures.

TS271 —UN—23AUG88

Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and clean up any spilled fuel.

If service procedure requires engine to be running:

• Only engage power-driven parts required by service procedure

and machine

Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts. Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before leaving the operator’s station.

TS1693 —UN—09DEC09

• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station

TS1695 —UN—07DEC09

Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.

DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0001-20

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=28

Group 0003

Torque Values

TORQ2 —UN—15APR13

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom—Property Class and Nut Markings Class 4.8

Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Heada

Class 8.8 or 9.8

Flange Headb

Hex Heada

Class 10.9

Flange Headb

Hex Heada

Class 12.9

Flange Headb

Hex Heada

Flange Headb

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

3.6

31.9

3.9

34.5

6.7

59.3

7.3

64.6

9.8

86.7

10.8

95.6

11.5

102

12.6

112

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

23.8

17.6

25.9

19.1

27.8

20.5

30.3

22.3

46.8

34.5

37.6

40.6

44.3

M6 M8

8.6

76.1

9.4

83.2

16.2

143

17.6

156

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft 25.6

lb·in

M10

16.9

150

18.4

13.6

31.9

23.5

34.7

M12

N·m —

lb·ft —

—

40.6

59.7

65.6

70.1

105

77.4

M14

—

64.2

70.8

128

94.4

141

104

150

111

165

122

M16

—

135

99.6

149

110

198

146

219

162

232

171

257

190

M18

—

193

142

214

158

275

203

304

224

322

245

356

263

M20

—

272

201

301

222

387

285

428

316

453

334

501

370

M22

—

365

263

405

299

520

384

576

425

608

448

674

497

M24

—

468

345

518

382

666

491

738

544

780

575

864

637

M27

—

683

504

758

559

973

718

1080

797

1139

840

1263

932

M30

—

932

687

1029

759

1327

979

1466

1081

1553

1145

1715

1265

M33

—

1258

928

1398

1031

1788

1319

1986

1465

2092

1543

2324

1714

M36

—

1617

1193

1789

1319

2303

1699

2548

1879

2695

1988

2982

2199

The nominal torque values listed are for general use only with the assumed wrenching accuracy of 20%, such as a manual torque wrench. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For lock nuts, stainless steel fasteners, or nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application.

Replace fasteners with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

CAUTION: Avoid injury. Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly, causing tool to slip resulting in injury.

• Make sure that fastener threads are clean. • Apply a thin coat of Hy-Gard™ or equivalent oil under the head and on the threads of the fastener, as shown in the following image. • Be conservative with the amount of oil to reduce the potential for hydraulic lockup in blind holes because of excessive oil. • Properly start thread engagement. TS1741 —UN—22MAY18

Lubricant Locations a

Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-1

OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-26JUN18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=29

Torque Values b

Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products.

Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-26JUN18-2/2

T6873AA —UN—15APR13

Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury. Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application.

T-Bolt

T6873AB —UN—18OCT88

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that the thread engagement is properly started. This will prevent fasteners from failing when tightening.

H-Bolt

T6873AC —UN—18OCT88

Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart. METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa T-Bolt

H-Bolt

M-Bolt

Nominal Diameter

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

108

176

130

137

101

265

195

206

152

392

289

294

217

118

539

398

392

289

167

125

735

542

539

398

216

159

931

687

686

506

274

202

1372

1012

1029

759

392

289

1911

1410

1421

1049

539

398

2548

1890

1911

1410

735

542

3136

2314

2401

1772

931

687

lb·ft M-Bolt

Torque tolerance is ±10%. 04T,90,M170 -19-29SEP99-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=30

Torque Values

TORQ1A —UN—15APR13

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom—SAE Grade and Nut Markings SAE Grade 1a

Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

Flange Head

Hex Headc

SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2

Flange Headd

Hex Headc

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Hex Headc

Flange Headd

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

3.1

27.3

3.2

28.4

5.1

45.5

5.3

47.3

7.9

70.2

8.3

73.1

11.2

99.2

11.6

103

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

22.2

16.4

23.7

17.5

6.1

5/16

7/16

SAE Grade 2b d

N·m 1/4

3/8

10.5

54.1 93.6

6.5 11.5

16.7

148

18.4

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

57.7 102 163

10.2

90.2

10.9

96.2

lb·in

15.7

139

16.8

149

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

27.3

20.1

29.7

21.9

38.5

28.4

41.9

30.9

60.6

44.7

66.8

49.3 75.8

17.6

156

19.2

170

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

27.8

20.5

30.6

22.6

31.7

47.3

34.9

lb·ft

1/2

25.9

19.1

28.2

20.8

43.1

31.8

34.7

66.6

49.1

72.8

53.7

69.3

103

9/16

36.7

27.1

40.5

29.9

61.1

45.1

67.5

49.8

94.6

69.8

104

134

98.5

148

109

5/8

37.6

55.9

41.2

62.7

93.1

68.7

131

96.9

144

106

186

137

203

150

3/4

89.5

72.3

149

110

164

121

230

170

252

186

325

240

357

263

7/8

144

106

157

116

144

106

157

116

370

273

405

299

522

385

572

422

216

159

236

174

216

159

236

174

556

410

609

449

785

579

860

634

1-1/8

305

225

335

247

305

225

335

247

685

505

751

554

1110

819

1218

898

1-1/4

427

315

469

346

427

315

469

346

957

706

1051

775

1552

1145

1703

1256

1-3/8

564

416

618

456

564

416

618

456

1264

932

1386

1022

2050

1512

2248

1658

1-1/2

743

548

815

601

743

548

815

601

1665

1228

1826

1347

2699

1991

2962

2185

Lubricant Locations a

Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in (152 mm) long. Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts. d Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products.

b c

Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-26JUN18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=31

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6234AC —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut. 4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly. Cone Seat Connector

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size

N·m

3/8 - 24 UNF

lb·ft 6

7/16 - 20 UNF

1/2 - 20 UNF

9/16 - 18 UNF

3/4 - 16 UNF

7/8 - 14 UNF

1-1/16 - 12 UN

102

1-3/16 - 12 UN

122

1-5/16 - 12 UN

142

105

1-5/8 - 12

190

140

1-7/8 - 12 UN

217

160

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. T82,BHMA,EL -19-29SEP99-1/1

Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings Straight Fitting T6243AE —UN—15APR13

1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. Straight Fitting Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-4

04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=32

Torque Values Angle Fitting 1. Back off lock nut (A) and backup washer (B) completely to head end (C) of fitting. T6520AB —UN—15APR13

2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until backup washer contacts face of boss. 3. Turn fitting head end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. 4. Hold fitting head end with a wrench and tighten locknut and backup washer to proper torque value.

Angle Fitting

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART N·m

lb·ft

3/8-24 UNF

Thread Size

7/16-20 UNF

1/2-20 UNF

9/16-18 UNF

3/4-16 UNF

7/8-14 UNF

1-1/16-12 UN

102

1-3/16-12 UN

122

1-5/16-12 UN

142

105

1-5/8-12 UN

190

140

1-7/8-12 UN

217

160

A—Lock Nut B—Backup Washer

C—Head End

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. 04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=33

Torque Values

O-Ring Boss Fittings in Aluminum Housing Service Recommendations—Excavators

T196315 —UN—17NOV03

O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END NUT WITH METRIC THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified.

O-Ring Boss Straight and Adjustable Fittings 1— Straight Fitting 2— O-Ring

5— Hex Nut 6— Backup Washer

3— Stud End 4— Adjustable Fitting

Thread Size mm

Hex Nut Size mm

N·m (lb·ft)

M12 x 1.5

39 (29)

M14 x 1.5

39 (29)

M16 x 1.5

55 (41)

M22 x 1.5

75 (55)

M27 x 2

110 (81)

M30 x 2

141 (104)

M33 x 2

165 (122)

M38 x 2

165 (122)

M42 x 2

275 (203)

O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END NUT WITH INCH THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified.

O-RING BOSS PLUG STUD END WITH INCH THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified.

Thread Size in

N·m (lb·ft)

Thread Size in

1/8

—

1/8

7.8 (5.80)

1/4

28 (20)

1/4

11.8 (8.70)

3/8

39 (29)

3/8

23 (17)

1/2

75 (55)

1/2

39 (29)

3/4

126 (93)

3/4

55 (41)

165 (122)

86 (64)

1-1/8

—

1-1/4

126 (93)

1-1/4

259 (191)

1-1/2

157 (116)

1-3/8

—

204 (150)

1-1/2

330 (243)

1-3/4

—

N·m (lb·ft)

1. Inspect fitting and O-ring boss sealing surfaces and the O-ring. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, or burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling, or flatten condition. 2. Back the stud end hex nut (5) off as far as possible. Push backup washer (6) towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section of stud end. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-6

OUT3035,0000353 -19-04MAR16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=34

Torque Values

3. Wrap electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over the tape into turned down section. Remove tape. Apply hydraulic oil to the threads of stud end, turned down section, and O-ring. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or backup washer squeezes O-ring into the seat and

contacts face of boss. Loosen an adjustable fitting no more than one turn for alignment. 5. Tighten straight fitting or hex nut to the torque value given. Hold body of adjustable fitting using a second wrench when tightening hex nut. OUT3035,0000353 -19-04MAR16-2/2

Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6873AE —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start the nut. 4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly.

Straight Thread

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. TORQUE CHARTa b

N·m

lb·ft

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

Tapered Thread N·m

lb·ft

3/4

176

130

157

116

343

253

1-1/2

196

145

539

398

255

188

588

434

T6873AD —UN—15APR13

Straight Thread Thread Size

Tapered Thread

Torque tolerance is ±10%. b With seat face.

NOTE: If female thread is cast iron (control valves, brake valves motors, etc.), torque must be reduced approximately 10%. 04T,90,M171 -19-28JAN92-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=35

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings

4. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings, use backup wrench on straight hose couplings.

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces and O-ring. They must be free of dirt or defects.

IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings to 150% of listed torque value if indexing is necessary or if fitting is attached to an actuating devise.

2. Lubricate O-rings and install into grove using petroleum jelly to hold in place.

Tighten fittings to 50% of listed torque value if used in aluminum housing.

3. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to ensure O-ring remains in place.

FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE* Nominal Tube OD mm in

Thread Size

Bulkhead Nut

Swivel Nut

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

6.35

0.250

9/16-18

9.52

0.375

11/16-16

12.70

0.500

13/16-16

15.88

0.625

1-14

19.05

0.750

1-3/16-12

102

22.22

0.875

1-3/16-12

102

25.40

1.000

1-7/16-12

142

105

142

105

31.75

1.250

1-11/16-12

190

140

190

140

38.10

1.500

2-12

217

160

217

160

*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Stud End O-ring Seal Torque for Straight and Adjustable Fittings* Thread Size

Straight Hex Size

Locknut Hex Size

Straight Fitting or Locknut Toque N·m

3/8-24

5/8

9/16

7/16-20

5/8

1/2-20

3/4

11/16

9/16-18

3/4

25 55

lb·ft

3/4-16

7/8

15/16

7/8-14

1-1/16

104

1-1/16-12

1-1/4

1-3/8

176

130

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

1-1/2

230

170

1-5/16-12

1-1/2

1-5/8

285

210

*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. OUO6092,00010A4 -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=36

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SAE INCH HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

H70406 —UN—15APR13

G E F

H F E

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings A—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube Nut B—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow

C—Stud Straight and Tube Nut D—Bulkhead Union and Nut

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

E—Stud End F— Tube Nut G—Swivel Nut H—Hex Nut Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

in —

N·m (lb·ft) —

in —

N·m (lb·ft) —

9/16-18 —

11/16 —

24 (18) —

13/16 —

32 (24) —

Metric Tube OD mm

Dash Size

mm (in)

-3

4.78 (0.188)

-4

6.35 (0.250)

-5

7.92 (0.312)

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

13/16

37 (27)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

15/16

75 (55)

1-1/8

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

1-1/8

103 (76)

1-5/16

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

1-1/2 —

175 (129)

1-3/8 —

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

1-5/8

214 (158)

1-3/4

247 (182)

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

1-7/8

286 (211)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

2-1/4

326 (240)

2-3/8

374 (276)

175 (129)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Size

Straight Hex Sizea

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

3/8-24

5/8

9/16

18 (13)

7/16-20

5/8

24 (18)

1/2-20

3/4

11/16

30 (22)

9/16-18

3/4

37 (27)

3/4-16

7/8

15/16

75 (55)

7/8-14

1-1/16

103 (76)

1-1/16-12

1-1/4

1-3/8

177 (131)

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

1-1/2

231 (170)

1-5/16-12

1-1/2

1-5/8

270 (199)

1-5/8-12

1-3/4

1-7/8

286 (211)

1-7/8-12

2-1/8

326 (240)

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks,

and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling, or flatten condition.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-9

OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=37

Torque Values

2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose.

4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than one turn for alignment.

3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.

Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure O-ring remains in place.

Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating of O-ring and cause it to pop out.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut.

To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the turned down section. Remove the tape. OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=38

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL AND FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut

Metric Tube OD mm

Dash Size

mm (in)

-2

3.18 (0.125)

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250) 7.92 (0.312)

9/16-18 —

17 —

16 (12) —

22 —

32 (24) — 42 (31)

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

in —

N·m (lb·ft) —

—

-5

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

24 (18)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

50 (37)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625

1-14

69 (51)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

25 28

-16 —

25.40 (1.000) —

1-7/16-12 —

41 —

142 (105) —

46 —

247 (182) —

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

190 (140)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

-32

50.80 (2.000)

2-12 —

60 —

217 (160) —

60 —

374 (276) —

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea mm

Straight Hex Sizeb mm

Adjustable Nut Hex Size mm

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M8 x 1

8 (6)

5 (4)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

10 (7)

M12 x 1.5

25 (18)

17 (12)

M14 x 1.5

40 (30)

27 (20)

M16 x 1.5

45 (33)

30 (22)

M18 x 1.5

50 (37)

33 (25)

M22 x 1.5

69 (51)

46 (34)

M27 x 2

100 (74)

67 (49)

M30 x 2

130 (96)

87 (64)

M33 x 2

160 (118)

107 (79)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-11

OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=39

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea mm

Straight Hex Sizeb mm

Adjustable Nut Hex Size mm

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M38 x 2

176 (130)

117 (87)

M42 x 2

210 (155)

140 (103)

M48 x 2

260 (192)

173 (128)

M60 x 2

315 (232)

210 (155)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling, or flatten condition. 2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose.

To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the turned down section. Remove the tape. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than one turn for alignment. Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure O-ring remains in place.

3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place. Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating of O-ring and cause it to pop out.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=40

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

10 T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

Thread Size

Torque

Hex Size mm

Torque

Metric Tube OD mm

Hex Size mm

Dash Size

mm (in)

-2

3.18 (0.125)

in —

—

N·m (lb·ft) —

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250) 7.92 (0.312)

9/16-18 —

17 —

24 (18) —

22 —

32 (24) —

N·m (lb·ft) —

—

-5

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

37 (27)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

75 (55)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

103 (76)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

25 28

-16 —

25.40 (1.000) —

1-7/16-12 —

41 —

214 (158) —

46 —

247 (182) —

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

—

286 (211)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

—

326 (240)

374 (276)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea mm

Straight Hex Sizeb mm

Adjustable Nut Hex Size mm

M8 x 1

8 (6)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

M12 x 1.5

35 (26)

M14 x 1.5

45 (33)

M16 x 1.5

55 (41)

M18 x 1.5

70 (52)

M22 x 1.5

100 (74)

M27 x 2

170 (125)

M30 x 2

215 159)

M33 x 2

260 (192)

M38 x 2

320 (236)

M42 x 2

50 Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-13

Steel or Gray Iron Torque N·m (lb·ft)

360 (266) OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=41

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea mm

Straight Hex Sizeb mm

Adjustable Nut Hex Size mm

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

M48 x 2

420 (310)

N·m (lb·ft)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=42

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting

Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. TORQUE CHARTa

2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.

3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.

Thread

N·m

lb·ft 9

M10

M12

M14

157

116

M16

217

160

M18

334

246

M20

421

318

Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures. b Metric standard thread.

04T,90,K175 -19-29SEP99-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=43

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings

Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component.

TORQUE CHART N·m Cap Screw Size Min

Max

Min

Max

1/2

5/16-18 UNC

3/4

3/8-16 UNC

1-1/4

7/16-14 UNC

1-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

131

1/2-13 UNC

131

2-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

107

131

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

3-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.

lb·ft

Nominal Flange Size

5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below. DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.

04T,90,K174 -19-01AUG94-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=44

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting for High-Pressure Service Recommendations

Four Bolt Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

If imperfection cannot be polished out, replace component.

INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING FOR 41 400 kPa (414 bar) (6000 psi) PRESSURE SERIES TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified. Nominal Flange Size

Cap Screw Sizea

Min—Max Torque

N·m (lb·ft)b

1/2

5/16-18 UNC

20—31 (15—23)

3/4

3/8-16 UNC

34—54 (25—40)

7/16-14 UNC

57—85 (42—63)

1-1/4

1/2-13 UNC

85—131 (63—97)

1-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

159—264 (117—195)

3/4-10 UNC

271—468 (200—345)

JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware. Lock washers are permissible but not recommended.

2. Install the O-ring (and backup ring, if used) into groove. Use petroleum jelly to hold it in place. IMPORTANT: DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange halves and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). Single piece flange (D): Make sure flange is centrally located on port and line is centered in flange. Install the cap screws. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring.

Minimum torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can be increased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond the maximum will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches, nicks, and burrs cause leaks. Roughness causes O-ring wear. Out-of-flat causes O-ring extrusion.

4. Tighten one cap screw and then the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten the two remaining cap screws. Tighten cap screws within the specified torque values. OUT3035,0000422 -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-17

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=45

Torque Values

Service Recommendations For Non-Restricted Banjo (Adjustable) Fittings 1. Inspect all fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt and defects. 2. Inspect O-ring (A). It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Inspect sealing ring (B) for damage or defects. 4. Hold body in desired position while tightening stud by hand. 5. Tighten stud (C) to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow body to twist when tightening stud. T113948 —UN—06MAR98

NOTE: The L in the Tube Fitting OD Size column indicates “light” designed fitting and the S indicates “heavy” designed fitting. Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Metric Thread

N·m

lb·ft

6 L

M10 x 1

8 L

M12 x 1.5

10 L

M14 x 1.5

12 L

M16 x 1.5

100

15 L

M18 x 1.5

130

18 L

M22 x 1.5

160

22 L 28 L 35 L 42 L

M26 x 1.5 M33 x 2 M42 x 2 M48 x 2

250 400 600 800

Non-Restricted Banjo Fitting Torque Value Inch Size

N·m

lb·ft

Tube Fitting O.D. Size

118

6 L

1/8

184

8 L

1/4

295

10 L

1/4

443

12 L

3/8

590

15 L

1/2

130

1/2

150

111

6 S

M12 x 1.5

18 L

8 S

M14 x 1.5

22 L

3/4

250

184

400

295

10 S

M16 x 1.5

100

28 L

12 S

M18 x 1.5

130

35 L

1-1/4

600

443

14 S

M20 x 1.5

160

118

42 L

1-1/2

800

590

16 S

M22 x 1.5

160

118

6 S

1/4

20 S

M27 x 2

250

184

8 S

1/4

25 S

M33 x 2

400

295

10 S

3/8

30 S

M42 x 2

600

443

12 S

3/8

100

38 S

M48 x 2

800

590

14 S

1/2

130

16 S

1/2

150

111

20 S

3/4

250

184

25 S

400

295

30 S

1-1/4

600

443

38 S

1-1/2

800

590

CED,OUO1002,562 -19-09MAR98-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=46

Torque Values

Service Recommendations For O-Ring Boss Fittings With Shoulder 1. Inspect component seal boss seat for dirt or defects. T113957 —UN—06MAR98

2. Inspect EOlastic seal (A) for damage. Replace seal or fitting as necessary. To replace seal, put electrical tape over threads to protect seal. Slide seal over tape and into seal groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. IMPORTANT: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. NOTE: The L in the Tube Fitting OD Size column indicates “light” designed fitting and the S indicates “heavy” designed fitting.

O-Ring Boss Fitting With Shoulder Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Inch Size

N·m

lb·ft

6 L

1/8

8 L

1/4

10 L

1/4

12 L

3/8

59 103

Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Metric Thread

N·m

6 L

M10 x 1

15 L

1/2

140

lb·ft

8 L

M12 x 1.5

18 L

1/2

100

10 L

M14 x 1.5

22 L

3/4

180

133

12 L

M16 x 1.5

28 L

300

221

15 L

M18 x 1.5

35 L

1-1/4

600

443

18 L

M22 x 1.5

130

42 L

1-1/2

800

590

22 L

M26 x 1.5

190

140

6 S

1/4

28 L

M33 x 2

300

221

8 S

1/4

35 L

M42 x 2

600

443

10 S

3/8

42 L

M48 x 2

800

590

12 S

3/8

6 S

M12 x 1.5

14 S

1/2

160

118

8 S

M14 x 1.5

16 S

1/2

140

103

10 S

M16 x 1.5

20 S

3/4

250

184

12 S

M18 x 1.5

110

25 S

400

295

14 S

M20 x 1.5

140

103

30 S

1-1/4

650

479

16 S

M22 x 1.5

170

125

38 S

1-1/2

800

590

20 S

M27 x 2

250

184

25 S

M33 x 2

450

332

30 S

M42 x 2

600

443

38 S

M48 x 2

800

590

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-19

CED,OUO1002,563 -19-09MAR98-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=47

Torque Values Hex Socket Head Plugs Only Torque Value Thread Size

N·m

M10 x 1

M12 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

100

M26 x 1.5

120

M27 x 2

150

111

M33 x 2

250

184

M42 x 2

400

295

M48 x 2

500

369

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

150

111

lb·ft

220

162

1-1/4

600

443

1-1/2

800

590 CED,OUO1002,563 -19-09MAR98-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-20

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=48

Torque Values

Metric 24° O-Ring Seal DIN 20078 Service Recommendations METRIC 24° O-RING SEAL DIN 20078 TORQUE VALUES Fitting Tube OD Size mm

Heavy Fitting Size mm

Light Fitting Size mm

—

M12 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5 —

M18 x 1.5 —

15 16 18 20 22 25 28 30

M24 x 1.5 — M30 x 2 — M36 x 2 —

M42 x 2 —

M52 x 2

M22 x 1.5 — M26 x 1.5 —

Torque Turns

Hand tighten so O-ring contacts seat plus an additional 1/4—1/3 turn using a wrench

M30 x 2 — M36 x 2 — M45 x 2 —

NOTE: These fittings are also referred to as EO and EO-2 Bite Type or Ermeto style fittings. T113889 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: In this style of fittings, there are “heavy” and “light” designs. Usually “heavy” is used for pressure lines and “light” for return lines. Some “heavy” and “light” sizes can be threaded together but do not seal properly. Be sure not to mix “heavy” and “light” fittings. 1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt scratches, nicks, and burrs.

Connection

2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling or flatten condition. 3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil. 4. Align an adjustable fitting with the tube.

Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure proper seal. 5. Tighten nut (A) hand tight so O-ring contacts seat and then an additional 1/4—1/3 turn using a wrench. CED,OUO1002,517 -19-14JAN04-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-21

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=49

Torque Values

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

00-0003-22

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=50

Contents

Section 01 Wheels

Page

Group 0110â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 01-0110-1 Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 01-0110-2 Tire Remove and Install............................. 01-0110-3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0110

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install 8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb

Rear Wheel (without fluid) Weight (approximate)

135—188 kg 298—415 lb

Rear Wheel (with fluid) Weight (approximate)

457—585 kg 1008—1290 lb

Rear Wheel Nut Torque

687 N·m 507 lb·ft

TX1114051A —UN—17MAY12

SPECIFICATIONS Machine Weight (approximate)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Shop Floor Stand

Rear Wheel Assembly on Wheel Lift

Heavy-Duty Wheel Lift 1— Wheel Fastener (10 used per tire)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Loosen wheel fasteners (1) before lifting wheel off ground. 3. Using stabilizers, lift rear wheels off ground and place shop floor stand under axle housing. Specification Machine—Weight (approximate)...................................................................8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb

4. Position wheel lift (2) under wheel. Fasten safety chain around upper portion of tire. Specification Rear Wheel (without fluid)—Weight (approximate).......................................................................135—188 kg 298—415 lb Rear Wheel (with fluid)—Weight.......................................................................457—585 kg 1008—1290 lb

5. Remove wheel fasteners. Pull wheel assembly away from axle. 6. Inspect all parts for damage. Replace parts as necessary.

2— Wheel Lift

7. Thoroughly clean wheel fasteners, mounting surfaces, and wheel studs in flanged axle. Use compressed air to dry all parts and tapped holes. 8. Install wheel using wheel lift. IMPORTANT: Install wheel fasteners several turns by hand to prevent thread damage. If a power wrench is used, be sure wheel fasteners are fully engaged to prevent stripping. 9. Install wheel fasteners several turns by hand. Tighten to specification. Specification Rear Wheel Nut—Torque................................................................................687 N·m 507 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to machine. Verify wheel fasteners are tightened to specification. 10. Tighten wheel fasteners to specification after first 50—100 hours of loaded operation after installing wheel. NM95233,00005C0 -19-07AUG17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=53

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Machine Weight (approximate)

8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb

Front Wheel (with fluid) Weight (approximate)

122—217 kg 269—478 lb

Wheel Fastener (nonpowered front axle) Torque

230 N·m 170 lb·ft

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Wheel Fastener Torque

687 N·m 507 lb·ft

TX1114052A —UN—28JUN12

Front Wheel (without fluid) Weight 51—93 kg 112—205 lb (approximate)

Front Wheel Assembly

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Shop Floor Stand

1— Wheel Fastener (8 used per tire)

Heavy-Duty Wheel Lift

2— Wheel Assembly

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 8. Install wheel assembly.

2. Loosen wheel fasteners (1). 3. Using loader, lift front wheels off ground and place shop floor stand under axle housing. Specification Machine—Weight (approximate)...................................................................8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb

4. Place wheel lift under wheel assembly (2). Fasten safety chain around upper portion of tire. Specification Front Wheel (without fluid)—Weight (approximate)...........................................................................51—93 kg 112—205 lb Front Wheel (with fluid)—Weight (approximate)............................................................................122—217 269—478 lb

5. Remove wheel fasteners. Pull wheel assembly away from axle. 6. Inspect all parts for damage. Replace parts as necessary. 7. Clean wheel fasteners and tapped studs. Use compressed air to dry all parts.

IMPORTANT: Prevent thread damage to hub studs and wheel fasteners. Install wheel fasteners several turns by hand. If a power wrench is used, be sure wheel fasteners are fully engaged to prevent stripping. 9. Install wheel fasteners several turns by hand, then tighten to specification. Specification Wheel Fastener (nonpowered front axle)—Torque..............................................................................230 N·m 170 lb·ft Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Wheel Fastener—Torque........................................................................687 N·m 507 lb·ft

10. Lower machine to ground. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to machine. Verify wheel fasteners are tightened to specification. 11. Tighten wheel fasteners to specification after first 50—100 hours of loaded operation after installing wheel. NM95233,00005C2 -19-07AUG17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=54

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

Tire Remove and Install CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have proper equipment and experience to perform job. Always maintain correct tire pressure. Do not inflate tires above recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. Heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts. TS211 —UN—15APR13

NOTE: Tire can be removed without removing wheel from machine. 1. Always completely deflate tire by removing valve core (1) from valve before attempting any demounting operation. Check valve stem by running a probe through it to make sure valve stem is not plugged. Remove valve nut (2). 2. Remove tire. 2— Valve Nut

TX1114583A —UN—24MAY12

1— Valve Core

Wheel Valve Stem Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-3

NM95233,00005C4 -19-17MAR15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=55

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

3. Inspect all parts for damage and replace parts as necessary. 4. Make sure all parts are clean and free from rust or grease before assembly. 5. To prevent slipping of wheel under load, inside and outside of wheel must be free of paint, rust, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign material before installation. 6. Install valve stem in rim base and tighten valve core (4) housing finger tight. 7. Before mounting tire on rim, add soap lubricant to bead of tire. 8. Install tire. 9. Clear area of all persons. 5— Side Flange

TX1114143A —UN—11JUN12

3— Rim 4— Valve Core

Tire Valve Stem Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-4

NM95233,00005C4 -19-17MAR15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=56

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

CAUTION: Tire repair should only be performed by a qualified service technician. Do not attempt to mount or demount a tire unless you have proper equipment and experience to perform job safely. Failure to follow proper procedures when mounting or demounting a tire from a wheel or rim can result in explosive separation of a tire and rim parts, causing serious injury or death 10. Turn tire so valve stem is positioned at 12 o'clock. Use a pressure regulating valve with clip-on chuck (6) and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of tire while inflating. 11. Use only recommended air pressure. Pressure over this limit can cause an explosion. 12. Add air until side flange of tire slides out against rim. 13. Adjust air pressure to proper specification. TX1114144A —UN—11JUN12

6— Pressure Regulating Valve With Clip-On Chuck

Turn Tire NM95233,00005C4 -19-17MAR15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=57

Powered or Non-Powered Wheels and Fastenings

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

01-0110-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=58

Section 02 Axles and Suspension Systems Contents Page

Group 0225—Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install................................ 02-0225-1 Group 0230—Non-Powered Wheel Axles Hub Assembly Remove and Install ..................................................... 02-0230-1 Spindle Assembly Remove and Install ..................................................... 02-0230-2 Tie Rod Remove and Install ...................... 02-0230-5 Non-Powered Front Axle Remove and Install—If Equipped ........................ 02-0230-7 Group 0240—Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Remove and Install ..................................................... 02-0240-1 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble ................... 02-0240-2 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Assemble ...................... 02-0240-17 Limited Slip Differential Disassemble and Assemble ................ 02-0240-41 Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Service Brakes Inspection ......................... 02-0250-1 Rear Axle Remove and Install ................... 02-0250-3 Rear Axle Disassemble ............................. 02-0250-5 Rear Axle Assemble ................................ 02-0250-17 Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 02-0250-36 Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check .................................................. 02-0250-51

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0225

Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

SPECIFICATIONS Rear Drive Shaft Cap Screw Torque

39 N·m 29 lb·ft

Universal Joint Yoke Cap Screw Torque

92 N·m 67 lb·ft

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Drive Shaft Cap Screw Torque

32 N·m 24 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0225-1

JA92389,00000C4 -19-06DEC16-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=61

Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints

4 2

6 1

8 7 9 10

9 TX1114342 —UN—22MAY12

TX1114342 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) and Rear Drive Shafts

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0225-2

JA92389,00000C4 -19-06DEC16-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=62

Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints 1— U-Joint (2 used) 2— Snap Ring (6 used) 3— Joint Yoke 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Cap Screw (4 used)

6— Half Clamp (2 used) 7— Yoke 8— Seal 9— U-Joint (2 used) 10— Snap Ring (6 used)

Rear Drive Shaft Remove and Install

11— Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Half Clamp (2 used) 71— Drive Shaft (rear) 79— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Drive Shaft (if equipped)

MFWD Drive Shaft Remove and Install—If Equipped

1. Remove cap screws (4 and 5), half clamps (6), and rear drive shaft (71). 2. Discard cap screws.

1. Remove cap screws (11), half clamps (12), and mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) drive shaft (79). 2. Discard cap screws.

3. Repair or replace parts as needed.

3. Slide drive shaft off transmission output shaft.

4. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws.

4. Repair or replace parts as needed.

5. Install drive shaft, half clamps, and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

5. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws.

Specification Rear Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................39 N·m 29 lb·ft Universal Joint Yoke Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................92 N·m 67 lb·ft

6. Install drive shaft, half clamps, and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification MFWD Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................32 N·m 24 lb·ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000C4 -19-06DEC16-3/4

U-Joint Remove and Install 1. Remove drive shaft.

TX1201408A —UN—15SEP15

2. Remove grease fittings and snap rings (2 or 10). 3. Put drive shaft on a vise so both ears of one of the drive shaft yokes rests on the open jaws of the vise. Force the opposite yoke down using a hammer and brass rod until bearing cap (13) is approximately halfway out. 4. Remove bearing cap and cross (14). Remove opposite bearing cap. Replace parts if necessary. 13— Bearing Cap

14— Cross

Cross and Bearing Assembly JA92389,00000C4 -19-06DEC16-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0225-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=63

Input Drive Shafts and U-Joints

5. Install needle bearing (15). Use grease to hold needle bearing elements in position. 6. Install seal (16) on bearing cap. TX1201564A —UN—15SEP15

7. Install cross between yoke ears. 8. Push bearing caps into yoke until bearing caps clear snap ring grooves. Install snap rings. 9. Install grease fitting and inject grease into U-joint. Do not force grease out seal. 10. Install drive shaft. 14— Cross 15— Needle Bearing

U-Joint Needle Bearing and Seal

16— Seal

JA92389,00000C4 -19-06DEC16-5/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0225-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=64

Group 0230

Non-Powered Wheel Axles OTHER MATERIAL

Hub Assembly Remove and Install

271 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength)

SPECIFICATIONS Thrust Plate Cap Screws Torque

120 N·m 89 lb.-ft.

Wheel Hub Cover Plug Torque

15 N·m 133 lb.-in.

3 5 1 2

7 8

TX1114369

TX1114369 —UN—07JUN12

Wheel Hub Assembly 1— Seal Ring 2— Bearing Cone 3— Wheel Hub

4— O-Ring 5— Stud 6— Bearing Cone 7— Thrust Plate

8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Wheel Hub Cover

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise machine and install jack stands so front wheels are off ground. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Secure wheel hub (3) with a lifting strap before removing any components.

10— Wheel Hub Cover Plug

7. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearing cups. To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub on flat surface and drive bearing cups out. IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroy the seal. Do not remove seal ring unless damage is noted. 8. Remove bearing cone (2).

3. Remove front wheel. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

9. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle, and hub assembly.

4. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and remove wheel hub cover (9). Remove and inspect O-ring (4), replace if necessary.

10. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips. Replace as necessary. 11. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with grease.

5. Remove cap screws (8) and thrust plate (7).

12. Install bearing cone on spindle.

6. Remove bearing cone (6).

13. Install wheel hub on spindle. 14. Install bearing cone to hub and spindle.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-1

JA92389,00000D4 -19-17MAR15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=65

Non-Powered Wheel Axles

15. Apply PM37421 Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) to cap screws. Position thrust plate on spindle in hub and install cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

17. Install hub cover plug and tighten to specification.

Specification Thrust Plate Cap Screws—Torque..........................................................................120 N·m 89 lb.-ft.

Specification Wheel Hub Cover Plug—Torque.................................................................................15 N·m 133 lb.-in.

18. Install wheel. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

16. Grease and install O-ring on wheel hub cover. Install wheel hub cover into wheel hub. LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000D4 -19-17MAR15-2/2

Spindle Assembly Remove and Install 120 N·m 86 lb.-ft.

Upper King Pin Cap Screws Torque

120 N·m 86 lb.-ft.

TX1114390A —UN—22MAY12

SPECIFICATIONS Lower King Pin Cap Screws Torque

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove wheel hub. See Hub Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 3. Loosen tie rod locking nut (1).

Tie Rod and Ball Joint

4. Break loose ball joint using ball joint separator (2). 1— Locking Nut

5. Remove and discard locking nut and remove tie rod threaded pin from swivel housing.

2— Ball Joint Separator

JA92389,00000E3 -19-17MAR15-1/4

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Secure swivel housing with lifting strap. TX1114391A —UN—04JUN12

6. Remove cap screws (3) from swivel housing king pins (4 and 5). NOTE: Be aware of Belleville washer placement between king pins and swivel housing. 7. Remove king pins using pry bars. 3— Cap Screw (8 used) 4— King Pin (upper)

5— King Pin (lower) King Pin Removal (upper king pin shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-2

JA92389,00000E3 -19-17MAR15-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=66

Non-Powered Wheel Axles

NOTE: King pin is serviced as an assembly.

4— King Pin (upper)

TX1114392A —UN—04JUN12

8. Inspect king pins for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 5— King Pin (lower)

King Pins Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-3

JA92389,00000E3 -19-17MAR15-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=67

Non-Powered Wheel Axles

9. Remove swivel housing (6) and washers (8 and 11). 10. Inspect bushings (9 and 10) for damage or wear. 11. Replace if necessary. TX1114393A —UN—04JUN12

IMPORTANT: Bushings must be fully seated or king pins will be damaged. 12. Fill king pin seat with grease. 13. Position swivel housing on axle beam (7). 14. Grease king pin surfaces. 15. Install lower king pin with washer (11) positioned as shown. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Swivel Housing

Specification Lower King Pin Cap Screws—Torque..........................................................................120 N·m 86 lb.-ft.

NOTE: Upper king pin must be installed with grease fitting pointed towards center of axle. 16. Install upper king pin with washer (8) positioned as shown. 17. Tighten cap screws to specification. TX1114394 —UN—04JUN12

Specification Upper King Pin Cap Screws—Torque..........................................................................120 N·m 86 lb.-ft.

18. Install tie rod threaded pin into swivel housing with new locking nut. 19. Install wheel hub. See Hub Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

Axle Bushings and Washers

NOTE: If tie rod, spindle assembly, or steering cylinder are adjusted or serviced, perform the following procedures.

6— Swivel Housing 7— Axle Beam 8— Washer (2 used)

9— Bushing (2 used) 10— Bushing (2 used) 11— Washer (2 used)

20. Adjust tracking angle. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) 21. Adjust toe-in. See Toe-In Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.)

22. Adjust steering angle. See Steering Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) JA92389,00000E3 -19-17MAR15-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=68

Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Tie Rod Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 300 N·m 221 lb·ft TX1114395A —UN—22MAY12

Inner Ball Joint-to-Steering Cylinder Rod Torque (nonpowered)

Outer Ball Joint-to-Knuckle Torque 220 N·m 162 lb·ft (nonpowered) MFWD Inner Ball Joint-to-Steering 450 N·m 332 lb·ft Cylinder Rod Torque MFWD Outer Ball Joint-to-Knuckle 130 N·m + 1 Turn (360°) Torque Turn 96 lb·ft + 1 Turn (360°) MFWD Outer Ball Joint-to-Knuckle 600 N·m 443 lb·ft Torque (maximum)

Tie Rod and Outer Ball Joint

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

1— Lock Nut

2— Ball Joint Separator

Nonpowered Axle 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to ball joint. Avoid damaging ball joint seal when removing tie rod.

2. Remove front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

5. Separate ball joint using ball joint separator (2).

3. Start engine and turn wheel to extend steering cylinder rod beyond machine main frame for left or right side tie rod.

6. Remove and discard lock nut. Remove tie rod threaded pin from knuckle housing.

4. Loosen outer ball joint lock nut (1) and discard. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000E4 -19-11JAN17-1/4

7. Remove inner ball joint (5) from steering cylinder rod (6). 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. TX1114396A —UN—22MAY12

9. Install inner ball joint. Tighten to specification. Specification Inner Ball Joint-toSteering Cylinder Rod—Torque (nonpowered)..............................................................................300 N·m 221 lb·ft

10. Install outer ball joint to knuckle with new lock nut (1). Tighten to specification. Specification Outer Ball Joint-toKnuckle—Torque (nonpowered)..............................................................................220 N·m 162 lb·ft

Tie Rod Removal 3— Tie Rod 4— Jam Nut

12. Adjust tracking angle. Perform Tracking Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) 13. Adjust toe-in. See Toe-In Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) 14. Adjust steering angle. See Steering Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

5— Inner Ball Joint 6— Steering Cylinder Rod

02-0230-5

JA92389,00000E4 -19-11JAN17-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=69

Non-Powered Wheel Axles Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1114395A —UN—22MAY12

2. Remove front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 3. Start engine and turn wheel to extend steering cylinder rod beyond machine main frame for left or right side tie rod. 4. Loosen outer ball joint lock nut (1) and discard. IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to ball joint. Avoid damaging ball joint seal when removing tie rod.

Tie Rod and Outer Ball Joint (nonpowered axle shown)

5. Separate ball joint using ball joint separator (2).

1— Lock Nut

2— Ball Joint Separator

6. Remove and discard lock nut. Remove tie rod from knuckle. JA92389,00000E4 -19-11JAN17-3/4

7. Remove inner ball joint (5) with tie rod (3) from steering cylinder rod (6). 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. TX1114396A —UN—22MAY12

9. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to inner ball joint (5) threads. Tighten inner ball joint to specification. Specification MFWD Inner Ball Joint-to-Steering Cylinder Rod—Torque...............................................................................450 N·m 332 lb·ft Tie Rod Removal (nonpowered axle shown)

10. Install outer ball joint with new lock nut (1). Tighten to initial specification plus one turn to achieve no more than the maximum specification. Specification MFWD Outer Ball Joint-to-Knuckle—Torque Turn................................................................... 130 N·m + 1 Turn (360°) 96 lb·ft + 1 Turn (360°) MFWD Outer Ball Joint-to-Knuckle—Torque (maximum)..................................................................................600 N·m 443 lb·ft

3— Tie Rod 4— Jam Nut

5— Inner Ball Joint 6— Steering Cylinder Rod

11. Install front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) NOTE: The following procedures must be performed if the tie rod, spindle assembly, or steering cylinder were adjusted or serviced. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000E4 -19-11JAN17-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=70

Non-Powered Wheel Axles

Non-Powered Front Axle Remove and Install—If Equipped

4. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS Machine Weight (approximate)

8528— 9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb.

Non-Powered Front Axle Weight (approximate)

221 kg 487 lb.

Axle Pivot Pin Cap Screw Torque

215 N·m 158 lb.-ft.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting device. 5. Raise and support front of machine. Position floor stands under main frame. Specification Machine—Weight (approximate)...................................................................8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

6. Remove front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

2. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove counterweights if equipped. See Counterweight Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 1749.)

125

8 74 2 7

8 6

4 3

TX1114427

TX1114427 —UN—22MAY12

Non-Powered Front Axle

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-7

JA92389,00000E5 -19-09JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=71

Non-Powered Wheel Axles 1— Steering Hose (2 used) 2— Lubrication Line 3— Cap Screw

4— Washer 5— Bushing 6— Pin 7— Thrust Washer (as needed)

7. Install identification tags and disconnect steering hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Disconnect lubrication line (2) from front axle (74). 9. Position JT01642A Low-Lift Jack under center of front axle. Attach adjustable-grip arms and safety chains from lift jack to axle housing. 10. Remove cap screw (3), washer (4), and bushing (5). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting device. 11. Remove pin (6), thrust washers (7), and front axle. Specification Non-Powered Front Axle—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 221 kg 487 lb.

12. Inspect pivot bushings (8). Replace if worn or damaged. NOTE: Surfaces must be free of grease, oil, dirt, or paint.

8— Pivot Bushing (2 used) 74— Front Axle (non-powered)

125— Steering Cylinder

13. Install pivot bushings if removed. 14. Position front axle under front frame assembly. IMPORTANT: Clearance between axle and frame should be minimized by installing washers. 15. Apply multipurpose grease to pin. Install pin into bore with thrust washers. 16. Install axle pivot pin bushing, washer, and cap screw. Tighten to specification. Specification Axle Pivot Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................215 N·m 158 lb.-ft.

17. Connect lubrication line and steering hoses. 18. Install front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 19. Install counterweights if removed. See Counterweight Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 1749.) 20. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) JA92389,00000E5 -19-09JUN15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0230-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=72

Group 0240

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Remove and Install

3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS Machine Weight (approximate)

8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb.

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Weight (approximate)

335 kg 739 lb.

Axle Pivot Pin Cap Screw Torque

215 N·m 158 lb.-ft.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting device. 4. Raise and support front of machine. Position floor stands under main frame. Specification Machine—Weight (approximate)...................................................................8528—9571 kg 18 800—21 100 lb.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

5. Remove front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 6. Remove MWFD drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.)

7 8

1 1 2

8 7 7

125

5 4 3

TX1114621

TX1114621 —UN—25MAY12

MFWD Axle 1— Steering Hose (2 used) 2— Lubrication Line 3— Cap Screw

4— Washer 5— Bushing 6— Pin 7— Thrust Washer (as needed)

8— Pivot Bushing (2 used) 80— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-1

125— Steering Cylinder

JA92389,00000E6 -19-14MAY15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=73

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect steering hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

NOTE: Surfaces must be free of grease, oil, dirt, or paint.

8. Disconnect lubrication line (2) from mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle (80).

13. Install pivot bushings if removed.

9. Position JT01642A Low-Lift Jack under center of front axle. Attach adjustable-grip arms and safety chains from lift jack to axle housing.

15. Apply multipurpose grease to pin. Install pin into bore with thrust washers.

10. Remove cap screw (3), washer (4), and bushing (5).

16. Install axle pivot pin bushing, washer, and cap screw. Tighten to specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting device.

Specification Axle Pivot Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................215 N·m 158 lb.-ft.

14. Position axle under front frame assembly.

11. Remove pin (6), thrust washers (7), and axle.

17. Connect lubrication line and steering hoses.

Specification Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 335 kg 739 lb.

12. Inspect pivot bushings (8). Replace if worn or damaged.

18. Install drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.) 19. Install front wheels. See Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 20. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) JA92389,00000E6 -19-14MAY15-2/2

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble ESSENTIAL TOOLS DO5313ST Snap Ring Pliers XJ1241929 —UN—04AUG17

JDG10939 Snap Ring Pliers Tip SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01003AA Repair Stand D01048AA 17 1/2 - Ton Capacity Puller Set JDG10799 Tie Rod End Separating Tool JDG10693 Clamping Fork JDG10830 Internal Extractor

Axle Support Stand

Planetary Drive Removal

1— Axle Assembly

2— D01003AA Repair Stand

1. Place axle assembly (1) in D01003AA Repair Stand (2). NOTE: Pressure may build up in planetary carrier housing. To relieve pressure, rotate hub until drain plug is in top position and slowly remove plug. Rotate hub until drain plug is in bottom position and drain oil.

2. Drain planetary housing oil, see Drain and Refill MFWD Axle Housing Oil—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-2

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-1/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=74

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

3. Remove cap screws (3) and planetary carrier (4). 4— Planetary Carrier

XJ1241989 —UN—04AUG17

3— Cap Screw (2 used)

Planetary Carrier Cap Screws JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-2/42

Ring Gear Removal 1. Remove cap screws (3) from ring gear (4). 4— Ring Gear XJ1241991 —UN—25JUL17

3— Cap Screw (8 used)

Ring Gear Cap Screws JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-3/42

2. Remove ring gear (4) from wheel hub (5) using D01048AA 17 1/2-Ton Capacity Puller Set (6). 6— 17 1/2-Ton Capacity Puller Set XJ1241992 —UN—25JUL17

4— Ring Gear 5— Wheel Hub

Ring Gear Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-3

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-4/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=75

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Planetary Gears Removal 1. Remove snap rings (7) from planetary gears (8). 8— Planetary Gear (3 used) XJ1241993 —UN—25JUL17

7— Snap Ring (3 used)

Planetary Gear Snap Ring JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-5/42

2. Using a two-armed puller (9), remove planetary gears (8) with roller bearings. 9— Two-Armed Puller

XJ1241994 —UN—25JUL17

8— Planetary Gear (3 used)

Planetary Gear JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-6/42

Wheel Hub Removal and Disassembly NOTE: Support tapered roller bearing when removing wheel hub.

5— Wheel Hub 10— Knuckle Housing

XJ1241995 —UN—25JUL17

1. Pull wheel hub (5) with tapered roller bearing (11) from knuckle housing (10). 11— Tapered Roller Bearing

Wheel Hub Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-4

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-7/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=76

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

2. Pull tapered roller bearing (11) from knuckle housing (10). 11— Tapered Roller Bearing XJ1241996 —UN—25JUL17

10— Knuckle Housing

Tapered Roller Bearing JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-8/42

3. Remove seal ring (12) from wheel hub (5). 12— Seal Ring

XJ1241997 —UN—25JUL17

5— Wheel Hub

Seal Ring JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-9/42

4. Remove tapered roller bearing cups (14) from wheel hub (5). Remove and replace O-ring (13). 14— Tapered Roller Bearing Cup (2 used) XJ1241998 —UN—25JUL17

5— Wheel Hub 13— O-Ring

Tapered Roller Bearing Cups Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-5

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-10/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=77

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

5. Remove and inspect wheel hub studs (15). Replace as necessary. 15— Wheel Hub Stud (8 used) XJ1242000 —UN—25JUL17

5— Wheel Hub

Wheel Hub Studs JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-11/42

Tie Rods Removal 1. Remove lock nut (17) from tie rod (16). 17— Lock Nut XJ1242002 —UN—25JUL17

16— Tie Rod

Self-Locking Nut JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-12/42

2. Remove tie rod (16) from knuckle housing (10) with JDG10799 Tie Rod End Separating Tool (18). 18— JDG10799 Tie Rod End Separating Tool XJ1242003 —UN—25JUL17

10— Knuckle Housing 16— Tie Rod

Tie Rod Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-6

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-13/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=78

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

3. Remove tie rod (16) from steering cylinder piston rod (19). 19— Steering Cylinder Piston Rod XJ1242004 —UN—25JUL17

16— Tie Rod

Tie Rod From Piston Rod Removal JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-14/42

Steering Cylinder Removal 1. Remove steering cylinder cap screws (20) from axle housing (19). 20— Steering Cylinder Cap Screw (3 used)

XJ1242005 —UN—25JUL17

19— Axle Housing

Steering Cylinder Cap Screws JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-15/42

2. Remove steering cylinder (21) from axle housing.

19— Axle Housing

XJ1242006 —UN—25JUL17

3. For disassembly of steering cylinder, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0960.) 21— Steering Cylinder

Steering Cylinder Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-7

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-16/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=79

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Knuckle Housing Removal 1. Drain oil from axle housing, see Drain and Refill MFWD Axle Housing Oil—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) XJ1242009 —UN—25JUL17

2. Remove cap screws (3) from upper king pin (22) and lower king pin (23). 3. Remove upper and lower king pins. 3— Cap Screw (8 used) 22— Upper King Pin

23— Lower King Pin

King Pin Cap Screws JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-17/42

NOTE: Use caution when removing knuckle housing to avoid damaging shaft seal ring in axle housing.

19— Axle Housing

XJ1242010 —UN—25JUL17

4. Remove knuckle housing with drive shaft (24) from axle housing (19). 24— Knuckle Housing With Drive Shaft

Knuckle Housing With Drive Shaft JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-18/42

Drive Shaft Remove 1. Open external snap ring (25) and remove sun gear shaft (26). 26— Sun Gear Shaft

XJ1242011 —UN—25JUL17

25— External Snap Ring

Sun Gear Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-8

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-19/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=80

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: For aid in removal of drive shaft internal snap ring (27), tap on drive shaft (29) universal joint towards knuckle housing (10).

XJ1242416 —UN—28JUL17

2. Using DO5313ST Snap Ring Pliers (28) with JDG10939 Snap Ring Pliers Tip, remove drive shaft internal snap ring (27). 3. Remove drive shaft (29) from knuckle housing (10). 10— Knuckle Housing 27— Drive Shaft Internal Snap Ring

28— DO5313ST Snap Ring Pliers 29— Drive Shaft

XJ1242012 —UN—25JUL17

Drive Shaft Internal Snap Ring

Drive Shaft JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-20/42

Knuckle Housing Disassembly 1. Remove tapered roller bearing (11) and shaft seal (30) from king pin (31). 31— King Pin

XJ1242013 —UN—25JUL17

11— Tapered Roller Bearing 30— Shaft Seal

King Pin Tapered Roller Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-9

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-21/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=81

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

2. Remove shaft seal (30) from knuckle housing.

XJ1242014 —UN—25JUL17

30— Shaft Seal

Knuckle Housing Shaft Seal JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-22/42

3. Remove snap ring (7) and remove ball bearing (32) from knuckle housing. 32— Ball Bearing XJ1242015 —UN—25JUL17

7— Snap Ring

Knuckle Bearing JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-23/42

4. Remove bushings (33) from knuckle housing as required.

XJ1242016 —UN—25JUL17

33— Bushing (8 used)

Knuckle Housing Bushings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-10

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-24/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=82

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Drive Shaft Disassembly 1. Remove snap rings (7).

XJ1242017 —UN—25JUL17

7— Snap Ring (8 used)

Cross and Bearing Assembly Snap Ring JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-25/42

2. Remove cross and bearing assemblies (34).

XJ1242018 —UN—25JUL17

34— Cross and Bearing Assembly (2 used)

Cross and Bearing Assembly JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-26/42

Axle Housing Disassemble 1. Remove tapered roller bearing cups (14) from axle housing (19). 19— Axle Housing

XJ1242019 —UN—25JUL17

14— Tapered Roller Bearing Cup (2 used)

King Pin Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-11

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-27/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=83

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

2. Remove shaft seal (30) and bushing (33). 33— Bushing

XJ1242020 —UN—25JUL17

30— Shaft Seal

Drive Shaft Seal and Bushing JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-28/42

3. Remove axle housing cap screws (34) and remove axle housing.

XJ1242022 —UN—25JUL17

34— Axle Housing Cap Screw (15 used)

Axle Housing Cap Screws JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-29/42

4. Remove differential tapered roller bearing cup (35), shim (36), and O-ring (13). 36— Shim XJ1242024 —UN—25JUL17

13— O-Ring 35— Differential Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Differential Tapered Roller Bearing Cup and O-Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-12

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-30/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=84

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

5. Remove differential (37) from axle housing.

XJ1242025 —UN—25JUL17

6. For more information on the disassembly of the differential, see Open Differential Disassemble and Assemble or see Limited Slip Differential Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0240.) 37— Differential

Differential JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-31/42

7. Remove differential tapered roller bearing cup (35) and shim (36). 36— Shim XJ1242026 —UN—25JUL17

35— Differential Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Differential Tapered Roller Bearing Ring and Shim JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-32/42

8. Remove lock nut (17) and washer (38) using JDG10693 Clamping Fork (39). 39— JDG10693 Clamping Fork XJ1242027 —UN—25JUL17

17— Lock Nut 38— Washer

Yoke Lock Nut and Washer Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-13

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-33/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=85

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

9. Remove universal joint yoke (40) from bevel gear drive (41). 41— Bevel Gear Drive XJ1242028 —UN—25JUL17

40— Universal Joint Yoke

Yoke JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-34/42

10. Remove guard (42) from universal joint yoke (40). 42— Guard

XJ1242029 —UN—25JUL17

40— Universal Joint Yoke

Guard JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-35/42

11. Remove bevel gear drive (41) from axle housing.

XJ1242030 —UN—25JUL17

41— Bevel Gear Drive

Bevel Gear Drive Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-14

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-36/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=86

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

12. Remove spacer (43) and bushing (33) from bevel gear drive. 43— Spacer XJ1242032 —UN—25JUL17

33— Bushing

Bevel Gear Drive Spacer and Bushing JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-37/42

13. Remove tapered roller bearing (11) from bevel gear drive.

XJ1242033 —UN—25JUL17

11— Tapered Roller Bearing

Bevel Gear Drive Tapered Roller Bearing JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-38/42

14. Remove shaft seal (30) and tapered roller bearing (11) from axle housing. 30— Shaft Seal XJ1242034 —UN—25JUL17

11— Tapered Roller Bearing

Axle Housing Shaft Seal and Tapered Roller Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-15

JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-39/42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=87

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

15. Remove outer tapered roller bearing cup (44) from axle housing.

XJ1242035 —UN—25JUL17

44— Outer Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Axle Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Cup JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-40/42

16. Remove inner tapered roller bearing cup (45) from axle housing.

XJ1242036 —UN—25JUL17

45— Inner Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Axle Housing Inner Tapered Roller Bearing Cup JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-41/42

17. Remove bushings (33) from axle housing as required, using JDG10830 Internal Extractor.

XJ1242037 —UN—25JUL17

33— Bushing (2 used)

Axle Housing Bushings JA92389,00000E7 -19-21NOV17-42/42

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=88

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Assemble SPECIFICATIONS

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10599 Assembly Fixture JDG10600 Assembly Ring JDG10816 Torsion Bar

Tapered Roller Bearing (10) Temperature (approximate)

95°C 203°F

Tapered Roller Bearing (13) Temperature (approximate)

95°C 203°F

JDG10590 Ring Driver

Lock Nut (18) Torque

450 N·m 332 lb·ft

JDG10819 Seal Driver

Bevel Gear Drive Tapered Roller Bearings Rolling Drag Torque (without shaft seal)

1—3 N·m 9—27 lb·in

Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Shim Size (recommended)

0.90 mm 0.035 in

Dimension III Tapered Roller Bearing Preload

0.10 mm 0.004 in

JDG10818 Seal Driver JDG10821 Seal Driver JDG10822 Seal Driver JDG10820 Seal Driver

Axle Housings Gap (approximate) 0.10 mm 0.004 in Cap Screw (35) Torque

JDG10817 Backlash Tool

280 N·m 207 lb·ft

AA00-880-559 Seal Ring Driver SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01045AA Bearing and Seal Driver Sets 27489 Large Handle OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

Differential Bevel Gear Drive Backlash

0.12—0.24 mm 0.005—0.009 in

Cap Screw (35) Torque

280 N·m 207 lb·ft

Axle Housing Assemble

Lock Nut (15) Torque

450 N·m 332 lb·ft

Cap Screw (5) Torque

117 N·m 86 lb·ft

1. Install inner tapered roller bearing cup (1) using JDG10599 Assembly Fixture (2) and JDG10600 Assembly Ring (3).

Tapered Roller Bearing (2) Temperature (approximate)

95°C 203°F

Tapered Roller Bearing (4) Temperature (approximate)

95°C 203°F

Cap Screws (1) Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Planetary Gear Assembly Temperature (approximate)

90—100°C 194—212°F

Cap Screw (4) Torque

32 N·m 24 lb·ft

Cap Screw (3) Torque

240 N·m 177 lb·ft

Tie Rod Assembly to Steering Cylinder Piston Rod Torque

300 N·m 221 lb·ft

Lock Nut (6) Torque (initial)

100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Lock Nut (6) Rotation (additional)

180°—225°

NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-17

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-1/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=89

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) 3— JDG10600 Assembly Ring

TX1120300A —UN—15AUG12

1— Inner Tapered Roller Bearing Cup 2— JDG10599 Assembly Fixture

Bevel Gear Drive Inner Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-2/61

2. Install outer tapered roller bearing cup (4) using D01045AA Bearing and Seal Driver Set (5). 5— D01045AA Bearing and Seal Driver Set TX1119568A —UN—31AUG12

4— Outer Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Bevel Gear Drive Outer Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-18

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-3/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=90

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: Step 3—6 are used to determine thickness of shim used with bevel gear drive. 3. Record axle housing stamping (6) as dimension I. TX1119576A —UN—13AUG12

NOTE: If number is not stamped into the end of the pinion shaft, then use 97 mm (3.81 in) for bevel gear drive stamping (7) as dimension II. 4. Record bevel gear drive stamping (7) as dimension II. 5. Measure and record tapered roller bearing width (8) as dimension III. 6. Calculate shim thickness by subtracting the sum of dimensions II and III from dimension I. See example:

TX1119578A —UN—13AUG12

Axle Housing Stamping

TX1119580A —UN—13AUG12

Bevel Gear Drive Stamping

Tapered Roller Bearing Width 6— Axle Housing Stamping 7— Bevel Gear Drive Stamping

8— Tapered Roll Bearing Width

Example of Shim Thickness Calculation Dimension I - (Dimension II + Dimension III) = Shim Thickness Dimension I (axle housing stamping)

119.80 mm (4.717 in)

Dimension II (bevel gear drive stamping)

88.00 mm (3.465 in)

Dimension III (tapered roll bearing width)

28.30 mm (1.114 in)

Shim Thickness

119.80 mm - (88.00 mm + 28.30 mm) = 3.50 mm [4.717 in - (3.465 in + 1.114 in) = 0.138 in] Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-19

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-4/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=91

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

7. Install predetermined shim (9) on bevel gear drive.

TX1119582A —UN—13AUG12

9— Shim

Bevel Gear Drive Shim JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-5/61

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. TX1119591A —UN—13AUG12

8. Heat tapered roller bearing (10) to specification and install on bevel gear drive. Specification Tapered Roller Bearing (10)—Temperature (approximate)................................................................................... 95°C 203°F 10— Tapered Roller Bearing

Tapered Roller Bearing JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-6/61

9. Install bushing (11) and spacer ring (12) on bevel gear drive. 12— Spacer Ring TX1119593A —UN—13AUG12

11— Bushing

Bevel Gear Drive Bushing and Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-20

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-7/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=92

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. TX1119595A —UN—13AUG12

10. Install bevel gear drive (14) into axle housing. Heat tapered roller bearing (13) to specification and install on bevel gear drive. Specification Tapered Roller Bearing (13)—Temperature (approximate)................................................................................... 95°C 203°F Bevel Gear Drive and Tapered Roller Bearing 13— Tapered Roller Bearing

14— Bevel Gear Drive JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-8/61

11. Install guard (15) on universal joint yoke (16). 16— Universal Joint Yoke

TX1119596A —UN—13AUG12

15— Guard

Universal Joint Yoke Guard JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-9/61

NOTE: Shaft seal ring is mounted after bevel gear drive contact pattern is checked.

TX1119597A —UN—14AUG12

12. Install universal joint yoke (17) without shaft seal. Install lock nut (18) and tighten to specification. While torquing lock nut, rotate bevel gear drive several times in both directions. Specification Lock Nut (18)—Torque................................................................450 N·m 332 lb·ft 17— Universal Joint Yoke

18— Lock Nut Universal Joint Yoke Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-21

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-10/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=93

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

TX1119599A —UN—13AUG12

13. Check rolling drag torque of tapered roller bearings (19). If rolling drag torque is below specification, install thinner spacer ring on bevel gear drive. If rolling drag torque is above specification, install thicker spacer ring on bevel gear drive. Specification Bevel Gear Drive Tapered Roller Bearings—Rolling Drag Torque (without shaft seal).................................................................................. 1—3 N·m 9—27 lb·in 19— Tapered Roller Bearing (2 used)

Bevel Gear Drive Tapered Roller Bearing

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-11/61

14. Install shim (20) and tapered roller bearing cup (21) into axle housing.

20— Shim

TX1119601A —UN—13AUG12

Specification Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Shim—Size (recommended).......................................................................... 0.90 mm 0.035 in 21— Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Shim and Bearing Cup JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-12/61

15. Apply marking ink to gear (22) on differential (23) for checking gear tooth contact pattern later in procedure. 23— Differential TX1119602A —UN—08AUG12

22— Gear

Differential Gear Marking Ink Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-22

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-13/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=94

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

16. Install differential (23) in axle housing.

TX1119603A —UN—08AUG12

23— Differential

Differential JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-14/61

17. Install bearing cup (24) on tapered roller bearing (25).

24— Bearing Cup

TX1119604A —UN—08AUG12

18. Rotate differential and tapered roller bearing cup in both directions to ensure rollers are positioned correctly. 25— Tapered Roller Bearing

Differential Tapered Roller Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-23

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-15/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=95

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

TX1119606A —UN—31AUG12

19. Using a depth gauge (27) and straight edge (28), measure distance between axle housing contact face and front face of tapered roller bearing cup. Take several measurements at different locations to find the average value and record as dimension I. 20. Using a depth gauge and straight edge, measure distance between axle housing contact face and contact face of tapered roller bearing cup. Take several measurements at different locations to find the average value and record as dimension II. 21. Calculate shim thickness by adding dimension III to difference of dimensions I and II. See example: Dimension I Specification

TX1119607A —UN—31AUG12

Dimension III—Tapered Roller Bearing Preload............................................................... 0.10 mm 0.004 in

Dimension II 27— Depth Gauge

28— Straight Edge

Example of Shim Thickness Calculation Dimension I – Dimension II + Dimension III = Shim Thickness Dimension I (example)

9.50 mm 0.374 in

Dimension II (example)

8.80 mm 0.346 in

Dimension III

0.10 mm 0.004 in

Shim Thickness

(9.50 mm – 8.80 mm) + 0.10 mm = 0.80 mm (0.374 in – 0.346 in) + 0.004 in = 0.032 in JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-16/61

22. Install predetermined shim (31) and tapered roller bearing cup (30). 31— Shim TX1119612A —UN—08AUG12

30— Tapered Roller Bearing Cup

Axle Housing Shim and Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-24

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-17/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=96

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: Install axle housings together without O-ring to get accurate shim calculations.

32— O-Ring

TX1119613A —UN—08AUG12

23. Remove O-ring (32). Install axle housings (33) together. 33— Axle Housing (2 used)

Axle Housings JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-18/61

NOTE: If shim calculation was done correctly, the gap width should be at approximate specification.

TX1119614A —UN—08AUG12

24. Check specified gap (34) between axle housings. Take several measurements at different locations to determine average value. Specification Axle Housings—Gap (approximate)............................................................................. 0.10 mm 0.004 in 34— Gap Axle Housings Gap Check

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-19/61

25. Install cap screws (35) and tighten to specification.

TX1119615A —UN—08AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (35)—Torque...............................................................................280 N·m 207 lb·ft 35— Cap Screw (5 used)

Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-25

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-20/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=97

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

26. Insert JDG10816 Torsion Bar (37) with JDG10817 Backlash Tool (36) into differential. 37— JDG10816 Torsion Bar TX1119617A —UN—07AUG12

36— JDG10817 Backlash Tool

Backlash Tool JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-21/61

27. Insert dial indicator (40) through axle oil drain hole (39) at a tooth flank of differential bevel gear drive. Compare backlash to specification.

39— Axle Oil Drain Hole

TX1119618A —UN—13AUG12

Specification Differential Bevel Gear Drive—Backlash...............................................................0.12—0.24 mm 0.005—0.009 in 40— Dial Indicator

Axle Oil Drain Hole Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-26

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-22/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=98

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

28. If backlash does not meet specification, correct with corresponding shims:

TX1119619A —UN—31AUG12

a. Below Backlash Specification: Install thicker shim (20) and thinner shim (31). b. Above Backlash Specification: Install thinner shim (31) and thicker shim (20). 29. Check gear tooth contact pattern. See Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check. (Group 0250.) 20— Thicker Shim

31— Thinner Shim

TX1119620A —UN—31AUG12

Inner Axle Housing Shim

Outer Axle Housing Shim JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-23/61

30. Install differential (23) in axle housing.

TX1119714A —UN—07AUG12

23— Differential

Differential Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-27

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-24/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=99

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

31. Install O-ring (32). 32. Assemble axle housings (33) and install cap screws (35). Tighten to specification.

32— O-Ring 33— Axle Housing (2 used)

TX1119613A —UN—08AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (35)—Torque...............................................................................280 N·m 207 lb·ft 35— Cap Screw (15 used)

TX1119615A —UN—08AUG12

Axle Housings

Axle Housings Cap Screws JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-25/61

33. Remove lock nut (15) and yoke (16). 16— Yoke

TX1119724A —UN—13AUG12

15— Lock Nut

Yoke Lock Nut Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-28

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-26/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=100

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: Shaft seal ring must be installed with seal lip facing inward on axle housing. Lubricate seal before installation. Confirm seal is recessed in axle housing.

44— Shaft Seal Ring

TX1119722A —UN—13AUG12

34. Install shaft seal ring (44) with JDG10590 Ring Driver (45) in axle housing. 45— JDG10590 Ring Driver

Shaft Seal Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-27/61

35. Install yoke (16) with lock nut (15). Tighten to specification.

15— Lock Nut

TX1119724A —UN—13AUG12

Specification Lock Nut (15)—Torque................................................................450 N·m 332 lb·ft 16— Yoke

Yoke JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-28/61

NOTE: Bushing must be installed in axle housing with joint of bushing facing upward or 12 o'clock position.

TX1119731A —UN—07AUG12

36. Install axle housing bushing (46) flush with axle housing. 46— Axle Housing Bushing

Axle Housing Bushing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-29

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-29/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=101

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

37. Lubricate outer diameter of shaft seal (47) ring. Fill area between seal lips with grease.

47— Shaft Seal 48— JDG10818 Seal Driver

TX1119732A —UN—31AUG12

38. With seal lip facing inwards, install shaft seal using JDG10818 Seal Driver (48) and JDG10819 Seal Driver (49). 49— JDG10819 Seal Driver

Axle Housing Shaft Seal JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-30/61

39. Install king pin bearing cups (51) in axle housing.

TX1119733A —UN—31AUG12

51— King Pin Bearing Cup (2 each)

Axle Housing King Pin Bearing Cups JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-31/61

Knuckle Housing Assemble NOTE: Upper and lower king pin seals are different sizes.

1— Seal (2 used)

TX1035951A —UN—05FEB08

1. Install seals (1) with JDG10821 Seal Driver (lower) and JDG10822 Seal Driver (upper) on king pins (2). 2— King Pin (2 used)

King Pin Seal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-30

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-32/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=102

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: Upper and lower king pin bearings are different sizes.

3— Bearing (2 used)

TX1119734A —UN—13AUG12

2. Install bearings (3) on king pins (2). 2— King Pin (2 used)

King Pin Bearing JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-33/61

3. If removed, install bushings (6) in knuckle housing.

TX1119735A —UN—07AUG12

6— Bushing (8 used)

Knuckle Housing Bushings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-31

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-34/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=103

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

4. Install ball bearing (8) in knuckle housing. 5. Install snap ring (9). 9— Snap Ring TX1119738A —UN—07AUG12

8— Ball Bearing

TX1119740A —UN—07AUG12

Knuckle Housing Ball Bearing

Ball Bearing Snap Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-35/61

6. Lubricate outside edge of seal (11) and install flush with knuckle housing using JDG10820 Seal Driver (12). 12— JDG10820 Seal Driver TX1119741A —UN—31AUG12

11— Seal

Knuckle Housing Seal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-32

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-36/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=104

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Drive Shaft Assemble 1. Install cross and bearing assemblies (1).

TX1119743A —UN—07AUG12

1— Cross and Bearing Assembly (2 used)

Cross and Bearing Assembly JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-37/61

2. Install snap rings (3).

TX1119742A —UN—07AUG12

3— Snap Ring (8 used)

Cross and Bearing Assembly Snap Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-38/61

Drive Shaft Install 1. Install drive shaft (1) in knuckle housing.

TX1035956A —UN—05FEB08

1— Drive Shaft

Drive Shaft Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-33

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-39/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=105

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

2. Install drive shaft snap ring (3).

TX1119751A —UN—07AUG12

3— Drive Shaft Snap Ring

Drive Shaft Snap Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-40/61

3. Install sun gear shaft retaining ring (4) in groove on drive shaft (1). 4— Sun Gear Shaft Retaining Ring TX1119753A —UN—07AUG12

1— Drive Shaft

Sun Gear Shaft Retaining Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-41/61

4. Install sun gear shaft (5) in drive shaft with sun gear shaft retaining ring (4). 5— Sun Gear Shaft TX1119755A —UN—07AUG12

4— Sun Gear Shaft Retaining Ring

Sun Gear Shaft Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-34

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-42/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=106

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Knuckle Housing Install NOTE: For ease of assembly, turn drive shaft during installation until splines engage in differential.

1— Knuckle Housing and Drive Shaft

TX1035981A —UN—05FEB08

1. Install knuckle housing and drive shaft (1) in axle housing (2). 2— Axle Housing

Knuckle Housing and Drive Shaft JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-43/61

2. Coat lower and upper king pins (3 and 4) with multipurpose grease. Install lower and upper king pins into knuckle housing. 4— Upper King Pin TX1119758A —UN—07AUG12

1— Knuckle Housing and Drive Shaft 3— Lower King Pin

TX1119759A —UN—07AUG12

Lower King Pin

Upper King Pin Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-35

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-44/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=107

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

3. Install cap screws (5) on upper king pin (4) and lower king pin (3). Tighten to specification.

TX1119760A —UN—07AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque............................................................... 117 N·m 86 lb·ft

4. Fill axle housing with oil. see Drain and Refill MFWD Axle Housing Oil—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) 3— Lower King Pin 4— Upper King Pin

5— Cap Screw (8 used)

King Pin Cap Screws JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-45/61

Wheel Hub Assemble 1. Install tapered roller bearing cups (2) in wheel hub (1). 2— Tapered Roller Bearing Cup (2 used)

TX1035447A —UN—29JAN08

1— Wheel Hub

Tapered Roller Bearing Cups JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-46/61

IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, seal ring label outside needs to be facing toward seal ring driver tool.

1— Wheel Hub 3— Seal Ring

TX1119762A —UN—07AUG12

2. Install seal ring (3) flush with wheel hub (1) by using AA00-880-559 Seal Ring Driver (4) and 27489 Large Handle (5). 4— AA00-880-559 Seal Ring Driver 5— 27489 Large Handle

Seal Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-36

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-47/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=108

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Wheel Hub Install

TX1035408A —UN—29JAN08

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. 1. Heat tapered roller bearing (2) to specification and install on knuckle housing (1). Specification Tapered Roller Bearing (2)—Temperature (approximate)................................................................................... 95°C 203°F 1— Knuckle Bearing

Tapered Roller Bearing Installation

2— Tapered Roller Bearing JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-48/61

NOTE: For ease of installation, lightly coat wheel hub and knuckle housing surface with oil.

TX1119763A —UN—07AUG12

2. Install wheel hub (3). 3— Wheel Hub

Wheel Hub JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-49/61

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. TX1119764A —UN—07AUG12

3. Heat tapered roller bearing (4) to specification and install. Specification Tapered Roller Bearing (4)—Temperature (approximate)................................................................................... 95°C 203°F 3— Wheel Hub

4— Taper Roller Bearing

Taper Roller Bearing On Wheel Hub Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-37

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-50/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=109

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Ring Gear Install 1. Install ring gear (2).

TX1035302A —UN—31JAN08

2. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to threads of cap screws (1). 3. Install cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screws (1)—Torque...................................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft 1— Cap Screw (8 used)

2— Ring Gear

Ring Gear Cap Screws JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-51/61

Planetary Gears Install NOTE: The packaging sleeve is used as an assembly aid.

1— Roller Bearing (3 used) 2— Packaging Sleeve (3 used)

TX1035332A —UN—29JAN08

1. Press roller bearing (1) through packaging sleeve (2) until snap ring (3) engages groove on planetary gear (4). 3— Snap Ring (3 used) 4— Planetary Gear (3 used)

Planetary Gear and Roller Bearing JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-52/61

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. TX1119765A —UN—07AUG12

2. Heat planetary gears (4) to specification and install in planetary carrier (5) with beveled edge of roller bearing inner ring facing downward. Specification Planetary Gear Assembly—Temperature (approximate)..........................................................................90—100°C 194—212°F Planetary Gear 4— Planetary Gear (3 used)

5— Planetary Carrier Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-38

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-53/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=110

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

3. Install snap rings (6). 6— Snap Ring (3 used)

TX1119766A —UN—13AUG12

4— Planetary Gear (3 used)

Planetary Gear Snap Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-54/61

Planetary Carrier Install 1. Install O-ring (1) on groove of wheel hub (2) and grease. 2— Wheel Hub

TX1035341A —UN—29JAN08

1— O-Ring

Planetary Carrier O-Ring JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-55/61

2. Install planetary carrier (3) and tighten cap screws (4) to specification.

TX1119767A —UN—07AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (4)—Torque.................................................................32 N·m 24 lb·ft

3. Fill planetary drive with oil. see Drain and Refill MFWD Axle Housing Oil—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) 3— Planetary Carrier

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

Planetary Carrier Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-39

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-56/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=111

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Steering Cylinder Install 1. Apply NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant to steering cylinder contact surface (1). TX1035682A —UN—30JAN08

1— Steering Cylinder Contact Surface

Steering Cylinder Contact Points JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-57/61

2. Install steering cylinder (2) and cap screws (3). Tighten to specification.

2— Steering Cylinder

TX1119769A —UN—07AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (3)—Torque...............................................................240 N·m 177 lb·ft 3— Cap Screw (3 used)

Steering Cylinder JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-58/61

Tie Rods Install 1. Install nut (2) and tie rod (1) on tie rod end (3).

1— Tie Rod 2— Nut

TX1035693A —UN—30JAN08

2. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to tie rod end. 3— Tie Rod End

Tie Rod Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-40

JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-59/61

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=112

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

3. Install tie rod assembly (4) to steering cylinder piston rod (5). Tighten to specification.

4— Tie Rod Assembly

TX1119770A —UN—07AUG12

Specification Tie Rod Assembly to Steering Cylinder Piston Rod—Torque...............................................................................300 N·m 221 lb·ft 5— Steering Cylinder Piston Rod

Tie Rod To Piston Rod JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-60/61

4. Install lock nut (6) to tie rod (1) and tighten to specification plus an additional 180°—225° of rotation.

1— Tie Rod

TX1119771A —UN—07AUG12

Specification Lock Nut (6)—Torque (initial)..........................................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft Lock Nut (6)—Rotation (additional)..............................................................................180°—225° 6— Lock Nut

Tie Rod Lock Nut JA92389,00000E8 -19-22DEC18-61/61

Limited Slip Differential Disassemble and Assemble 0.152—0.508 mm 0.006—0.020 in.

Bevel Gear Drive Temperature

95°C 205°F

Cap Screw (4) Torque

68 N·m 50 lb.-ft.

Tapered Roller Bearing Temperature

95°C 205°F

TX1122062A —UN—07SEP12

SPECIFICATIONS Bevel Gear Drive Axial Play

OTHER MATERIAL

Differential Tapered Roller Bearings

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) 1— Bearing Puller 2— Tapered Roller Bearing (2 used)

1. Using a bearing puller (1), remove tapered roller bearings (2) from differential (3).

3— Differential

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-41

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-1/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=113

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

2. Remove bevel gear cap screws (4) from differential (3). 4— Bevel Gear Cap Screw (16 used) TX1119801A —UN—07SEP12

3— Differential

Differential Bevel Gear Cap Screws JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-2/16

3. Remove cover (5) and bevel gear (6) from differential. 6— Bevel Gear

TX1119803A —UN—07AUG12

5— Cover

Differential Bevel Gear Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-42

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-3/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=114

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

4. Remove bevel gear drive (8), thrust washer (9), clutch plates (10), and clutch discs (11) from top of differential. 10— Clutch Plate (5 used) 11— Clutch Disc (4 used)

9 TX1119821 —UN—07AUG12

8— Bevel Gear Drive 9— Thrust Washer

TX1119822A —UN—07AUG12

Differential Clutch Discs and Plates (exploded view)

Differential Clutch Discs and Plates JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-4/16

5. Tap pinion shaft (12) to shear off spring pin (13) and remove pinion shaft. Remove sheared spring pin from differential and pinion shaft. 13— Spring Pin TX1119823A —UN—07AUG12

12— Pinion Shaft

Differential Pinion Shaft Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-43

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-5/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=115

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

6. Remove bevel gears (15) and thrust washers (16). 16— Thrust Washer (2 used)

TX1119824A —UN—07AUG12

15— Bevel Gear (2 used)

Pinion Bevel Gears and Thrust Washers JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-6/16

7. Remove bevel gear drive (8), thrust washer (9), clutch plates (10), and clutch discs (11) from bottom of differential.

8— Bevel Gear Drive 9— Thrust Washer

9 TX1119821 —UN—07AUG12

8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

10— Clutch Plate (5 used) 11— Clutch Disc (4 used)

TX1119831A —UN—07AUG12

Differential Clutch Discs (exploded view)

Differential Bevel Gear Drive and Clutch Discs Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-44

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-7/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=116

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

NOTE: In order to achieve an accurate measurement for axial play on bevel gear drive (8), parts must first be installed without lubrication.

8— Bevel Gear Drive 9— Thrust Washer

10— Clutch Plate (5 used) 11— Clutch Disc (4 used)

TX1119821 —UN—07AUG12

9. Assemble bevel gear drive (8), thrust washer (9) with coated surface facing clutch disc, clutch plates (10), and clutch discs (11). Install parts in differential housing.

TX1119831A —UN—07AUG12

Differential Clutch Discs (exploded view)

Differential Bevel Gear Drive and Clutch Discs JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-8/16

10. Install pinion shaft (12) with bevel gears (15) and thrust washers (16). 16— Thrust Washer (2 used) TX1119833A —UN—07AUG12

12— Pinion Shaft 15— Bevel Gear (2 used)

Differential Pinion Shaft and Gears Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-45

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-9/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=117

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

11. Using a dial indicator (18) through differential opening (14), compare axial play (up and down) of bevel gear drive (8) to specification. TX1119848A —UN—28AUG12

Specification Bevel Gear Drive—Axial Play..............................................................................0.152—0.508 mm 0.006—0.020 in.

12. If axial play is out of specification, install clutch plates of different thicknesses to meet specification. 13. Disassemble differential and lightly oil all parts. 14. Install oiled bevel gear drive, thrust washer (9), clutch discs, and clutch plates. 15. Install bevel gears, thrust washers (16), and pinion shaft.

Differential Axial Play 8— Bevel Gear Drive 14— Differential Opening

18— Dial Indicator

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-10/16

IMPORTANT: Spring pin should be installed on center with pinion shaft.

2— Differential 12— Pinion Shaft

TX1119841A —UN—07AUG12

16. Install spring pin through differential and pinion shaft. 13— Spring Pin

Spring Pin Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-46

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-11/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=118

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

IMPORTANT: Thickness and coating of clutch discs must be identical on both sides of differential housing.

8— Bevel Gear Drive 9— Thrust Washer

9 TX1119821 —UN—07AUG12

17. Install bevel gear drive, thrust washer (9) with coated surface facing away from gear drive, clutch plates, and clutch discs in bottom of differential. 10— Clutch Plate (5 used) 11— Clutch Disc (4 used)

TX1119822A —UN—07AUG12

Differential Clutch Discs and Plates (exploded view)

Differential Clutch Discs and Plates JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-12/16

18. Install alignment pins (20) and cover (5). 20— Alignment Pin (2 used)

TX1119846A —UN—07AUG12

5— Cover

Differential Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-47

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-13/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=119

Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use hand protection when handling heated components.

TX1119814A —UN—07AUG12

19. Heat bevel gear drive (6) to specification and install on differential. Specification Bevel Gear Drive—Temperature......................................................................... 95°C 205°F 6— Bevel Gear Drive Bevel Gear Drive

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-14/16

20. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws (4). Install bevel gear cap screws and tighten to specification.

3— Differential

TX1119801A —UN—07SEP12

Specification Cap Screw (4)—Torque.................................................................68 N·m 50 lb.-ft. 4— Cap Screw (16 used)

Differential Bevel Gear Cap Screws Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-15/16

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury. Use hand protection when handling heated components.

TX1036338A —UN—14FEB08

21. Heat tapered roller bearings (1) to specification and install on differential. Specification Tapered Roller Bearing—Temperature..................................................................... 95°C 205°F 1— Tapered Roller Bearing (2 used) Heated Tapered Roller Bearings

JA92389,00000DC -19-09JUN15-16/16

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0240-48

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=120

Group 0250

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Service Brakes Inspection 1. Remove plugs from right and left side brake inspection ports (1 and 2). TX1114843A —UN—25MAY12

NOTE: If axle is removed from machine, skip steps 2 and 3 and apply hydraulic pressure directly to axle service brake ports using a manually operated hydraulic pump. 2. Start engine. Do not release park brake. 3. Apply service brakes. Right External Inspection Port

2— Left Side Brake Inspection Port

TX1114844A —UN—25MAY12

1— Right Side Brake Inspection Port

Left Side External Inspection Port Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-1

JA92389,00000E9 -19-19MAR15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=121

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: When service brakes are applied, gap measurement (4) will equal overall thickness of brake disks (6). TX1114845A —UN—25MAY12

A piece of metal bar stock with a thickness of 4.5 mm (0.177 in.) can be used as a gauge to check gap. If the 4.5 mm (0.177 in.) gauge cannot fit between two separator plates, replace brake disks. 4. Check gap measurement between two separator plates using a feeler gauge. 5. Replace brake disks if gap is less than 4.5 mm (0.177 in.). See Rear Axle Disassemble. (Group 0250.) Service Brake Inspection Port (left side shown) Rear Axle—Specification

3— Brake Inspection Port 4— Gap Measurement

5— Separator Plate (4 used) 6— Brake Disk (3 used)

5 6

TX1114846 —UN—30MAY12

Service Brake Disk—Thickness (minimum).................................................................................... 4.5 mm 0.177 in.

Disk Clearance JA92389,00000E9 -19-19MAR15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=122

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

Rear Axle Remove and Install 5103—8163 kg 11 250—18 000 lb.

Rear Axle Weight

490 kg 1080 lb.

Mounting Cap Screw Torque

620 N·m 457 lb.-ft.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS Rear of Machine Weight (approximate)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT01642A Low Lift Jack

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

High Pressure Fluids

Specification Rear of Machine—Weight (approximate)...................................................................5103—8163 kg 11 250—18 000 lb.

4. Remove both rear wheels. See Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

5. Drain rear axle. See Drain and Refill Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

6. Remove rear drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.)

3. Raise and support rear of machine. Position floor stands under main frame. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-3

JA92389,00000EA -19-19MAR15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=123

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

77 77

75 78

B13

TX1114768 —UN—25MAY12

TX1114768 Rear Axle 73— Rear Axle 75— Park Brake Valve-to-Park Brake Line

77— Service Brake 78— Differential Lock Valve-to-Service Brake Line Valve-to-Differential Lock (2 used) Line

7. Tag and disconnect park brake valve-to-park brake line (75), service brake valve-to-service brake lines (77), and differential lock valve-to-differential lock line (78) from rear axle (73). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

B13— Park Brake Pressure Switch

9. Position a JT01642 Low Lift Jack under center of rear axle. Attach the adjustable-grip arms and safety chains of the low lift jack to the axle housing.

8. Disconnect park brake pressure switch (B13) electrical connector. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-4

JA92389,00000EA -19-19MAR15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=124

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1114799A —UN—25MAY12

10. Remove cap screws (1) on each side of axle and lower axle from machine. Specification Rear Axle—Weight........................................................................ 490 kg 1080 lb.

11. Repair axle as necessary. See Rear Axle Disassemble. (Group 0250.) 12. Install rear axle. Rear Axle Mounting Hardware

13. Install and tighten axle mounting cap screws to specification.

1— Cap Screw (8 used)

Specification Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................620 N·m 457 lb.-ft.

14. Connect lines to service brakes, differential lock, and park brake.

16. Install rear wheels and lower machine to ground. See Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) 17. Fill rear axle with proper oil. See Drain and Refill Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Oil and see Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

15. Connect park brake pressure switch (B13) electrical connector.

JA92389,00000EA -19-19MAR15-3/3

Rear Axle Disassemble 490 kg 1080 lb

Planetary Weight (approximate)

36 kg 79 lb

Rear Axle Hub Weight (approximate)

23 kg 51 lb

Axle Housing Weight (approximate)

82 kg 181 lb

Differential Weight (approximate)

23 kg 51 lb

TX1022366A —UN—23APR07

SPECIFICATIONS Rear Axle Weight (approximate)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Using appropriate lifting device, place rear axle on stand or steel table.

Planetary Cap Screws

Specification Rear Axle—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 490 kg 1080 lb

1— Cap Screw (2 used)

NOTE: Procedures for left and right sides of rear axle disassembly are the same. Differential lock components are located behind left side axle housing. 2. Remove cap screws (1). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-5

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-1/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=125

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1022367A —UN—23APR07

3. Using appropriate lifting device, remove planetary (2). Specification Planetary—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 79 lb 2— Planetary

Planetary JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-2/32

NOTE: The planetary carrier may be configured with 3 or 4 planetary gears. 4. Remove snap rings (3).

TX1022368A —UN—23APR07

3— Snap Ring (4 used)

Planetary Snap Rings JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-3/32

5. Remove planetary gears (4).

TX1022369A —UN—23APR07

4— Planetary Gear (4 used)

Planetary Gear Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-6

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-4/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=126

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

6. Remove sun gear shaft (5) and O-ring (6). 6— O-Ring

TX1022371A —UN—23APR07

5— Sun Gear Shaft

Sun Gear Shaft JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-5/32

7. Remove cap screws (7).

TX1022372A —UN—23APR07

7— Cap Screw (8 used)

Internal Gear Cap Screws JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-6/32

8. Install M14 guide screws (8). 9. Install jack screws (9) into threaded holes of internal gear.

8— M14 Guide Screw (2 used) 9— Jack Screw (2 used)

TX1119891A —UN—08AUG12

10. Pull internal gear away from hub (10) by evenly tightening jack screws until internal gear is loose. 10— Hub

Internal Gear and Jack Screws Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-7

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-7/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=127

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: Bushings (12) should be removed only if necessary. 11. If necessary, remove bushings (12). TX1119899A —UN—09AUG12

12— Bushing (8 used)

Bushings JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-8/32

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Using appropriate lifting device, remove hub (10). Specification Rear Axle Hub—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb TX1119900A —UN—09AUG12

10— Hub

Rear Axle Hub JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-9/32

13. Remove hub seal (14) and outer bearing cups (15). 15— Outer Bearing Cup (2 used) TX1119901A —UN—13AUG12

14— Hub Seal

Hub Seal and Bearing Cups Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-8

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-10/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=128

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

14. Remove bearing inner ring (18).

TX1119905A —UN—13AUG12

18— Bearing Inner Ring

Bearing Inner Ring JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-11/32

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1119904A —UN—13AUG12

15. Using appropriate lifting device, support axle housing (21) and remove cap screws (20). Specification Axle Housing—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 82 kg 181 lb 20— Cap Screw (12 used)

21— Axle Housing Axle Housing Cap Screws

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-12/32

16. Install M16 guide screws (23) and remove axle housing.

TX1022384A —UN—23APR07

23— M16 Guide Screw (2 used)

Axle Housing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-9

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-13/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=129

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

17. Remove axle shaft (24) from axle housing.

TX1022385A —UN—23APR07

24— Axle Shaft

Axle Shaft JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-14/32

18. Remove snap ring (25).

TX1022386A —UN—23APR07

25— Snap Ring

Shaft Snap Ring JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-15/32

19. Remove brake disc package (26). 20. Remove O-rings (27—29). 28— O-Ring 29— O-Ring

TX1022387A —UN—23APR07

26— Brake Disc Package 27— O-Ring

Disc Package Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-10

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-16/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=130

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

21. Remove cap screws (30) and remove coupling ring (31). 31— Coupling Ring TX1119911A —UN—06SEP12

30— Cap Screw (3 used)

Coupling Ring JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-17/32

22. Preload disc spring (33). 23. Remove snap ring (34) and washer (35). 35— Washer

TX1119915A —UN—09AUG12

33— Disc Spring 34— Snap Ring

Snap Ring Bevel Springs JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-18/32

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. TX1022393A —UN—23APR07

24. Using compressed air, remove piston (36). 36— Brake Piston

Brake Piston Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-11

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-19/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=131

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

25. Remove brake piston lip seal (38) and backup ring (39) from axle housing.

36— Brake Piston 38— Brake Piston Lip Seal 39— Backup Ring

TX1119929A —UN—13AUG12

26. Remove brake piston lip seal (41) and backup ring (42) from piston. 41— Brake Piston Lip Seal 42— Backup Ring

TX1119927A —UN—13AUG12

Piston Seals

Axle Housing Seals JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-20/32

27. Remove differential cover (44).

TX1119930A —UN—13AUG12

44— Differential Cover

Differential Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-12

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-21/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=132

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

28. Remove O-ring (46).

TX1119932A —UN—13AUG12

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 29. Using compressed air, remove piston (47). 46— O-Ring

47— Piston

Piston JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-22/32

30. Remove bearing cup (49) and shim (50). 50— Shim

TX1119935A —UN—13AUG12

49— Bearing Cup

Bearing Cup and Shim JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-23/32

31. Remove O-rings (52).

TX1119937A —UN—31AUG12

52— O-Ring (2 used)

O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-13

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-24/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=133

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

32. Remove O-rings (54). NOTE: Differential lock is on left side only.

TX1195516A —UN—09JUN15

33. Left Side of Axle Only: a. Remove differential lock (55). 54— O-Ring (2 used) 55— Differential Lock

57— Needle Bearing

O-Ring and Differential Lock Coil Spring (left side of axle shown) JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-25/32

b. Remove needle bearing (57), locking slide (58), and compression spring (59) from differential lock. 59— Compression Spring TX1119939A —UN—31AUG12

57— Needle Bearing 58— Locking Slide

Differential Lock JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-26/32

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 34. Using appropriate lifting device, remove differential (61).

TX1119940A —UN—10AUG12

Specification Differential—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb 61— Differential

Differential Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-14

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-27/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=134

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

35. Using appropriate bearing puller, remove bearings (62 and 63). 63— Bearing

TX1119941A —UN—09AUG12

62— Bearing

Differential Bearings JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-28/32

36. Remove cap screws (64).

TX1119942A —UN—09AUG12

64— Cap Screw (20 used)

Differential Case Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-15

JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-29/32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=135

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

37. Separate differential case halves (66 and 67). 38. Remove upper thrust washer (68) and bevel gear (69). 39. Remove thrust washers (70), side gears (71), and pinion shaft (72). 40. Remove bevel gear (73) and spacer (74). Remove lower thrust washer (68). 71— Side Gear (4 used) 72— Pinion Shaft 73— Bevel Gear 74— Spacer

TX1119960 —UN—06SEP12

66— Differential Case Half 67— Differential Case Half 68— Thrust Washer (2 used) 69— Bevel Gear 70— Thrust Washer (4 used)

Differential JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-30/32

41. Remove ring gear (76).

TX1119973A —UN—09AUG12

76— Ring Gear

Ring Gear JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-31/32

NOTE: Marking shim location aids assembly.

78— Differential Bearing Cup

TX1119974A —UN—09AUG12

42. Remove differential bearing cup (78) and shim (79) from axle housing. 79— Shim

Differential Bearing Outer Cup and Shim JA92389,00000EB -19-08JUN17-32/32

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=136

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

Rear Axle Assemble 135 N·m 100 lb.ft

Outer Bearing Cup Shim Thickness

1.70 mm 0.067 in

Differential Weight (approximate)

23 kg 51 lb

Differential Housing Cover Cap Screw Torque

195 N·m 144 lb.ft

Rear Axle Ring Gear Backlash

0.15—0.25 mm 0.006—0.010 in

Coupling Ring Cap Screw Torque

23 N·m 204 lb.in

Axle Housing Weight

82 kg 181 lb

Axle Housing Cap Screw Torque

195 N·m 144 lb.ft

Inner Bearing Temperature

120°C 248°F

Rear Axle Hub Weight (approximate)

23 kg 51 lb

Outer Bearing Temperature

120°C 248°F

Internal Gear Cap Screw Torque

250 N·m 184 lb.ft

Planetary Gear Temperature

120°C 248°F

Planetary Weight (approximate)

36 kg 79 lb

Planetary Carrier Cap Screw Torque

55 N·m 41 lb.ft

TX1121506A —UN—31AUG12

SPECIFICATIONS Differential Case Cap Screw Torque

Differential Half Cap Screws 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

2— Differential Half

ESSENTIAL TOOLS D01047AA 17-1/2 & 30-Ton Puller Set JDG10524 Driver JDG10525 Handle JDG10526 Driver SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Anaerobic Activator Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket

1. Install cap screws (1) into threaded holes of differential half (2). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-17

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-1/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=137

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

IMPORTANT: Differential damage may occur if thrust washer is installed improperly. Install with dimpled side facing bevel gear.

4— Thrust Washer

TX1121507A —UN—29AUG12

2. Install thrust washer (4) with dimpled side facing bevel gear (5). 5— Bevel Gear

Bevel Gears and Thrust Washer JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-2/43

3. Assemble side gears (8) and thrust washers (9) on differential shaft (7). Install in differential half (2) with thrust washer locking tabs facing upwards. 8— Side Gear (4 used) 9— Thrust Washer (4 used)

TX1121508 —UN—29AUG12

2— Differential Half 7— Differential Shaft

TX1121509A —UN—29AUG12

Differential Assembly (exploded view)

Differential Assembly Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-18

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-3/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=138

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

4. Install bevel gear (11), thrust washer (12), and spacer ring (13). 13— Spacer Ring TX1121510A —UN—30AUG12

11— Bevel Gear 12— Thrust Washer

Differential Bevel Gear and Thrust Washer JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-4/43

5. Align differential halves (2 and 15) using stamped number (16) on housing. 16— Stamped Number TX1121512A —UN—29AUG12

2— Differential Half 15— Differential Half

Differential Housing Alignment JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-5/43

6. Install ring gear (17) and press to zero clearance.

TX1121513A —UN—29AUG12

17— Ring Gear

Ring Gear Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-19

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-6/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=139

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

7. Install cap screws (18) and tighten to specification. Specification Differential Case Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................135 N·m 100 lb.ft

TX1121514A —UN—29AUG12

18— Cap Screw (20 used)

Differential Case Cap Screws JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-7/43

IMPORTANT: Bearing damage may occur if force is applied to bearing cage. Make sure force is applied to inner race of bearing only.

19— Bearing

TX1121515A —UN—30AUG12

8. Press bearings (19 and 20) until bottomed. 20— Bearing

Bearing Installation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-8/43

NOTE: It is recommended to use shim found in disassembly.

TX1121516A —UN—30AUG12

9. Install original shim (22) and outer bearing cup (23) if in serviceable condition. 10. If new shim (22) is required, install specified shim. Specification Outer Bearing Cup Shim—Thickness....................................................................... 1.70 mm 0.067 in 22— Shim

23— Outer Bearing Cup Shim and Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-20

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-9/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=140

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

11. Apply marking ink to teeth of ring gear (16) for checking contact pattern later. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Using appropriate lifting device, install differential (24). Specification Differential—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb 24— Differential TX1121517A —UN—30AUG12

16— Ring Gear

Differential Installation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-10/43

13. Measure and record dimension I using straight edge (25) and a depth gauge (26). Example of Dimension (I) Flange Mounting Surface-to-Outer 6.64 mm 0.261 in Bearing Cup 26— Depth Gauge

TX1121518A —UN—29AUG12

25— Straight Edge

Dimension I Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-21

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-11/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=141

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

14. Measure and record dimension II using straight edge (25) and a depth gauge (26). Example of Dimension (II) Brake Housing Flange-to-Shoulder 5.35 mm 0.211 in of Outer Bearing Cup 26— Depth Gauge

TX1121519A —UN—29AUG12

25— Straight Edge

Dimension II JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-12/43

TX1121520A —UN—29AUG12

15. Difference of dimension I and dimension II equals total shims (28) required. When installing new bearings, add 0.10 mm to calculated shim thickness for required new bearing preload. Round dimension to nearest shim size. Example of Differential Bearing Shim Calculation (Dimension I – Dimension II) + New Bearing Preload = Differential Bearing Shim Dimension I Subtract Dimension II Add New Bearing Preload (only if installing new bearings) Equals Equals Total Differential Bearing Shim (rounded value)

6.64 mm 0.261 in —5.35 mm —0.211 in +0.10 mm +0.004 in 1.39 mm 0.055 in =1.40 mm =0.055 in

Shim and Bearing Cup 28— Shim (as required) 29— Bearing Cup

30— Differential Housing Cover

16. Install predetermined shims (28) and bearing cup (29) into differential housing cover (30). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-22

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-13/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=142

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

17. Install differential housing cover (30) and cap screws (31). Tighten to specification.

30— Differential Housing Cover

TX1121522A —UN—29AUG12

Specification Differential Housing Cover Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................195 N·m 144 lb.ft 31— Cap Screw (3 used)

Differential Housing JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-14/43

18. Install DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool (33) onto input flange (35). For information on DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool, see DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool. (Group 9900.) TX1121523A —UN—05SEP12

NOTE: Straightedge of DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool indicates position to record backlash. 19. Install dial indicator (34) so it is positioned 126 mm from center of input flange to correspond to outer tooth diameter of ring gear. Hold ring gear stationary and check backlash. Specification Rear Axle Ring Gear—Backlash...............................................................0.15—0.25 mm 0.006—0.010 in

Backlash Tool 33— DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool 34— Dial Indicator

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-23

35— Input Flange

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-15/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=143

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

20. Too Little Backlash: Install thicker shim (22) behind outer bearing cup (23). Shim (28) thickness must be reduced accordingly. TX1121516A —UN—30AUG12

21. Too Much Backlash: Install thinner shim (22) behind outer bearing cup (23). Shim (28) thickness must be increased accordingly. 22. Remove differential housing cover (30) and differential. 23. Check gear tooth contact pattern. See Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check. (Group 0250.) 24. Install differential into housing. 29— Bearing Cup 30— Differential Housing Cover

TX1121520A —UN—29AUG12

22— Shim 23— Outer Bearing Cup 28— Shim (as required)

Shim and Bearing Cup

Shim and Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-24

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-16/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=144

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

25. Apply grease to needle bearing (36) and install onto locking slide (37).

TX1121524A —UN—29AUG12

26. Install compression spring (38) onto locking slide and install differential lock (40) assembly. 27. Apply grease to O-rings (39) and install onto axle housing. 36— Needle Bearing 37— Locking Slide 38— Compression Spring

39— O-Ring (2 used) 40— Differential Lock

TX1121525A —UN—29AUG12

Differential Lock (exploded view)

Differential Lock Installation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-17/43

28. Apply oil to O-rings (42—44) and install onto differential housing cover (30). 43— O-Ring 44— O-Ring TX1121526A —UN—29AUG12

30— Differential Housing Cover 42— O-Ring

O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-25

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-18/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=145

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

29. Press piston (45) into place.

TX1121527A —UN—05SEP12

45— Piston

Differential Housing Piston JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-19/43

30. Install M16 guide screws (46) and differential housing cover (30). 46— M16 Guide Screw (2 used) TX1121528A —UN—10SEP12

30— Differential Housing Cover

Differential Housing Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-26

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-20/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=146

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

31. Install brake piston lip seal (48) and backup ring (47) with brake piston lip seal open face toward axle housing (49). XJ1255457A —UN—17APR18

NOTE: Spring pins may have moved in brake piston to compensate for friction material wear and require resetting in brake piston. 32. If required, install spring pins (52) flush with the face of the brake piston (53). 33. Install brake piston lip seal (51) and backup ring (50) with open face of brake piston lip seal facing out of axle housing. Axle Housing Seals 51— Brake Piston Lip Seal 52— Spring Pin (4 used) 53— Brake Piston

XJ1255458A —UN—17APR18

47— Backup Ring 48— Brake Piston Lip Seal 49— Axle Housing 50— Backup Ring

Brake Piston Seals

48 47

TX1121531 —UN—29AUG12

50 51

53 Axle Housing and Brake Piston Seals (cross section) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-27

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-21/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=147

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

34. Install disk spring (55) and washer (56). 56— Washer

TX1121532A —UN—10SEP12

55— Disk Spring

Disk Spring JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-22/43

35. Apply clean transmission oil to brake piston (53) and press into axle housing (49) using a two-armed puller (57) from D01047AA 17-1/2 & 30-Ton Puller Set. 57— Two-Armed Puller TX1121533A —UN—29AUG12

49— Axle Housing 53— Brake Piston

Brake Piston Installation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-23/43

36. Install disc spring (59) and washer (60) onto coupling ring (61). 61— Coupling Ring TX1121534A —UN—29AUG12

59— Disc Spring 60— Washer

Washer and Disc Spring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-28

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-24/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=148

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

37. Compress disc spring (59) and install snap ring (62). 62— Snap Ring

TX1121535A —UN—29AUG12

59— Disc Spring

Snap Ring JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-25/43

38. Install coupling ring (61) and cap screws (64). Tighten to specification.

61— Coupling Ring

TX1121536A —UN—29AUG12

Specification Coupling Ring Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................23 N·m 204 lb.in 64— Cap Screw (3 used)

Coupling Ring JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-26/43

39. Alternately install separator plates (66) and brake discs (67) starting with a separator plate. 40. Apply oil to O-rings (68—70). 69— O-Ring 70— O-Ring

TX1121537A —UN—05SEP12

66— Separator Plate (4 used) 67— Brake Disc (3 used) 68— O-Ring

Brake Disc Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-29

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-27/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=149

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

41. Install disc carrier (72) and snap ring (73) on axle shaft (74). 74— Axle Shaft TX1121538A —UN—05SEP12

72— Disc Carrier 73— Snap Ring

Axle Shaft JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-28/43

42. Install axle shaft (74) into axle housing (49). 74— Axle Shaft

TX1121539A —UN—10SEP12

49— Axle Housing

Axle Shaft Installation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-29/43

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1121540A —UN—10SEP12

43. Using appropriate lifting device, insert axle housing (49) onto M16 guide screws (46). Specification Axle Housing—Weight.................................................................... 82 kg 181 lb 46— M16 Guide Screw (2 used)

49— Axle Housing

Axle Housing Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-30

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-30/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=150

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

44. Install cap screws (77) and tighten to specification.

TX1121542A —UN—29AUG12

Specification Axle Housing Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................195 N·m 144 lb.ft 77— Cap Screw (12 used)

Axle Housing Cap Screws JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-31/43

45. Press wheel studs (79) into wheel hub (80) to zero clearance. 80— Wheel Hub TX1121543A —UN—29AUG12

79— Wheel Stud (10 used)

Wheel Studs JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-32/43

IMPORTANT: Prevent wheel studs from pushing out of wheel hub and damaging threads. Wheel hub must not be supported by wheel studs.

81— Outer Bearing Cup (2 used) 82— JDG10524 Driver

TX1121544A —UN—05SEP12

46. Install outer bearing cups (81) using JDG10524 Driver (82) and JDG10525 Handle (83). 83— JDG10525 Handle

Outer Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-31

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-33/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=151

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

47. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Anaerobic Activator and Loctite® 5127™ Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant to outer face of hub seal (84). TX1121545A —UN—05SEP12

IMPORTANT: Axle damage and leaking may occur if old seal is used. Replace with new seal. 48. Install hub seal using JDG10526 Driver. 84— Hub Seal

85— JDG10526 Driver

TX1121546A —UN—29AUG12

Hub Seal

Hub Seal Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-34/43

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury when handling heated components. Use appropriate hand protection. TX1121547A —UN—29AUG12

49. Heat inner bearing (86) to specification and install. Specification Inner Bearing—Temperature................................................................................................. 120°C 248°F

50. Install sun gear shaft (87). 86— Inner Bearing

87— Sun Gear Shaft

Inner Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-32

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-35/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=152

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1121548A —UN—05SEP12

51. Clean off axle contacting parts of hub seal (84) with mineral spirit. Install wheel hub (80) to zero clearance. Specification Rear Axle Hub—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury when handling heated components. Use appropriate hand protection.

Hub and Bearing Inner Ring

52. Heat outer bearing (88) to specification and install.

80— Wheel Hub 84— Hub Seal

Specification

88— Outer Bearing

Outer Bearing—Temperature............................................................................................... 120°C 248°F JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-36/43

53. If removed, install bushings (89) into internal gear housing (90) using a press. 90— Internal Gear Housing TX1121549A —UN—29AUG12

89— Bushing (8 used)

Bushing JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-37/43

54. Using cap screws (92) removed during disassembly, draw internal gear housing (90) onto bosses. 55. Remove and discard old cap screws (92). TX1121550A —UN—29AUG12

IMPORTANT: Rear axle damage may occur if old cap screws are used. Cap screws are designed for one time use only; replace with new cap screws. 56. Install new cap screws (92) and tighten to specification. Specification Internal Gear Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................250 N·m 184 lb.ft 90— Internal Gear Housing

92— Cap Screw (8 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Internal Gear Housing

02-0250-33

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-38/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=153

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: The planetary carrier may be configured with 3 or 4 planetary gears.

TX1121551A —UN—05SEP12

57. If installing new planetary bearings (95), press into planetary gear (94) and discard assembly sleeve (93). CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury when handling heated components. Use appropriate hand protection. 58. Heat planetary gear to specification and install with larger opening facing downward. Specification Planetary Gear—Temperature........................................................................ 120°C 248°F

Planetary Gear

93— Assembly Sleeve (4 used) 94— Planetary Gear (4 used)

TX1121552A —UN—29AUG12

59. Install thrust washer (96), if removed. 95— Planetary Bearing (4 used) 96— Thrust Washer

Planetary Gears and Thrust Washer JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-39/43

60. Install snap rings (97).

TX1121553A —UN—30AUG12

97— Snap Ring (4 used)

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-34

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-40/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=154

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

61. Apply clean transmission oil to O-ring (99) and install O-ring onto wheel hub.

87— Sun Gear Shaft

TX1121554A —UN—05SEP12

62. Remove sun gear shaft (87) from axle housing and install into planetary. 99— O-Ring

TX1121555A —UN—30AUG12

O-Ring

Sun Gear Shaft JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-41/43

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1121556A —UN—29AUG12

63. Using appropriate lifting device, install planetary carrier (100). Specification Planetary—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 79 lb 100— Planetary Carrier Planetary Carrier Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-35

JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-42/43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=155

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

64. Install cap screws (101) and tighten to specification.

TX1121557A —UN—29AUG12

Specification Planetary Carrier Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................55 N·m 41 lb.ft 101— Cap Screw (2 used)

Planetary Cap Screws JA92389,00000EC -19-17APR18-43/43

Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble 195 N·m 144 lb·ft

Inner Pinion Bearing (29) Temperature

120°C 248°F

Outer Pinion Bearing (25) Temperature

120°C 248°F

Input Flange Nut (1) Torque

600 N·m 443 lb·ft

New Bearing Rolling Drag Torque

2 N·m 18 lb·in

Old Bearing Rolling Drag Torque

1 N·m 9 lb·in

Cap Screw and Nut (5 and 6) Torque

46 N·m 34 lb·ft

Input Flange Nut (1) Torque

600 N·m 443 lb·ft

Park Brake Release Cap Screw (8) Height

29 mm 1.142 in

Locking Nut (44) Torque

46 N·m 34 lb·ft

TX1120700A —UN—20AUG12

SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (36) Torque

Input Flange and Nut 1— Nut

2— Input Flange

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10527 Park Brake Seal Driver SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01048AA 17-1/2—30 Ton Capacity Puller Set OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 5127™ Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer

1. Remove nut (1) and input flange (2). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-36

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-1/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=156

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

2. Remove shaft seal (4). 3. Remove cap screws (5) and nuts (6). 6— Nut (2 used) TX1120699A —UN—20AUG12

4— Shaft Seal 5— Cap Screw (4 used)

Park Brake Cover Cap Screws JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-2/35

4. Remove park brake release screws (8). 5. Remove cover (9). 9— Cover

TX1120701A —UN—20AUG12

8— Park Brake Release Screw (2 used)

Park Brake Cover JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-3/35

6. Remove disc carrier (11). 7. Remove outer springs (12) and inner springs (13).

11— Disc Carrier 12— Outer Spring (14 used)

TX1120702A —UN—20AUG12

8. For proper assembly, mark piston alignment in brake housing. 13— Inner Spring (14 used)

Disc Carrier and Springs Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-37

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-4/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=157

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. TX1120703A —UN—20AUG12

9. Use compressed air to remove piston (14). 10. Remove O-ring (15). 14— Piston

15— O-Ring

Park Brake Piston JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-5/35

11. Remove inner O-ring (17) and outer O-ring (18) from park brake piston. 18— Outer O-Ring TX1120705A —UN—20AUG12

17— Inner O-Ring

Piston O-Rings JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-6/35

12. Remove disc and plate assembly (20).

TX1120708A —UN—20AUG12

20— Disc and Plate Assembly

Disc and Plate Assembly Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-38

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-7/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=158

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

13. Remove pins (22).

TX1120709A —UN—20AUG12

22— Pin (2 used)

Pin Removal JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-8/35

14. Remove pinion (24) and outer pinion bearing (25) using a two-armed puller (26) from D01047AA 17-1/2—30 Ton Puller Set. 26— Two-Armed Puller TX1120710A —UN—20AUG12

24— Pinion 25— Outer Pinion Bearing

Pinion Removal JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-9/35

15. Remove spacer ring (28) and inner pinion bearing (29). 16. For proper assembly, mark shim location. 29— Inner Pinion Bearing

TX1120713A —UN—20AUG12

28— Spacer Ring

Spacer and Inner Pinion Bearing Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-39

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-10/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=159

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

17. Remove inner bearing cup (31) and shim (32). 32— Shim

TX1120714A —UN—20AUG12

31— Inner Bearing Cup

Inner Bearing Cup Removal JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-11/35

18. Remove outer bearing cup (33) using a two-armed puller (34) from D01047AA 17-1/2—30 Ton Puller Set. 34— Two-Armed Puller TX1120715A —UN—20AUG12

33— Outer Bearing Cup

Outer Bearing Cup Remove JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-12/35

19. Remove cap screws (36) and install M16 jack screws (37).

TX1120717A —UN—20AUG12

20. Tighten M16 jack screws while lightly tapping on back of park brake housing (39) with dead blow hammer until loose. 21. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 36— Cap Screw (6 used) 37— M16 Jack Screw (2 used)

39— Park Brake Housing

Park Brake Housing Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-40

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-13/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=160

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: It is recommended to reuse shim found in disassembly of park brake.

TX1120718A —UN—20AUG12

22. Install shim (32). 32— Shim

Shim Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-14/35

23. Install outer bearing cup (33).

TX1120719A —UN—20AUG12

33— Outer Bearing Cup

Outer Bearing Cup JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-15/35

24. Install inner bearing cup (31).

TX1120721A —UN—20AUG12

31— Inner Bearing Cup

Inner Bearing Cup Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-41

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-16/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=161

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

IMPORTANT: To prevent oil leakage, make sure area around return port (34) is completely covered with PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket. 25. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer to sealing surface. 26. Apply Loctite® 5127™ Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant to park brake housing all the way around return port (34).

TX1120722A —UN—20AUG12

34— Return Port

Park Brake Housing Gasket Application Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-17/35

27. Install park brake housing (39) and cap screws (36). Moving in a star pattern, tighten cap screws to specification. TX1120723A —UN—20AUG12

Specification Cap Screw (36)—Torque...............................................................................195 N·m 144 lb·ft

28. Determine Pinion Position and Shim Requirement: a. Dimension I is the measurement from axle center line to inner bearing contact position. Park Brake Housing Installation 36— Cap Screw (6 used)

39— Park Brake Housing

Example of Dimension I Axle Center Line-to-Inner Bearing Contact

165.00 mm 6.496 in Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-42

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-18/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=162

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: If number is not etched into the end of the pinion shaft, then use 127.00 mm (5.00 in) as dimension II (41).

TX1120724A —UN—20AUG12

b. Record etched number at the end of the pinion shaft as dimension II (41).

Dimension II 41— Dimension II Example of Dimension II Dimension II Etched on Top of Pinion Gear

127.00 mm 5.00 in Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-43

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-19/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=163

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

c. Rotate inner pinion bearing (29) in both directions several times while recessed in inner bearing cup (31) to determine roller setting.

TX1120725A —UN—20AUG12

d. Measure and record bearing width from flat side of inner bearing cup to flat surface of inner pinion bearing as dimension III.

Dimension III 29— Inner Pinion Bearing

31— Inner Bearing Cup

Example of Dimension III 36.60 – 0.05 = 35.55 mm 1.441 – 0.002 = 1.400 in

Width of Bearing—Experience Value of 0.05 mm (0.002 in)

e. Subtract dimension I from sum of dimensions II and III to determine number of shims required behind pinion shaft inner bearing cup. Example of Shim Calculation Dimension (I) - Dimension (II + III) Dimension (I)

165.00 mm 6.496 in

Minus Dimension (I) - (II+III)

165.00 mm - (127.00 mm + 35.55 mm) 6.496 in - (5.000 in + 1.400 in)

Result

=2.45 mm =0.096 in

Required Shim

=2.45 mm =0.096 in JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-20/35

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury when handling heated components. Use appropriate hand protection. TX1120726A —UN—20AUG12

29. Heat inner pinion bearing (29) to specification and install on pinion (24) until bottomed. Specification Inner Pinion Bearing (29)—Temperature......................................................................... 120°C 248°F 24— Pinion

29— Inner Pinion Bearing Pinion Bearing Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-44

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-21/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=164

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

NOTE: If shim (32) was replaced, spacer ring (28) must be adjusted by same correction value. 30. Install spacer ring (28).

TX1120727A —UN—20AUG12

28— Spacer Ring

Spacer Ring Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-22/35

31. Install pinion (24).

TX1120728A —UN—20AUG12

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injury when handling heated components. Use appropriate hand protection. 32. Heat outer pinion bearing (25) to specification and install on pinion. Specification Outer Pinion Bearing (25)—Temperature......................................................................... 120°C 248°F Pinion and Outer Bearing Installation 24— Pinion

25— Outer Pinion Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-45

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-23/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=165

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

33. Install disc carrier (11). 34. Install input flange (2). 35. Install input flange nut (1) and tighten to specification. TX1120730A —UN—20AUG12

Specification Input Flange Nut (1)—Torque.................................................................................600 N·m 443 lb·ft

36. Check rolling torque.

1— Nut 2— Input Flange

Disc Carrier Installation

TX1120700A —UN—20AUG12

Specification New Bearing—Rolling Drag Torque.....................................................................................2 N·m 18 lb·in Old Bearing—Rolling Drag Torque.....................................................................................1 N·m 9 lb·in 11— Disc Carrier

Input Flange Nut JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-24/35

37. If rolling torque is not within specification, remove pinion and replace spacer ring (28).

TX1120727A —UN—20AUG12

28— Spacer Ring

Spacer Ring Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-46

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-25/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=166

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

38. Remove nut (1), input flange (2), and disc carrier (11). 11— Disc Carrier

TX1120700A —UN—20AUG12

1— Nut 2— Input Flange

TX1120730A —UN—20AUG12

Input Flange Nut

Disc Carrier Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-26/35

39. Install pins (22).

TX1120709A —UN—20AUG12

22— Pin (2 used)

Pin Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-47

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-27/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=167

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

40. Starting with a plate, alternately install disc and brake assembly (20) as shown.

TX1022421A —UN—25APR07

20— Disc and Plate Assembly

TX1120708A —UN—20AUG12

Disc and Plate Installation

Disc and Plate Assembly JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-28/35

41. Install inner O-ring (17), outer O-ring (18), and apply petroleum jelly. 42. Press park brake piston (14) into housing.

14— Piston 15— O-Ring

TX1120705A —UN—20AUG12

43. Install O-ring (15). 17— Inner O-Ring 18— Outer O-Ring

TX1120734A —UN—20AUG12

Piston O-Rings

Park Brake Piston Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-48

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-29/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=168

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

44. Install outer springs (12) and inner springs (13). 13— Inner Spring (14 used)

TX1120736A —UN—20AUG12

12— Outer Spring (14 used)

Spring Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-30/35

45. Install park brake cover (9), cap screws (5), and nuts (6). Tighten cap screws and nut to specification.

TX1120739A —UN—20AUG12

Specification Cap Screw and Nut (5 and 6)—Torque..............................................................................46 N·m 34 lb·ft

46. Install disc carrier (11). 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Nut (2 used)

9— Cover 11— Disc Carrier

Park Brake Cover Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-31/35

47. Apply Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer and Loctite® 5127™ Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant to contacting parts of shaft seal (4).

4— Shaft Seal

TX1120742A —UN—21AUG12

48. Install park brake seal using JDG10527 Park Brake Seal Driver (42). 42— JDG10527 Park Brake Seal Drive

Park Brake Seal Installation Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-49

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-32/35

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=169

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

49. Inspect dust cover (43). Remove and replace if necessary.

2— Input Flange

TX1120743A —UN—21AUG12

50. Install dust cover into input flange (2) until bottomed. 43— Dust Cover

Dust Cover Installation JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-33/35

51. Install input flange (2). 52. Rotate pinion in both directions several times while tightening input flange nut (1).

1— Nut

TX1120700A —UN—20AUG12

Specification Input Flange Nut (1)—Torque.................................................................................600 N·m 443 lb·ft 2— Input Flange

Input Flange JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-34/35

53. Install park brake release screws (8) to height specification. Tighten locking nuts (44) to specification.

TX1120744A —UN—06SEP12

Specification Park Brake Release Cap Screw (8)—Height......................................................................... 29 mm 1.142 in Specification Locking Nut (44)—Torque.................................................................................46 N·m 34 lb·ft 8— Park Brake Release Screw (2 used)

44— Locking Nut (2 used) Park Brake Release Cap Screws

JA92389,00000ED -19-22DEC18-35/35

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-50

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=170

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

TX1006687A —UN—19APR06

TX1006686A —UN—19APR06

Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check

TX1006691A —UN—19APR06

Drive Side Ideal Contact

TX1006688A —UN—19APR06

Coast Side Ideal Contact

TX1006690A —UN—19APR06

Pinion Distance Must Be Increased

TX1006689A —UN—19APR06

Pinion Distance Must Be Increased

Pinion Distance Must Be Decreased

on drive side and incorrect on coast side, causing the differential to make a “whining” sound when machine is coasting.

CONTACT PATTERN CHECK IMPORTANT: Prevent premature differential wear or damage. Gear tooth contact pattern must be checked on coast and drive sides with rotational load applied. Contact pattern may be correct

1. Apply grease to several teeth of ring gear.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-51

JA92389,00000EE -19-16JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=171

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

2. Apply pressure to park brake using a hydraulic hand pump or park brake release screws. If park brake release screws are used, return them to original position after test is complete. For additional information on park brake release screws, see Mechanical Park Brake Releaseâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Towing. (Group 9020-20.)

3. Turn pinion in both directions to determine gear-tooth contact pattern. If pattern is not correct, cone point distance must be increased or decreased.

JA92389,00000EE -19-16JUN15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

02-0250-52

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=172

Contents

Section 03 Transmission

Page

Group 0300—Removal and Installation Transmission Remove and Install.............. 03-0300-1 Group 0350—Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches Transmission Outer Components Removal ................................................ 03-0350-1 Transmission Outer Components Install ..................................................... 03-0350-4 Transmission Case Disassemble—Torque Converter Side ....................................................... 03-0350-7 Transmission Case Assemble—Torque Converter Side ....................................................... 03-0350-9 Clutch Packs Remove ............................. 03-0350-12 Clutch Packs Install ................................. 03-0350-16 High Range Forward, Low Range Forward, and Reverse Clutch Packs Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 03-0350-19 First Speed and Third Speed Clutch Disassemble and Assemble ................ 03-0350-34 Second Speed Clutch Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 03-0350-49 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 03-0350-58 Pump Drive Shaft Install .......................... 03-0350-67 Group 0360—Hydraulic System Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install................................ 03-0360-1 Transmission Charge Pump Disassemble and Assemble .................. 03-0360-5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0300

Removal and Installation Transmission Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Weight (approximate)

256 kg 564 lb

Transmission-to-Flywheel Housing 73 N·m Cap Screw Torque 54 lb.-ft.

Isolator-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque

275 N·m 203 lb.-ft.

Flex Plate Cap Screw Torque

73 N·m 54 lb.-ft.

TX1116555A —UN—03JUL12

Mounting Bracket-to-Transmission 320 N·m Cap Screw Torque 236 lb.-ft.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D24206WK 10-Ton Shop Stand (4 used) JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack D01004AA Universal Mounting Arm (2 used)

Machine Supported on Shop Stands

1. Raise machine approximately 940 mm (37 in.) from the floor to the bottom of battery box. The floor jack must raise high enough to support the transmission.

Remove MFWD drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.)

2. Install four 10-ton shop stands under machine as shown.

4. Remove rear axle drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.)

3. If equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD): BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-1/14

5. Remove floor mat, cap screws (1), washers (2), and front floor plate (3). 6. Remove cap screws (4), washers (5), and floor plate (6). 7. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Washer (4 used) 3— Floor Plate

TX1117128A —UN—06JUL12

8. Swing steering and brake valve access door open and secure in open position. 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Washer (4 used) 6— Floor Plate

Cab Floor Plates Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-1

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-2/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=175

Removal and Installation

9. Install identification tags and disconnect solenoids (Y1—Y3, Y7, and Y10).

Y1— Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Y2— Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Y3— Transmission Speed Solenoid 1

TX1117191A —UN—05JUL12

10. Drain transmission and hydraulic reservoir. See Drain and Refill Transmission Oil and Replace Filter and see Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Y7— Park Brake Release Solenoid Y10— Differential Lock Solenoid

Transmission Solenoid Connectors (top view) BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-3/14

11. Install identification tags and disconnect transmission oil cooler hoses (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 12. Install identification tags and disconnect torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and transmission output speed sensor (B14) (if equipped). B14— Transmission Output Speed Sensor (if equipped) TX1117146A —UN—12JUL12

8— Transmission Oil Cooler Hose (2 used) B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor

Transmission (front view) BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-4/14

13. Remove cap screws (9) and transmission solenoid guard (10). 10— Transmission Solenoid Guard TX1117203A —UN—06JUL12

9— Cap Screw (3 used)

Transmission Solenoid Guard Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-2

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-5/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=176

Removal and Installation

14. Install identification tags and disconnect solenoids (Y4—Y6 and Y11).

Y4— Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Y5— Transmission Speed Solenoid 3

TX1117205A —UN—05JUL12

15. Remove hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) Y6— Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 (if equipped) Y11— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid

Transmission Solenoid Connectors (lower view) BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-6/14

16. Install identification tags and disconnect brake boost return hose (11) and brake boost pressure hose (12). Close all openings with caps and plugs. 17. Install identification tags and disconnect differential lock hose (13) and park brake hose (14). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

13— Differential Lock Hose 14— Park Brake Hose

13 TX1117148 —UN—05JUL12

11— Brake Boost Return Hose 12— Brake Boost Pressure Hose

11 12

Transmission (hydraulic pump side) BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-7/14

18. Remove cap screws (16) and transmission fill tube (17). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 17— Transmission Fill Tube TX1117153A —UN—05JUL12

16— Cap Screw (2 used)

Transmission Fill Tube Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-3

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-8/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=177

Removal and Installation

19. Remove cap screws (19) and access plate (20) at bottom of flywheel housing (21).

TX1116985A —UN—02JUL12

20. Remove plug (22) located at right front side of flywheel housing and insert JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool (23). Turn flywheel to remove flex plate cap screws (24). NOTE: Upper six transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws (25) must be left in place until engine and transmission are supported. 21. Remove lower six transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws (25). 23— JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool 24— Flex Plate Cap Screw (4 used) 25— Transmission-ToFlywheel Housing Cap Screw (12 used)

Flywheel Access Plate

TX1116988A —UN—03JUL12

19— Cap Screw (2 used) 20— Access Plate 21— Flywheel Housing 22— Plug

TX1117207A —UN—05JUL12

JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool

Torque Converter Flex Plate Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-4

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-9/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=178

Removal and Installation

22. Install rivet nut fasteners (27) in outside holes in frame near flywheel housing. See Rivet Nut Fasteners Remove and Install. (Group 1740.)

TX1117157 —UN—10JUL12

27— Rivet Nut (2 used)

Kremnut Fasteners BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-10/14

NOTE: When installing the DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket, use M10 cap screws that are at least 80 mm (3 in.) in length and with 40 mm (1.5 in.) of thread.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1202097 —UN—24SEP15

23. Install cap screws (29), spacers (30 and 31), DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket (32), washers (33), and nuts (34). See DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket. (Group 9900.)

29 24. Support transmission using JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack (36). Fasten jack to transmission as follows:

DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket 29— Cap Screw (4 used) 30— Small Spacer (2 used) 31— Large Spacer (2 used)

a. Install appropriately sized shim (37) between jack and bottom of transmission as shown. b. Raise and adjust low-lift jack until jack mounting plate and block are tight against bottom of transmission.

e. Make sure all mounting arm hardware is tight before removing transmission.

c. Fasten jack to transmission using D01004AA Universal Mounting Arms (38). d. To provide as much offset and stability as possible, fasten angle brackets (39) to transmission so each points in opposite direction, then fasten mounting arms to opposite (diagonal) corners of mounting plate.

Specification Transmission—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 256 kg 564 lb.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

32— DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket 33— Washer (4 used) 34— Nut (2 used)

03-0300-5

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-11/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=179

Removal and Installation

38— D01004AA Universal Mounting Arm (2 used) 39— Angle Bracket

TX1188186A —UN—18MAR15

36— JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack 37— Shim (2 used)

TX11888187A —UN—18MAR15

Low-Lift Transmission Jack and Mounting Brackets (right side)

Low-Lift Transmission Jack and Mounting Brackets (left side) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-6

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-12/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=180

TX1136118A —UN—08MAY13

Removal and Installation

Transmission Mounting Brackets 41— Isolator-to-Frame Cap Screw 42— Mounting Bracket (2 used) (2 used) 43— Mounting Bracket-toTransmission Cap Screw (4 used)

25. Remove isolator-to-frame cap screws (41) from mounting brackets (42).

44— Washer (4 used)

27. Remove remaining six transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws (25).

26. Remove mounting bracket-to-transmission cap screws (43), washers (44), and mounting brackets (42) from transmission. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-7

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-13/14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=181

Removal and Installation

IMPORTANT: Torque converter (45) can fall out of housing. Care must be taken when removing transmission with torque converter. TX1117171A —UN—06JUL12

28. Move transmission away from engine until torque converter (45) clears flywheel housing. 29. Lower transmission until top of transmission clears bottom of battery box or fuel tank. 30. Carefully move jack and transmission out from under machine. 31. Repair or replace transmission as necessary. See Transmission Outer Components Removal. (Group 0350.)

Torque Converter 45— Torque Converter

32. Position transmission (with torque converter) under machine using low lift jack. Carefully raise transmission and slide into engine. 33. Install transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws (25) and torque to specification.

38. Install access plate to bottom of torque converter housing.

Specification Transmission-toFlywheel Housing Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m 54 lb.-ft.

39. Install transmission fill tube and cap screws (16). 40. Install differential lock hose and park brake hose. 41. Connect brake boost return hose and brake boost pressure hose.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to transmission case and mounting bracket-to-transmission cap screws (43). Ensure washers (44) are installed. If washers are not installed, damage to cap screws (43) may occur.

42. Install hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)

34. Install mounting brackets (42), mounting bracket-to-transmission cap screws (43), washers (44), and isolator-to-frame cap screws (41). Tighten to specification.

45. Connect torque converter oil temperature sensor and transmission cooler hoses.

Specification Mounting Bracketto-Transmission Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................320 N·m 236 lb.-ft. Isolator-to-Frame Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................275 N·m 203 lb.-ft.

35. Remove angle brackets, D01004AA Universal Mounting Arms, and JT01642A Low-Lift Transmission Jack. 36. Remove nuts, cap screws, washers, spacers, and DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket. 37. Use JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool to turn flywheel and install four flex plate cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Flex Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m 54 lb.-ft.

43. Connect solenoids (Y4—Y6 and Y11). 44. Install transmission solenoid guard and cap screws (9).

46. Fill transmission and hydraulic reservoir. See Drain and Refill Transmission Oil and Replace Filter and see Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 47. Connect solenoids (Y1—Y3, Y7, and Y10). 48. Install floor plate (6), washers (5), and cap screws (4). 49. Install floor plate (3), washers (2), cap screws (1), and floor mat. 50. Install rear axle drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.) 51. If equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD): Install MFWD drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.) 52. Remove shop stands from under machine and lower machine to ground.

BE78919,00000EE -19-11JAN17-14/14

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0300-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=182

Group 0350

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches Transmission Outer Components Removal ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10476 Bracket TX1118223A —UN—23JUL12

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D05223ST Engine Roll Over Stand

NOTE: Following procedure is to remove all transmission outer components in order to disassemble inner transmission. 1. Attach transmission to D05223ST Engine Roll Over Stand using JDG10476 Bracket.

Transmission Roll Over Stand Bracket

2. Remove transmission oil filter. BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-1/8

3. Remove cap screws (2) and remove filter head (1). 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1019989 —UN—03APR07

1— Filter Head

Filter Head BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-2/8

4. Remove O-rings (3) from filter head.

TX1020000 —UN—03APR07

3— O-Ring (2 used)

Filter Head O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-1

BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-3/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=183

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

5. Remove dipstick tube (5).

TX1118224 —UN—23JUL12

5— Dipstick Tube

Dipstick Tube Remove BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-4/8

6. Remove output flange (7).

TX1118226 —UN—23JUL12

7— Output Flange

Output Flange BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-5/8

7. Install identification tags and disconnect solenoids (Y1—Y7, Y10, and Y11). Y6— Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 (not used on 210L and 310L machines) Y7— Park Brake Release Solenoid Y10— Differential Lock Solenoid Y11— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid TX1118240 —UN—23JUL12

Y1— Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Y2— Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Y3— Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Y4— Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Y5— Transmission Speed Solenoid 3

Transmission Solenoids Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-2

BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-6/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=184

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

8. Remove orifices (14—17). 16— Second Speed Clutch (K2) Orifice 17— Third Speed Clutch (K3) Orifice

TX1059913 —UN—28MAY09

14— Directional Clutch Orifice 15— First Speed Clutch (K1) Orifice

TX1059914 —UN—28MAY09

Directional Clutch Orifice

Gear Clutch Orifices BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-7/8

9. Remove plugs (18—20). 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 20— Plug

TX1059915 —UN—28MAY09

18— Plug 19— Plug

Plugs BE78919,00000FA -19-19MAY15-8/8

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=185

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Transmission Outer Components Install 15 N·m 133 lb.-in.

Plug (19) Torque

28 N·m 21 lb.-ft.

Plug (20) Torque

6 N·m 53 lb.-in.

Orifice Torque

10 N·m 89 lb.-in.

Filter Head Cap Screw Torque

23 N·m 204 lb.-in.

TX1059915 —UN—28MAY09

SPECIFICATIONS Plug (18) Torque

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10481 Seal Installer JDG10483 Driver Tool

1. Install plugs (18—20). Tighten to specification.

Plugs

Specification Plug (18)—Torque.........................................................................15 N·m 133 lb.-in. Specification Plug (19)—Torque.........................................................................28 N·m 21 lb.-ft.

18— Plug 19— Plug

20— Plug

Specification Plug (20)—Torque...........................................................................6 N·m 53 lb.-in. BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-1/6

2. Install directional clutch orifices (14) and first speed clutch (K1), second speed clutch (K2), and third speed clutch (K3) orifices (15—17). Tighten to specification.

14— Directional Clutch Orifice 15— First Speed Clutch (K1) Orifice

TX1059913 —UN—28MAY09

Specification Orifice—Torque.............................................................................10 N·m 89 lb.-in. 16— Second Speed Clutch (K2) Orifice 17— Third Speed Clutch (K3) Orifice

TX1059914 —UN—28MAY09

Directional Clutch Orifice

Gear Clutch Orifices Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-4

BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-2/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=186

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

3. Install transmission forward and reverse direction solenoids (Y1 and Y2). 4. Install transmission speed solenoids 1, 2, 3, and 4 (Y3, Y4, Y5, and Y6). 5. Install park brake release solenoid (Y7), differential lock solenoid (Y10), and mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Y6— Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Y7— Park Brake Release Solenoid Y10— Differential Lock Solenoid Y11— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid

TX1118240 —UN—23JUL12

Y1— Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Y2— Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Y3— Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Y4— Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Y5— Transmission Speed Solenoid 3

Transmission Solenoids BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-3/6

6. Install seal (9) and seal guard (10) into transmission housing (12) using JDG10481 Seal Installer. 7. Press dust cover (11) into rear output flange (7) until bottomed.

7— Rear Output Flange 9— Seal 10— Seal Guard

TX1118290 —UN—20JUL12

8. Install rear output flange. 11— Dust Cover 12— Transmission Housing

TX1118226 —UN—23JUL12

Rear Output Flange Cross Section

Rear Output Flange Install Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-5

BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-4/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=187

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

9. Install dipstick tube (5) using JDG10483 Driver Tool.

TX1118224 —UN—23JUL12

5— Dipstick Tube

Dipstick Tube Install BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-5/6

10. Install new O-rings (3) on filter head (1). 11. Install filter head and cap screws (2). Tighten to specification.

1— Filter Head 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1020000 —UN—03APR07

Specification Filter Head Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................23 N·m 204 lb.-in. 3— O-Ring (2 used)

TX1019989 —UN—03APR07

Filter Head O-Rings

Filter Head BE78919,0000104 -19-09JUN15-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=188

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Transmission Case Disassemble—Torque Converter Side

TX1118328 —UN—15AUG12

1. Remove torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install. (Group 0651.) NOTE: Transmission pump cannot be removed until transmission case is separated and transmission pump inner cap screws have been removed. 2. Remove transmission charge pump. See Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) 3. Remove cap screws (1 and 2). Bell Housing Cap Screws 2— Cap Screw

TX1118332 —UN—20JUL12

1— Cap Screw (40 used)

Bell Housing Cap Screw BE78919,00000FB -19-08SEP17-1/5

4. Remove plug (4) and O-ring (5). 5. Remove torque converter bell housing (6). 6— Torque Converter Bell Housing TX1118333 —UN—20JUL12

4— Plug 5— O-Ring

Torque Converter Bell Housing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-7

BE78919,00000FB -19-08SEP17-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=189

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

6. Remove plug (11), O-ring (12), piston (13), shims (14), and compression spring (15). Note thickness of shims for ease of assembly. 14— Shim (as required) 15— Compression Spring 16— System Relief Port

TX1031549 —UN—08NOV07

11— Plug 12— O-Ring 13— Piston

System Relief Valve BE78919,00000FB -19-08SEP17-3/5

7. Remove torque converter relief valve (18).

TX1118334 —UN—20JUL12

18— Torque Converter Relief Valve

Torque Converter Relief Valve BE78919,00000FB -19-08SEP17-4/5

NOTE: Pins (20) should only be removed if necessary. 8. Remove pins (20) and screen (21). 9. 210L and 310L Machines Only: Remove set screw (22). 22— Set Screw

TX1118335 —UN—20JUL12

20— Pin (2 used) 21— Screen

Guide Pins and Screen BE78919,00000FB -19-08SEP17-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=190

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Transmission Case Assemble—Torque Converter Side SPECIFICATIONS System Relief Plug Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Transmission Bell Housing Cap Screw Torque

46 N·m 34 lb·ft

Plug Torque

25 N·m 221 lb·in ESSENTIAL TOOLS

JDG10480 Valve Installer TX1118335 —UN—20JUL12

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket™

IMPORTANT: Damage to clutches and torque converter will result if cooling and lubrication pressure is reduced. On 210L and 310L only, install set screw into front transmission case. Front Transmission Case

1. 210L and 310L Machines Only: 20— Pin (2 used) 21— Screen

Install set screw (22) into front of transmission case.

22— Set Screw

2. Install screen (21). 3. Install pins (20) if removed. Loctite and its related brand marks are a trademark of Henkel Corporation BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-1/6

4. Use JDG10480 Valve Installer (19) to install torque converter relief valve (18). 19— JDG10480 Valve Installer TX1118336 —UN—20JUL12

18— Torque Converter Relief Valve

Torque Converter Relief Valve Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-9

BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-2/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=191

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

NOTE: Transmission system pressure must be checked after system relief piston has been removed or replaced. See Transmission System Pressure Test. (Group 9020-25.) TX1031549 —UN—08NOV07

5. Install compression spring (15), shims (14), piston (13), and O-ring (12). NOTE: Recommended initial shim thickness is 5mm. If transmission system pressure is above or below specification, adjust shim thickness. Adding 2mm of shim thickness increases system pressure 21-29 psi. 6. Install plug (11) and tighten to specification.

System Pressure Regulating Valve

Specification System Relief Plug—Torque.................................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

11— Plug 12— O-Ring 13— Piston

14— Shim (as required) 15— Compression Spring 16— System Relief Port BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-3/6

7. Install M10 guide screws (10) to aid in assembly.

TX1118340 —UN—15AUG12

IMPORTANT: Transmission case may leak if gasket sealer is applied to transmission case. Apply gasket sealer to mating surface of torque convertor bell housing (6) only. 8. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ and Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket™ to mating surfaces of torque converter bell housing (6). 9. Install torque converter bell housing and remove M10 guide screws. 6— Torque Converter Bell Housing

10— M10 Guide Screw (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-10

M10 Guide Screws

BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-4/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=192

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

10. Install cap screws (1 and 2). Tighten to specification.

1— Cap Screw (40 used)

TX1118328 —UN—15AUG12

Specification Transmission Bell Housing Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................46 N·m 34 lb·ft 2— Cap Screw

Transmission Bell Housing Cap Screws

TX1118332 —UN—20JUL12

Transmission Bell Housing Cap Screw BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-5/6

11. Install plug (4) and O-ring (5). Tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................25 N·m 221 lb·in

4— Plug 5— O-Ring

TX1118333 —UN—20JUL12

12. Install charge pump. See Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) 6— Torque Converter Bell Housing

Plug and O-Ring Install BE78919,0000103 -19-08SEP17-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=193

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Clutch Packs Remove 42 kg 93 lb.

Second, Third, and MFWD Clutch Pack Weight (approximate)

27 kg 60 lb.

TX1116782A —UN—28JUN12

SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Case Half Weight (approximate)

1. Remove torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install. (Group 0651.) 2. Remove cap screws (1) and transmission filter assembly (2) from transmission. 1— Cap Screw (2 used)

Transmission Oil Filter Assembly

2— Transmission Filter Assembly

BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-1/9

3. Drive dowel pins (3) out of torque converter side of transmission case.

3— Dowel Pin (2 used)

TX1116784A —UN—29JUN12

4. Remove socket head cap screws (4) from transmission housing. 4— Socket Head Cap Screw (24 used)

Transmission Cap Screws and Dowel Pins Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-12

BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-2/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=194

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1116789A —UN—28JUN12

5. Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD): Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and separate transmission case halves approximately 10 mm (3/8 in.). Tap on MFWD output shaft (7) with a plastic hammer to separate seal guard (8) from transmission case. Specification Transmission Case Half—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb.

Machines Without Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD):

Transmission Case Separation (shown with MFWD) 6— Lifting Bracket (2 used) 7— MFWD Output Shaft (if equipped)

8— Seal Guard 9— Cap Screw (8 used)

Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and separate transmission case halves. Specification Transmission Case Half—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb. BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-3/9

NOTE: Shown with 5X3 transmission clutch pack assembly with MFWD, 210L, and 310L machines do not have third speed clutch pack. TX1118379A —UN—24JUL12

6. Before removing clutch packs from case, mark clutch packs and transmission case for aid of assembly. 7. Remove high range forward clutch (K4) pack (12). 8. Remove low range forward clutch (KV) pack (13) and reverse clutch (KR) pack (14) together. 9. Slightly lift second speed clutch (K2) pack (16) and remove first speed clutch (K1) pack (15). Clutch 12— High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Pack 13— Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) Pack 14— Reverse Clutch (KR) Pack 15— First Speed Clutch (K1) Pack

16— Second Speed Clutch (K2) Pack 17— Third Speed Clutch (K3) Pack 18— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pack (if equipped) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-13

BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-4/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=195

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

10. Install eyebolts (19). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Remove clutch packs (16—18) together with screen sheet (20).

16— Second Speed Clutch (K2) Pack 17— Third Speed Clutch (K3) Pack 18— Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pack (if equipped)

TX1118380 —UN—24JUL12

Second, Third, and MFWD Clutch Packs BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-5/9

12. Remove snap ring (21) and remove pump drive shaft (22). 22— Pump Drive Shaft TX1118381 —UN—24JUL12

21— Snap Ring

Pump Drive Shaft Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-14

BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-6/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=196

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

13. Remove snap ring (23) and ball bearing (24) from pump drive shaft. 24— Ball Bearing

TX1118385 —UN—24JUL12

22— Pump Drive Shaft 23— Snap Ring

Pump Shaft Bearing BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-7/9

14. Remove O-rings (25).

TX1118388 —UN—24JUL12

IMPORTANT: Internal transmission damage can occur if bearing cone and cup are replaced separately. If either bearing cone or cup requires replacement, replace both as a set. NOTE: To aid in assembly mark bearing cup (26) and transmission case, if necessary. 15. Inspect bearings cups (26). Replace if necessary. 25— O-Ring (2 used)

26— Bearing Cup (5 used) O-Ring and Bearing Outer Races

BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-8/9

16. Remove cap screws (27) and oil suction tube (28). IMPORTANT: Internal transmission damage can occur if bearing cone and cup are replaced separately. If either bearing cone or cup requires replacement, replace both as a set. NOTE: To aid in assembly mark bearing cup (26) and transmission case, if necessary.

27— Cap Screw (2 used) 28— Oil Suction Tube

TX1118389 —UN—24JUL12

17. Inspect bearing cups (29). Replace if necessary. 29— Bearing Cup (7 used)

Torque Converter Side Bearing Outer Rings and Suction Tube BE78919,00000FC -19-16MAR15-9/9

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=197

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Clutch Packs Install SPECIFICATIONS Second, Third, and MFWD Clutch Pack Weight (approximate)

27 kg 60 lb.

Transmission Case Half Weight (approximate)

42 kg 93 lb.

Transmission Case Mounting Cap 20 N·m 177 lb.-in. Screw Initial Torque

TX1118389 —UN—24JUL12

Transmission Case Mounting Cap 65 N·m 48 lb.-ft. Screw Final Torque OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket™

1. Apply petroleum jelly to bearing cups (29) and install. 2. Install oil suction tube (28) and cap screws (27). Torque Converter Side Bearing Outer Rings and Suction Tube 27— Cap Screw (2 used) 28— Oil Suction Tube

29— Bearing Cup (7 used)

Loctite and its related brand marks are a trademark of Henkel Corporation BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-1/8

3. Apply petroleum jelly to bearing cups (26) and install. NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to hold O-rings (25) in place during assembly.

25— O-Ring (2 used)

TX1118388 —UN—24JUL12

4. Install O-rings (25). 26— Bearing Cup (5 used)

O-Ring and Bearing Outer Races Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-16

BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-2/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=198

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

NOTE: 210L and 310L machines do not have a third speed clutch pack. 5. Apply petroleum jelly to sealing rings (30 and 31). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Align alignment pins (33) with pilot holes (32) and install clutch packs (16—18) together with screen sheet.

16— Second Speed Clutch (K2) Pack 17— Third Speed Clutch (K3) Pack 18— MFWD Clutch Pack (if equipped) 19— Eyebolt (M8 X 1.0) (2 used) 20— Screen Sheet

TX1118440 —UN—24JUL12

Specification Second, Third, and MFWD Clutch Pack—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg 60 lb. 30— Sealing Ring (2 used) 31— Sealing Ring 32— Pilot Hole (2 used) 33— Alignment Pin (2 used) Second, Third, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Packs

BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-3/8

7. Apply petroleum jelly to sealing rings (34) and install first speed clutch (K1) (15). 34— Sealing Ring (2 used) TX1118441 —UN—24JUL12

15— First Speed Clutch (K1)

First Speed Clutch (K1) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-17

BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-4/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=199

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

8. Apply petroleum jelly to sealing rings (35 and 36) and install clutch packs (13 and 14) together. 35— Sealing Ring (2 used) 36— Sealing Ring (3 used) TX1118442 —UN—24JUL12

13— Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) Pack 14— Reverse Clutch (KR) Pack

Reverse Clutch (KR) and Low Range Clutch (KV) Packs BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-5/8

9. Apply petroleum jelly to sealing rings (37) and install high range forward clutch (K4) (12). 37— Sealing Ring (2 used) TX1118443 —UN—24JUL12

12— High Range Forward Clutch (K4)

High Range Forward (K4) Clutch BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-6/8

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. NOTE: Alignment pins (33) must be installed properly into pilot holes (32) when transmission halves are joined. 10. Install lifting brackets (6) and attach appropriate lifting device.

TX1118444 —UN—24JUL12

11. Clean mating surfaces of transmission case halves with PM37509 Klean ‘N Prime. 12. Apply PM38657 High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to mating surfaces of transmission halves. 13. Assemble transmission case halves. Specification Transmission Case Half—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb.

Transmission Case 6— Lifting Bracket (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-18

33— Alignment Pin (2 used) BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-7/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=200

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

14. Align dowel pin holes in transmission case halves and install dowel pins (3) until flush with case.

TX1120498A —UN—17AUG12

15. Install wiring harness retaining brackets (5), lifting bracket (7), and cap screws (4). Tighten to initial torque specification. Specification Transmission Case Mounting Cap Screw—Initial Torque....................................................................20 N·m 177 lb.-in.

16. Tighten cap screw (4) to final torque specification. Specification Transmission Case Mounting Cap Screw—Final Torque.....................................................................65 N·m 48 lb.-ft.

Transmission Case Cap Screws and Pins 3— Dowel Pin (2 used) 4— Cap Screw (24 used)

5— Wiring Harness Retaining Bracket (2 used) 7— Lifting Bracket BE78919,0000102 -19-16MAR15-8/8

High Range Forward, Low Range Forward, and Reverse Clutch Packs Disassemble and Assemble 20 N 4.5 lbf

High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Pack Plate Clearance

1.4—1.7 mm 0.055—0.067 in

Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) and Reverse Clutch (KR) Pack Plate Clearance

2.0—2.3 mm 0.079—0.091 in

TX1020432 —UN—11APR07

SPECIFICATIONS Clutch End Plate Force (approximate)

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10510 Assembly Aid

NOTE: Disassembly and assembly of high range forward directional clutch (K4) pack, low range forward clutch (KV) pack, and reverse clutch (KR) packs are the same. 1. Remove seal ring (5).

Seal Ring 5— Seal Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-19

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-1/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=201

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

2. Using a bearing puller (6), remove inner disc carrier (7), thrust washers (8 and 10), needle bearing (9), and bearing (11). 9— Needle Bearing 10— Beveled Thrust Washer 11— Bearing

TX1020433 —UN—11APR07

6— Bearing Puller 7— Inner Disc Carrier 8— Thrust Washer

TX1020439 —UN—09APR07

Bearing Puller

Bearing and Inner Disc Carrier Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-20

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-2/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=202

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

3. Remove needle bearings (12).

TX1020440 —UN—11APR07

12— Needle Bearing (2 used)

First Speed Clutch (K1), High Range Forward Clutch (K4), Low Range Forward (KV), and Reverse Clutch (KR) BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-3/26

4. Remove thrust washers (8 and 10) and needle bearing (9). 10— Beveled Thrust Washer

TX1061406 —UN—07JUL09

8— Thrust Washer 9— Needle Bearing

Thrust Washers and Needle Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-21

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-4/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=203

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

5. Remove snap ring (13).

TX1200226 —UN—24AUG15

13— Snap Ring

Snap Ring BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-5/26

6. Remove end plate (16), disc and plate assembly (15), and retainer (14). 16— End Plate

TX1020443 —UN—11APR07

14— Retainer 15— Disc and Plate Assembly

End Plate, Disc and Plate Assembly, and Retainer Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-22

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-6/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=204

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

7. Remove snap ring (17).

TX1020444 —UN—11APR07

17— Snap Ring

Snap Ring BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-7/26

8. Use JDG10510 Assembly Aid (18) to remove snap ring (19). 19— Snap Ring

TX1020445 —UN—11APR07

18— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-23

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-8/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=205

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

9. Remove retainer (21) and compression spring (20). 21— Retainer

TX1020446 —UN—11APR07

20— Compression Spring

Compression Spring and Retainer BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-9/26

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 10. Remove piston (23) using compressed air through oil passage (22). 23— Piston

TX1020447 —UN—11APR07

22— Oil Passage

Piston Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-24

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-10/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=206

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

11. Remove O-rings (24 and 25) from piston (23). 25— O-Ring

TX1020448 —UN—11APR07

23— Piston 24— O-Ring

Piston O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-25

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-11/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=207

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

12. Remove seal ring (26). IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to gear (29), drum (30), and shaft (31). Do not disassemble. Gear, drum, and shaft are serviced as an assembly. 13. Remove bearing (27).

TX1020450 —UN—11APR07

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 14. Check all oil passages with compressed air. 15. Replace parts as necessary. 26— Seal Ring 27— Bearing 28— Snap Ring

29— Gear 30— Drum 31— Shaft

TX1020451 —UN—11APR07

Bearing and Seal Ring

Parts Not Serviced Separately Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-26

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-12/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=208

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

16. Install bearing (27) onto clutch shaft with a press, applying pressure to bearing inner race with appropriate diameter driver. 17. Install seal ring (26). 27— Bearing

TX1020450 —UN—11APR07

26— Seal Ring

Bearing and Seal Ring BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-13/26

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to clutch pack. Inspect O-rings before installing piston. 18. Apply transmission oil to O-rings (24 and 25). 19. Install O-rings (24 and 25) to piston (23). 25— O-Ring

TX1020448 —UN—11APR07

23— Piston 24— O-Ring

Piston O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-27

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-14/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=209

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

20. Press piston (23) into place using JDG10510 Assembly Aid.

TX1021900 —UN—23APR07

23— Piston

Piston BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-15/26

21. Install compression spring (20) and retainer (21). 21— Retainer

TX1020446 —UN—11APR07

20— Compression Spring

Compression Spring and Retainer Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-28

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-16/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=210

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

22. Preload compression spring using JDG10510 Assembly Aid and install snap ring (19). 19— Snap Ring

TX1020445 —UN—11APR07

18— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

Snap Ring BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-17/26

23. Install snap ring (17).

TX1020444 —UN—11APR07

17— Snap Ring

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-29

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-18/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=211

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

24. Install retainer (14). 23— Piston 32— Input Shaft

TX1021911 —UN—23APR07

14— Retainer 20— Compression Spring

TX1020528 —UN—10APR07

Retainer

High Range Forward Clutch (K4) (cross section) BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-19/26

NOTE: High range forward clutch (K4) uses seven plates and seven discs. Low range forward clutch (KV) and reverse clutch (KR) uses 10 plates and 10 discs. 25. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates (34) and discs (33). 34— Plate (K4, 7 used; KV and KR, 10 used) TX1020529 —UN—10APR07

33— Disc (K4, 7 used; KV and KR, 10 used)

Plate and Disc Orientation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-30

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-20/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=212

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

26. Install end plate (16) with flat side facing down. 27. Install snap ring (13). 16— End Plate

TX1021913 —UN—23APR07

13— Snap Ring

End Plate BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-21/26

28. Check End Plate Clearance: a. Apply specified force to end plate (16) and set dial indicator to zero. Specification Clutch End Plate—Force (approximate)....................................................................................20 N 4.5 lbf

Specification High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Pack Plate—Clearance.................................................................1.4—1.7 mm 0.055—0.067 in Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) and Reverse Clutch (KR) Pack Plate—Clearance.................................................................2.0—2.3 mm 0.079—0.091 in

TX1020532 —UN—10APR07

b. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and record disc clearance.

End Plate Clearance Measurement

c. Allowable clearance is obtained with end plate snap ring (13) thickness. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-31

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-22/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=213

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

29. Apply clean transmission oil to thrust washers (8 and 10) and needle bearing (9). IMPORTANT: Prevent internal transmission damage. Do not install beveled thrust washer with bevel side toward needle bearing. Install flat surface of thrust washer facing needle bearings. 30. Install beveled thrust washer (10) with beveled side facing toward snap ring of clutch pack.

8— Thrust Washer 9— Needle Bearing

TX1061406 —UN—07JUL09

31. Install needle bearing (9) and thrust washer (8). 10— Beveled Thrust Washer

Thrust Washers and Needle Bearing BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-23/26

32. Apply clean transmission oil to needle bearings (12) and install.

TX1020440 —UN—11APR07

12— Needle Bearing (2 used)

First Speed Clutch (K1), High Range Forward Clutch (K4), Low Range Forward Clutch (KV), and Reverse Clutch (KR) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-32

BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-24/26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=214

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

33. Install inner disc carrier (7) until bottomed. 34. Install thrust washer (8) and needle bearing (9). IMPORTANT: Prevent internal transmission damage. Do not install beveled thrust washer with bevel side toward needle bearing. Install flat surface of thrust washer facing needle bearings. 35. Install beveled thrust washer (10) with beveled side facing toward bearing (11). 36. Install bearing (11) onto clutch shaft with a press, applying pressure to bearing inner race with appropriate diameter driver. 10— Beveled Thrust Washer 11— Bearing

TX1020439 —UN—09APR07

7— Inner Disc Carrier 8— Thrust Washer 9— Needle Bearing

Bearings and Inner Disc Carrier BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-25/26

37. Install seal ring (5). CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 38. Check closing and opening of clutch by applying compressed air through oil passage (22). 22— Oil Passage TX1061691 —UN—13JUL09

5— Seal Ring

Seal Ring BE78919,00000FD -19-24AUG15-26/26

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-33

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=215

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

First Speed and Third Speed Clutch Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS

First Speed Clutch (K1) Distance

2.0—2.3 mm 0.079—0.091 in.

Third Speed Clutch (K3) Distance

1.8—2.1 mm 0.071—0.083 in. TX1021965 —UN—23APR07

Applied to Clutch End Plate Force 20 N 4.5 lb.-force (approximate)

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10510 Assembly Aid

1. Remove seal ring (1). 1— Seal Ring Seal Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-34

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-1/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=216

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

2. Remove disc carrier (2), thrust washers (4 and 6), needle bearing (5), and bearing (3). 5— Needle Bearing 6— Thrust Washer

TX1021966 —UN—23APR07

2— Disc Carrier 3— Bearing 4— Beveled Thrust Washer

TX1021967 —UN—23APR07

Disc Carrier

Bearing, Thrust Washers, and Needle Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-35

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-2/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=217

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

3. Remove needle bearings (7). 4. Third Speed Clutch (K3) Only: Remove bushing (35). 35— Bushing

TX1021968 —UN—23APR07

7— Needle Bearing (2 used)

TX1021883 —UN—23APR07

First Speed Clutch (K1)

Third Speed Clutch (K3) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-36

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-3/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=218

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

5. Remove thrust washers (8 and 10) and needle bearing (9). 10— Beveled Thrust Washer

TX1021969 —UN—23APR07

8— Thrust Washer 9— Needle Bearing

Needle Bearing and Thrust Washers BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-4/25

6. Remove snap ring (11).

TX1021970 —UN—23APR07

11— Snap Ring

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-37

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-5/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=219

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

7. Remove end plate (12). 8. Remove disc and plate assembly (13). 9. Remove disc spring (14). 14— Disc Spring

TX1021971 —UN—23APR07

12— End Plate 13— Disc and Plate Assembly

Disc Spring, Disc and Plate Assembly, and End Plate BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-6/25

10. Press compression spring using JDG10510 Assembly Aid (30) to remove snap rings (15).

30— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

15 TX1122035 —UN—05NOV12

15— Snap Ring (2 used)

Snap Ring BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-7/25

11. Remove retainer (16) and compression spring (17). 17— Compression Spring

TX1021973 —UN—23APR07

16— Retainer

Retainer and Compression Spring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-38

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-8/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=220

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 12. Remove piston (19) by applying compressed air through oil passage (18). 19— Piston

TX1021974 —UN—23APR07

18— Oil Passage

Piston BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-9/25

13. Remove O-rings (20 and 21) from piston (19). 21— O-Ring

TX1021975 —UN—23APR07

19— Piston 20— O-Ring

Piston O-Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-39

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-10/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=221

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

14. Remove seal ring (22) and bearing (23). 23— Bearing

TX1021976 —UN—23APR07

22— Seal Ring

Seal Ring and Bearing BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-11/25

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. IMPORTANT: Damage will occur if gear (24), drum (25), and input shaft (26) are disassembled. Gear, drum, and shaft are serviced as an assembly. 15. Check all oil passages with compressed air.

24— Gear 25— Drum

TX1021977 —UN—23APR07

16. Replace parts as necessary. 26— Input Shaft

Parts Not Serviced Separately Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-40

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-12/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=222

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

17. Install bearing (23) onto clutch shaft with a press, applying pressure to bearing inner race with appropriate diameter driver. 18. Install seal ring (22). 23— Bearing

TX1021976 —UN—23APR07

22— Seal Ring

Seal Ring and Bearing BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-13/25

19. Install O-rings (20 and 21) onto piston (19). 21— O-Ring

TX1021975 —UN—23APR07

19— Piston 20— O-Ring

Piston O-Rings BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-14/25

20. Install piston using JDG10510 Assembly Aid (30).

TX1122036 —UN—10SEP12

30— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

Piston Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-41

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-15/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=223

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

21. Install compression spring (17) and retainer (16). 17— Compression Spring

TX1021973 —UN—23APR07

16— Retainer

Retainer and Compression Spring BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-16/25

22. Press compression spring using JDG10510 Assembly Aid (30) and install snap rings (15).

30— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

15 TX1122035 —UN—05NOV12

15— Snap Ring (2 used)

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-42

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-17/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=224

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

23. Install disc spring (14) with convex side toward piston. 19— Piston 26— Input Shaft

TX1021979 —UN—23APR07

14— Disc Spring 17— Compression Spring

TX1021980 —UN—23APR07

Disc Spring

Disc Spring Installation (cross section) BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-18/25

NOTE: Third speed clutch (K3) uses nine plates and nine discs. 24. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates (28) and discs (27). 28— Plate (10 used)

TX1021981 —UN—23APR07

27— Disc (10 used)

Plates and Discs Install (first speed clutch [K1] shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-43

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-19/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=225

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

25. Install end plate (12) with flat side down on disc and plate assembly. 26. Install snap ring (11). 12— End Plate

TX1021982 —UN—23APR07

11— Snap Ring

Snap Ring and End Plate Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-44

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-20/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=226

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

27. Check End Plate Clearance: a. Apply approximately 20 N (4.5 lb.-force) of force to end plate (12) and set dial indicator to zero. Specification Applied to Clutch End Plate—Force (approximate)....................................................................................20 N 4.5 lb.-force

Specification First Speed Clutch (K1)—Distance.....................................................................2.0—2.3 mm 0.079—0.091 in. Third Speed Clutch (K3)—Distance.....................................................................1.8—2.1 mm 0.071—0.083 in.

TX1021984 —UN—23APR07

b. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and record the disc clearance.

End Plate Clearance Measurement

c. Allowable clearance is obtained with end plate snap ring (11) thickness.

TX1021986 —UN—23APR07

12— End Plate

End Plate Clearance Measurement Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-45

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-21/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=227

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

IMPORTANT: Internal transmission damage will occur if beveled thrust washer is installed with bevel side toward needle bearing. Install flat surface of thrust washer facing needle bearings. 28. Apply clean transmission oil to thrust washers (8 and 10) and needle bearing (9). 29. Install beveled thrust washer (10) with beveled side facing toward snap ring of clutch pack.

8— Thrust Washer 9— Needle Bearing

TX1021969 —UN—23APR07

30. Install needle bearing (9) and thrust washer (8). 10— Beveled Thrust Washer

Needle Bearing and Thrust Washers Install Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-46

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-22/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=228

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

31. Install needle bearings (7). 32. Third Speed Clutch (K3) Only: Install bushing (35). 35— Bushing

TX1021968 —UN—23APR07

7— Needle Bearing (2 used)

TX1021883 —UN—23APR07

First Speed Clutch (K1)

Third Speed Clutch (K3) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-47

BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-23/25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=229

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

33. Install disc carrier (2) until bottomed on shaft. IMPORTANT: Internal transmission damage will occur if beveled thrust washer is installed with bevel side toward needle bearing. Install flat surface of thrust washer facing needle bearings. 34. Install thrust washer (6) and needle bearing (5).

TX1021967 —UN—23APR07

35. Install beveled thrust washer (4) with beveled side facing toward bearing (3). 36. Install bearing (3) onto clutch shaft with a press, applying pressure to bearing inner race with appropriate diameter driver. 2— Disc Carrier 3— Bearing 4— Beveled Thrust Washer

5— Needle Bearing 6— Thrust Washer

TX1061697 —UN—13JUL09

Bearing, Thrust Washers, and Needle Bearing Install

Disc Carrier Install BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-24/25

37. Install seal ring (1). 38. Check closing and opening of clutch by applying compressed air through oil passage (29). 29— Oil Passage

TX1061698 —UN—13JUL09

1— Seal Ring

Seal Ring Install BE78919,00000FE -19-16MAR15-25/25

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-48

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=230

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches ESSENTIAL TOOLS

Second Speed Clutch Disassemble and Assemble

JDG10510 Assembly Aid

SPECIFICATIONS End Plate Force (approximate)

20 N 4.5 lbf

Second Speed Clutch (K2) Clearance

2.20—2.50 mm 0.087—0.098 in

27 26

25 23

TX1201749 —UN—21SEP15

24 18

23 TX1201749 Second Speed Clutch (K2) (exploded view) 1— Seal Ring 3— Tapered Roller Bearing 4— Snap Ring 6— Tapered Roller Bearing 8— Gear Hub 9— Tapered Roller Bearing

11— End Plate Snap Ring 12— End Plate 14— Clutch Plate (13 used) 15— Clutch Disc (13 used) 16— Cup Spring

18— Thrust Washer 23— Disc Spring (7 used) 24— Snap Ring (2 used) 25— O-Ring (2 used) 26— Piston Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-49

27— Clutch 28— Seal Ring (2 used) 29— Tapered Roller Bearing

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-1/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=231

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches DISASSEMBLE 1. Remove seal ring (1).

TX1201239A —UN—16SEP15

1— Seal Ring

Second Speed Clutch (K2) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-50

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-2/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=232

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

2. Attach bearing puller (2) to tapered roller bearing (3). 3. Remove tapered roller bearing (3). 4. Remove snap ring (4). 4— Snap Ring

TX1201253A —UN—16SEP15

2— Bearing Puller 3— Tapered Roller Bearing

TX1201258A —UN—16SEP15

Bearing Puller and Tapered Roller Bearing

Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-51

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-3/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=233

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

5. Attach bearing puller (5) to disc carrier (7). 6. Remove tapered roller bearing (6) and gear hub (8). 7— Disc Carrier 8— Gear Hub

TX1201400A —UN—16SEP15

5— Bearing Puller 6— Tapered Roller Bearing

TX1201407A —UN—16SEP15

Bearing Puller

Tapered Roller Bearing, Gear Hub, and Disc Carrier Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-52

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-4/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=234

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

IMPORTANT: Avoid transmission component damage. DO NOT reuse end plate snap ring when servicing second speed clutch (K2) assembly. Always replace with new snap ring. 7. Remove end plate snap ring (11) and discard. 8. Remove end plate (12). 9. Remove clutch plates (14), clutch discs (15), and cup spring (16). 15— Clutch Disc (13 used) 16— Cup Spring TX1201412A —UN—22SEP15

11— End Plate Snap Ring 12— End Plate 14— Clutch Plate (13 used)

End Plate Snap Ring BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-5/12

10. Attach bearing puller (10) to tapered roller bearing (9). 11. Remove tapered roller bearing (9). 10— Bearing Puller

TX1201416A —UN—17SEP15

9— Tapered Roller Bearing

Bearing Puller Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-53

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-6/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=235

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

12. Apply pressure to thrust washer (18) using JDG10510 Assembly Aid (13) and remove snap rings (24). 13. Remove thrust washer (18) and disc springs (23). 23— Disc Spring (7 used) 24— Snap Ring (2 used)

TX1201420A —UN—16SEP15

13— JDG10510 Assembly Aid 18— Thrust Washer

TX1201418A —UN—17SEP15

JDG10510 Assembly Aid

Snap Rings Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-54

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-7/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=236

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

CAUTION: Using compressed air can cause the piston to come out at a high rate of speed. Personal injury can occur. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 14. Remove piston (26) by applying compressed air through oil passage (17). 15. Remove O-rings (25) from piston. 26— Piston

TX1201449A —UN—17SEP15

17— Oil Passage 25— O-Ring (2 used)

Piston BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-8/12

IMPORTANT: Damage to clutch will occur if gears (19 and 20), shaft (21), and disc carrier (7) are disassembled. Gears, shaft, and disc carrier are serviced as an assembly. 16. Replace parts as necessary. 20— Helical Gear 21— Shaft

TX1201475A —UN—22SEP15

7— Disc Carrier 19— Gear

Parts Not Serviced Separately Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-55

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-9/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=237

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown.

TX1202615A —UN—07OCT15

Additional Information IMPORTANT: Beginning with convex side facing thrust washer, install disc springs (23) by alternating between convex side and concave side to avoid transmission component damage. 18— Thrust Washer

23— Disc Spring (7 used)

Disc Spring and Thrust Washer Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-56

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-10/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=238

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

1. Determining snap ring (4) thickness: a. Using a depth gauge and straight edge, measure distance between top of gear hub (8) and bottom of tapered roller bearing (9) and record as dimension I (32).

8 33

b. Using a depth gauge and straight edge, measure distance between top of gear hub (8) and top of tapered roller bearing (6) and record as dimension II (33).

c. Calculate inner disc carrier dimension (34) by subtracting dimension I by dimension II. d. Using a depth gauge and straight edge, measure distance between top of snap ring groove and top of snap ring (24) and record as dimension III (35).

e. Calculate snap ring (4) thickness (36) by subtracting dimension III (35) by inner disc carrier dimension (34). See example:

TX1202680 —UN—01OCT15

Dimension I and II

TX1202682 —UN—01OCT15

NOTE: Snap ring (4) is available in following thicknesses between 2.00 mm—4.00 mm (0.08 in—0.16 in), in 0.25 mm (0.01 in) increments.

Second Speed Clutch (K2) (cross section) 6— Tapered Roller Bearing 8— Gear Hub 9— Tapered Roller Bearing 32— Dimension I

33— Dimension II 34— Inner Disc Carrier Dimension 35— Dimension III 36— Snap Ring Thickness

Example of Snap Ring Thickness Calculation Dimension III - (Dimension I - Dimension II) = Snap Ring Thickness Dimension I (example)

89.75 mm 3.533 in

Dimension II (example)

32.85 mm 1.293 in

Dimension III (example)

59.50 mm 2.343 in

Snap Ring Thickness

59.50 mm - (89.75 mm - 32.85 mm) = 2.60 mm 2.343 in - (3.533 in - 1.293 in) = 0.103 in Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-57

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-11/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=239

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

2. Check end plate clearance: a. Apply specified force to end plate (12) and set dial indicator (31) to zero. TX1201687A —UN—18SEP15

Specification End Plate—Force (approximate)....................................................................................20 N 4.5 lbf

b. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and read disc clearance. c. Adjust second speed clutch (K2) clearance to specification using end plate snap ring (11) thickness.

End Plate Clearance Measurement

Specification Second Speed Clutch (K2) Clearance—Distance.......................................................2.20—2.50 mm 0.087—0.098 in

31— Dial Indicator

BE78919,000013F -19-28OCT15-12/12

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Bearing Temperature

120°C 248°F

End Plate Force (approximate)

20 N 4.5 lb.-force

TX1021318 —UN—23APR07

MFWD Clutch End Plate Distance 2.3—2.8 mm 0.09 0.11 in. ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10510 Clutch Assembly Aid SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool

1. Remove seal ring (1). Seal Ring and Bearing Removal

2. Using a puller, remove bearing (2). 1— Seal Ring

2— Bearing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-58

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-1/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=240

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

3. Remove beveled thrust washer (3). 4. Remove inner disc carrier (4). 4— Inner Disc Carrier

TX1021319 —UN—23APR07

3— Beveled Thrust Washer

Inner Disc Carrier Removal BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-2/15

IMPORTANT: Avoid transmission component damage. DO NOT reuse end plate snap ring (5) when servicing MFWD clutch assembly. Always replace with new snap ring. 5. Remove end plate snap ring (5) and discard.

TX1021320 —UN—23APR07

5— End Plate Snap Ring

End Plate Snap Ring Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-59

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-3/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=241

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

6. Remove end plate (7) and plate and disc assembly (6). 7— End Plate

TX1021321 —UN—23APR07

6— Plate and Disc Assembly

Plate and Disc Assembly Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-60

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-4/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=242

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

7. Using DFT1163 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (9), preload disc springs (11) and remove snap ring (8). For specifications on DFT1163, see DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool. (Group 9900.) 8. Remove washer (10) and disc springs. 10— Washer 11— Disc Spring (7 used) TX1021324 —UN—25APR07

8— Snap Ring 9— DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool

TX1021325 —UN—23APR07

Snap Ring Removal

Disc Spring Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-61

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-5/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=243

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

CAUTION: Using compressed air can cause the piston to come out at a high rate of speed. Personal injury can occur. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 9. Apply compressed air through oil passage (12) to remove piston (13). 10. Remove bearing (14). 14— Bearing

TX1021326 —UN—23APR07

12— Oil Passage 13— Piston

Piston Removal BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-6/15

IMPORTANT: Damage will occur to shaft (15) and drum (16) if disassembled. Shaft and drum are serviced as an assembly only. 11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 16— Drum

TX1021327 —UN—23APR07

15— Shaft

Parts Not Serviced Separately Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-62

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-7/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=244

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 12. Check oil passage (12) using compressed air.

TX1021326 —UN—23APR07

CAUTION: Prevent possible burns. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. 13. Heat bearing (14) to specification and install until bottomed on shaft. Specification Bearing—Temperature................................................................... 120°C 248°F

14. Install piston (13) using JDG10510 Assembly Aid (25). Bearing Installation 14— Bearing 25— JDG10510 Assembly Aid

TX1061693 —UN—13JUL09

12— Oil Passage 13— Piston

JDG10510 Assembly Aid BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-8/15

15. Install washer (10) and disc springs (11). 11— Disc Spring (7 used)

TX1021325 —UN—23APR07

10— Washer

Disc Spring Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-63

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-9/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=245

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

16. Preload disc springs using DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (9) and install snap ring (8). For specifications on DFT1163, see DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool. (Group 9900.) 9— DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool

TX1021324 —UN—25APR07

8— Snap Ring

Disc Spring Snap Ring Installation BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-10/15

17. Starting with a plate (23), alternately install plates and discs (22). 23— Plate (12 used)

TX1021344 —UN—23APR07

22— Disc (12 used)

Plate and Disc Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-64

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-11/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=246

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

18. Install end plate (7) with flat side facing discs and plates. IMPORTANT: Avoid transmission component damage. DO NOT reuse end plate snap ring (5) when servicing MFWD clutch assembly. Always replace with new snap ring. 19. Install end plate snap ring (5). TX1022005 —UN—23APR07

7— End Plate

5— Snap Ring

End Plate and Snap Ring Installation BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-12/15

20. Check End Plate Clearance: a. Apply specified force to end plate (7) and set dial indicator (17) to zero. TX1121472 —UN—29AUG12

Specification End Plate—Force (approximate)....................................................................................20 N 4.5 lb.-force

b. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and read disc clearance. c. Specified clearance is obtained with end plate snap ring (5) thickness. End Plate Clearance Measurement Specification MFWD Clutch End Plate—Distance....................................................................2.3—2.8 mm 0.09—0.11 in. 17— Dial Indicator

TX1121473 —UN—29AUG12

7— End Plate

End Plate Clearance Measurement Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-65

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-13/15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=247

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

21. Install inner disc carrier (4). 22. Install beveled thrust washer (3). 4— Inner Disc Carrier

TX1021319 —UN—23APR07

3— Beveled Thrust Washer

Inner Disc Carrier Install BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-14/15

CAUTION: Prevent possible burns. Use appropriate hand protection when handling hot components. TX1061695 —UN—13JUL09

23. Heat bearing (2) to specification and install until bottomed on shaft. Specification Bearing—Temperature................................................................... 120°C 248°F

24. Install seal ring (1). CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury. Wear proper face and body protection when using compressed air. 25. Check closing and opening of clutch by use of compressed air through oil passage (24).

Seal Ring and Bearing Install 1— Seal Ring 2— Bearing

24— Oil Passage

BE78919,0000100 -19-16MAR15-15/15

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-66

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=248

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

Pump Drive Shaft Install 1. Press ball bearing (1) onto pump drive shaft (2) until bottomed. 2. Install snap ring (3). 3— Snap Ring

TX1120250 —UN—13AUG12

1— Ball Bearing 2— Pump Drive Shaft

Pump Drive Shaft Bearing BE78919,0000101 -19-16MAR15-1/2

3. Install pump drive shaft into transmission housing. 4. Install snap ring (4). 4— Snap Ring TX1120251 —UN—13AUG12

2— Pump Drive Shaft

Pump Drive Shaft Install BE78919,0000101 -19-16MAR15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-67

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=249

Gear, Shafts, and Power Shift Clutches

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0350-68

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=250

Group 0360

Hydraulic System Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install 42 kg 93 lb

Transmission Charge Pump Inner Cap Screw (13 and 14) Torque

23 N·m 204 lb-in

Transmission Charge Pump Cap Screw (9) Torque

23 N·m 204 lb-in

TX1116782A —UN—28JUN12

SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Case Half Weight (approximate)

Transmission Case Cap Screw (4) 20 N·m 177 lb-in Initial Torque Transmission Case Cap Screw (4) 65 N·m 48 lb-ft Final Torque

Transmission Oil Filter Assembly

Filter Assembly Cap Screw Torque 23 N·m 204 lb-in

1— Cap Screw (2 used)

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

2— Transmission Oil Filter Assembly

JDG10482 Output Shaft Seal Installer OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean 'N Prime™ Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place™

1. Park and Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove transmission. See Transmission Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) 3. Remove torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install. (Group 0651.) NOTE: Transmission charge pump cannot be removed until the transmission case is separated and the transmission charge pump inner cap screws have been removed. 4. Remove cap screws (1) and transmission filter assembly (2) from transmission. Loctite and its related brand marks are a trademark of Henkel Corporation BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-1/6

5. Drive dowel pins (3) out of torque converter side of transmission case.

3— Dowel Pin (2 used)

TX1116784A —UN—29JUN12

6. Remove socket head cap screws (4) from transmission housing. 4— Socket Head Cap Screw (24 used)

Transmission Cap Screws and Dowel Pins Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-1

BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-2/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=251

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1116789A —UN—28JUN12

7. Install lifting brackets (6) to torque converter side of transmission case as shown. Specification Transmission Case Half—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb

8. Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)

Transmission Case Separation (shown with MFWD)

Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and separate transmission case halves approximately 10 mm (3/8 in.). Tap on MFWD output shaft (7) with a plastic hammer to separate seal guard (8) from transmission case.

6— Lifting Bracket (2 used) 7— MFWD Output Shaft

8— Seal Guard 9— Cap Screw (8 used)

9. Remove transmission charge pump cap screws (9).

Machines Without Mechanical From Wheel Drive (MFWD) Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and separate transmission case halves.

BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-3/6

NOTE: Mark transmission charge pump and transmission housing for aid in assembly. 10. Install guide pins (11). TX1116798 —UN—29JUN12

11— Guide Pin (2 used)

Guide Pins Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-2

BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-4/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=252

Hydraulic System

TX1116799 —UN—29JUN12

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to transmission charge pump. Transmission charge pump may fall out of transmission case while removing cap screws (13 and 14) causing damage to transmission charge pump. Hold transmission charge pump in place while removing cap screws. 11. Remove cap screws (13 and 14). 12. Remove transmission charge pump. 13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 14. Install transmission charge pump. Transmission Charge Pump Inner Cap Screws

15. Install cap screws (13 and 14) and tighten to specification.

13— Cap Screw (2 used)

Specification Transmission Charge Pump Inner Cap Screw (13 and 14)—Torque.....................................................................23 N·m 204 lb-in

16. Remove guide pins. 17. Install cap screws (9) with sealing washers. Tighten cap screws to specification.

14— Cap Screw (2 used)

Specification Transmission Case Half—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb

21. Align dowel pin holes in transmission case halves and install dowel pins until flush with case.

Specification Transmission Charge Pump Cap Screw (9)—Torque...................................................................................23 N·m 204 lb-in

18. Clean mating surfaces of transmission halves and apply Loctite® Klean 'N Prime. 19. Apply Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to mating surfaces of transmission halves.

22. Tighten cap screws (4) evenly to initial torque specification. Specification Transmission Case Cap Screw (4)—Initial Torque...........................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb-in

23. Tighten cap screws (4) evenly to final torque specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 20. Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and assemble transmission case halves.

Specification Transmission Case Cap Screw (4)—Final Torque................................................................65 N·m 48 lb-ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are a trademark of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-3

BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-5/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=253

Hydraulic System

24. Machines With mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) only. Install MFWD output shaft (17) seal guard (8) using JDG10482 MFWD Output Shaft Seal Installer (16). TX1116812 —UN—02JUL12

25. Install transmission filter assembly and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Filter Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................23 N·m 204 lb-in

26. Install torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install. (Group 0651.)

MFWD Output Shaft Seal Guard Installation

27. Install transmission. See Transmission Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) 17— MFWD Output Shaft TX1116813 —UN—02JUL12

8— Seal Guard 16— JDG10482 MFWD Output Shaft Seal Installer

MFWD Output Shaft Cross Section BE78919,0000105 -19-03FEB16-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=254

Hydraulic System

Transmission Charge Pump Disassemble and Assemble ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10478 Seal Installer OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket

1. Remove O-ring (1) and discard. 2. Remove seal (2) and discard. TX1118165 —UN—18JUL12

3. Inspect and replace transmission charge pump (3), if necessary. 4. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite®High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket to new seal. NOTE: If transmission charge pump is left on transmission while installing new seal, JDG10478 Seal Installer will not seat seal fully onto pump. Transmission Charge Pump

5. If transmission charge pump has been removed from transmission, install new seal using JDG10478 Seal Installer. 6. If transmission charge pump has not been removed from transmission, install new seal using aftermarket seal installation tool. 7. Install new O-ring.

1— O-Ring 2— Seal

3— Transmission Charge Pump

8. Fill area between seal lip and dust cover lip with multipurpose grease.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BE78919,0000106 -19-20AUG15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=255

Hydraulic System

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

03-0360-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=256

Section 04 Engine Contents Page

Group 0400â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Removal and Installation John Deere Engine Operation ................... 04-0400-1 Engine Remove and Install........................ 04-0400-2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0400

Removal and Installation John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses a John Deere 4045 PowerTech™ 4.5 Liter Diesel Engine, engine model 4045HT082, 4045HT083, 4045HT084, or 4045HT096. To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM120119.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech™ engines (models 4045HT082, 4045HT083, 4045HT084, and 4045HT096) not contained in this group, see the following:

• See General Engine Operation. (CTM120119.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. • •

(CTM120119.) See Cooling System Operation. (CTM120119.) See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM120119.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM120119.)

• See Wastegate Turbocharger Operation. (CTM120119.) • See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM120119.) For additional information, see 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Final Tier 4/Stage IV Platform. (CTM120119.)

PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company BE78919,0000089 -19-19AUG16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=259

Removal and Installation

Engine Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Weight (approximate)

256 kg 565 lb

Engine Weight (approximate)

657 kg 1449 lb

Engine Front Mounting Cap Screw 130 N·m 96 lb·ft Torque (2 used) ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG11260 Lifting Eye (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TX1193372A —UN—14MAY15

JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool D01043A Load-Positioning Sling

REMOVAL 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Fuel Tank-to-Primary Fuel Filter Supply Hose and Transmission Oil Fill Tube

3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Fuel Tank-to-Primary Fuel Filter Supply Hose

2— Transmission Oil Fill Tube

4. Remove grille. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

5. Remove hood. See Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 6. Install Identification tags and disconnect fuel tank-to-primary fuel filter supply hose (1). See Engine Fuel System Component Location. (Group 9010-10.)

Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

7. Loosen cap screws and rotate transmission oil fill tube (2) away from engine. 8. Remove aftertreatment. See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

11. Remove cooling package. See Cooling Package Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)

9. Remove accessory drive belt. See Accessory Drive Belt Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)

12. Machines Equipped With Air Conditioning: Remove cap screws and set air conditioner compressor (4) aside.

10. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-2

BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-1/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=260

Removal and Installation

13. Install identification tags and disconnect positive (+) battery cable, cab/canopy harness, and ground strap from starter motor (M1). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) M1—Starter Motor

TX1195332A —UN—09JUN15

4— Air Conditioner Compressor (if equipped)

Starter and Air Conditioner Compressor (if equipped) BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-2/9

14. Install identification tags and disconnect oil cooler outlet hose (3), heater core supply line (7), and hydraulic/transmission oil coolant pump hose (15) from engine. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 15— Hydraulic/Transmission Oil Coolant Pump Hose

TX1196123A —UN—22JUN15

3— Oil Cooler Outlet Hose 7— Heater Core Supply Line

Engine Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-3

BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-3/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=261

Removal and Installation

15. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 16. Remove front cab floor mat, cap screws (5), and floor access plate (6). Swing steering and brake valve access door open and secure in open position. 6— Floor Access Plate

TX1195333A —UN—09JUN15

5— Cap Screw (12 used)

Floor Access Plates and Front Console BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-4/9

17. Install identification tags and disconnect engine control unit (ECU) connectors 1, 2, and 3 (X5501, X5502, and X5503) from ECU (A5505). X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 2 X5503—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 3

TX1193366A —UN—09JUN15

A5505—Engine Control Unit (ECU) X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-4

BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-5/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=262

Removal and Installation

NOTE: Machines with (S.N. 303524— ) have different orientation of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) connectors (X5037 and X5038). For component location, see Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 18. Install identification tags and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) harness connectors (X5037 and X5038).

X5037—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness Connector 1

TX1196124A —UN—22JUN15

19. Remove drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0230.) X5038—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness Connector 2

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Electrical Connectors (S.N. —303523) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-5

BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-6/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=263

Removal and Installation

20. Remove access plate (8) at bottom of flywheel housing. 21. Remove plug from flywheel turning cavity (9), located at right front side of flywheel housing, and insert JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool. 22. Remove flexplate-to-flywheel cap screws (10). Use flywheel turning tool to rotate flywheel as necessary. 23. Remove eight transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws (11) located at lower half of flywheel housing.

TX1195329A —UN—09JUN15

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 24. Support transmission using an appropriate lifting device. Specification Transmission—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 256 kg 565 lb 10— Flexplate-to-Flywheel Cap Screw (4 used) 11— Transmission-to-Flywheel Housing Cap Screw (12 used)

Flywheel Turning Cavity

TX1193371A —UN—19MAY15

8— Access Plate 9— Flywheel Turning Cavity

Flywheel Housing (bottom view) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-6

BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-7/9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=264

Removal and Installation

25. Fasten JDG11260 Lifting Eyes (12) to engine. 26. Remove the four remaining transmission-to-flywheel housing cap screws through front floor access. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 27. Install D01043A Load Positioning Sling (13) on lifting eyes. Specification Engine—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 657 kg 1449 lb 13— D01043A Load Positioning Sling

TX1193364A —UN—19MAY15

12— JDG11260 Lifting Eye (2 used)

JDG11260 Lifting Eyes BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-8/9

28. Remove front engine mounts (14). IMPORTANT: Torque converter and flexplate damage may result. Make sure torque converter stays with the transmission, and take care not to damage the torque converter flexplate as engine is being removed. 29. Carefully remove engine, checking for obstructions and missed disconnections. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1193365A —UN—19MAY15

• Tighten front engine mount cap screws to specification. Specification Engine Front Mounting Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................130 N·m 96 lb·ft

• Fill radiator with proper coolant. See Cooling Package Remove and Install. (Group 0520.) After exhaust tube is installed, perform exhaust bellows alignment. See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

• For machines (S.N. —304844):

Front Engine Mounts 14— Front Engine Mount (2 used) BE78919,000010C -19-13JUN18-9/9

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=265

Removal and Installation

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

04-0400-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=266

Section 05 Engine Auxiliary System Contents Page

Group 0505—Cold Weather Starting Aids Coolant Heater Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................... 05-0505-1 Group 0510—Cooling Systems Fan Remove and Install............................. 05-0510-1 Fan Disassemble and Assemble ............... 05-0510-1 Accessory Drive Belt Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-2 Cooling Package Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 05-0510-4 Cooling Package Remove and Install ................................................... 05-0510-11 Group 0520—Intake System Air Cleaner Remove and Install................. 05-0520-1 Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0520-2 Group 0530—Exhaust Systems Service Filter Cleaning .............................. 05-0530-1 JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture.................................................... 05-0530-2 Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure .............................................. 05-0530-6 Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install ............................................ 05-0530-11 Exhaust Filter Remove and Install............ 05-0530-14 Exhaust Tube Remove and Install............ 05-0530-16 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install.............................. 05-0530-17 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install.............................. 05-0530-22 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble ................ 05-0530-26 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure............................. 05-0530-28 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Remove and Install ...................... 05-0530-29 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install ................. 05-0530-31 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Decomposition Tube Remove and Install ............................................ 05-0530-31 Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems Fuel Tank Remove and Install ................... 05-0560-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0505

Cold Weather Starting Aids Coolant Heater Remove and Install—If Equipped NOTE: Heater element (7) cannot be repaired. Replace if defective. SPECIFICATIONS Adapter Torque

68 N·m 50 lb·ft

Retaining Nut Torque

35 N·m 26 lb·ft

TX1216199A —UN—24MAY16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Drain cooling system. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator's Manual.) 4. Open hood to full open position. 5. Disconnect power cord (1) from heater element (7).

Coolant Heater Location (710L shown)

6. Remove heater element from engine block.

TX1215767A —UN—17MAY16

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury from bursting sheath. Test coolant heater in liquid only. Do not plug coolant heater into electrical power unless heater element is immersed in coolant. 7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 8. Install new gasket (5). 9. Apply liquid soap to new O-ring (6) and install. 10. Install heater element (7) through adapter (4) and install retaining nut (3) loosely.

Coolant Heater

11. Tighten adapter to specification.

1— Cord 2— Dust Cover 3— Retaining Nut 4— Adapter

Specification Adapter—Torque...........................................................................68 N·m 50 lb·ft

12. Turn heater element clockwise and counterclockwise until element contacts casing. Move heater element midway between contact points and tighten retaining nut (3) to specification. Specification Retaining Nut—Torque..................................................................35 N·m 26 lb·ft

5— Gasket 6— O-Ring 7— Heater Element

13. Install cord (1). 14. Fill and bleed the cooling system. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

SK32938,0000A39 -19-05DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0505-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=269

Cold Weather Starting Aids

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0505-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=270

Group 0510

Cooling Systems Fan Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Raise loader boom and install boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Open hood to full open position. 4. Remove fan guard and grille housing support (1).

TX1196411A —UN—24JUN15

5. Remove hose (3). Install identification tags and disconnect variable speed fan (Y5005). NOTE: Clutch nut (2) on variable speed fan has left-hand threads. 6. Remove clutch nut (2). 7. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) coolant pump (if equipped) (M18) and set aside to aide in fan removal. Variable Speed Fan

8. Remove fan (4). 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

1— Grille Housing Support 2— Clutch Nut 3— Hose

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

4— Fan M18— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Pump (if equipped) Y5005—Variable Speed Fan

BS40810,0000186 -19-13JUL15-1/1

Fan Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 100 N·m 75 lb·ft TX1203501A —UN—14OCT15

Fan Clutch Nut Torque

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Cap Screw (10 mm x 1.5 mm x 80 mm) (2 used)

DISASSEMBLE 1. Insert cap screws (1) in fan adapter and place assembly into bench vice. NOTE: Fan clutch nut (2) has left-handed threads.

Fan Clutch

2. Remove fan clutch nut (2).

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Fan Clutch Nut

3. Remove fan clutch (3).

3— Fan Clutch

ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown. Torque Specification

Specification Fan Clutch Nut—Torque..............................................................100 N·m 75 lb·ft BE78919,000015A -19-24NOV15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=271

Cooling Systems

Accessory Drive Belt Remove and Install 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1114839A —UN—29MAY12

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Raise hood to full open position. 4. Remove fan guard and grille housing supports. 5. Insert a 1/2 in. socket drive in square hole (1) and pull accessory drive belt tensioner (2) away from belt. Remove accessory drive belt from fan and alternator pulleys. 1— Square Hole

Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner

2— Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner BE78919,0000116 -19-08JUN15-1/3

6. Loosen hose clamp (3). 7. Disconnect variable speed fan (Y5005) (if equipped) electrical connector and hose (4). 8. Remove accessory drive belt by sliding over fan blades. 9. Inspect and replace as necessary. 10. Slide accessory drive belt over fan blades. Y5005—Variable Speed Fan (if equipped) TX1191237A —UN—23APR15

3— Hose Clamp 4— Hose

Variable Speed Fan Sensor (if equipped) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-2

BE78919,0000116 -19-08JUN15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=272

Cooling Systems

11. Insert a 1/2 in. socket drive in square hole and pull accessory drive belt tensioner counterclockwise to install accessory drive belt. 12. Connect variable speed fan (if equipped) electrical connector and hose. 13. Tighten hose clamp. 14. Close hood. TX1115163 —UN—05JUN12

15. Disengage loader boom service lock and lower loader to ground.

TX1115164 —UN—05JUN12

Accessory Drive Belt Routing (with air conditioning)

Accessory Drive Belt Routing (without air conditioning) BE78919,0000116 -19-08JUN15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=273

Cooling Systems

Cooling Package Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Engine Radiator Weight

25 kg 55 lb

DISASSEMBLE Engine Models: 4045HT072, 4045HT082, 4045HT083, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087, and 4045HT096 1. Raise loader boom and install boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1193298A —UN—12MAY15

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Drain cooling system. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: It is only necessary to recover refrigerant if servicing condenser. 4. Recover refrigerant. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)

Cooling Package (S.N. —303523)

5. Remove grille. 6. Remove hood. See Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect charge air cooler hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. For machines (S.N. 303524— ), unhook latches (2) and remove cap screws (27 and 28).

TX1229955A —UN—06DEC16

9. For machines (S.N. —303523), unhook latches (2) and remove cap screws (1). 10. Remove charge air cooler (3). 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Latch (2 used) 3— Charge Air Cooler 4— Charge Air Cooler Hose (2 used)

5— Latch (2 used) 27— Cap Screw (4 used) 28— Cap Screw

Cooling Package (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-4

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-1/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=274

Cooling Systems

NOTE: If condenser or fuel cooler service is not required, go to step 16. 11. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel cooler hoses (6). Close all openings using cap and plugs. NOTE: Anytime air conditioning is discharged, a new receiver-dryer must be installed.

6— Fuel Cooler Hose (2 used) 7— Fuel Cooler

TX1193299A —UN—12MAY15

12. Install identification tags and disconnect condenser hoses (8). Close all openings using cap and plugs. 8— Condenser Hose (2 used) 9— Condenser

Fuel Cooler/Condenser (front view) BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-2/8

13. Unhook latches (5) and set fuel cooler/condenser bracket (11) to unlocked position. 14. Remove condenser (9). TX1193300A —UN—12MAY15

15. Remove fuel cooler (7). 16. For machines (S.N. 303524— ), remove cap screws (29) and fuel cooler/condenser bracket from cooling package. 17. For machines (S.N. —303523), remove cap screws (12) and fuel cooler/condenser bracket from cooling package. Fuel Cooler/Condenser (S.N. —303523)

12— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— Cap Screw (4 used) 26— Cap Screw (4 used) 29— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1229956A —UN—06DEC16

6— Fuel Cooler Hose (2 used) 7— Fuel Cooler 9— Condenser 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Fuel Cooler/Condenser Bracket

Fuel Cooler/Condenser (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-5

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-3/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=275

Cooling Systems

18. For machines (S.N. —303523), remove horn (14). 19. Remove air intake (15). 15— Air Intake

TX1193301A —UN—28MAY15

14— Horn

Horn/Air Intake Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-6

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-4/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=276

Cooling Systems

20. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic/transmission radiator (18) and engine radiator (17) hoses. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 21. For machines (S.N. —303523), unhook latches (20) and remove clip (19). 21— Cap Screw (4 used) 22— Cap Screw (6 used) 23— Cap Screw (4 used) 24— Fan Shroud

TX1193302A —UN—12MAY15

16— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Engine Radiator 18— Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator 19— Clip 20— Latch (2 used)

TX1229958A —UN—06DEC16

Cooling Package (S.N. —303523)

Cooling Package (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-7

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-5/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=277

Cooling Systems

22. For machines (S.N. 303524— ), remove cap screws (25) and hydraulic/transmission radiator. 23. For machines (S.N. —303523), remove cap screws (16) and hydraulic/transmission radiator. 24. Remove cap screws (23) and set fan shroud (24) aside. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 25. Attach appropriate lifting device to engine radiator. TX1229957A —UN—06DEC16

Specification Engine Radiator—Weight..................................................................................... 25 kg 55 lb

26. Remove cap screws (21 and 22) and engine radiator. ASSEMBLE Assembly is reverse of disassemble procedure.

• Evacuate and charge the air conditioning system. •

Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator (S.N. 303524— )

See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) Fill cooling system. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

18— Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator

DISASSEMBLE

25— Cap Screw (2 used)

Engine Model: 4045TT096

NOTE: It is only necessary to recover refrigerant if servicing condenser.

1. Raise loader boom and install boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

5. Recover refrigerant. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

6. Remove hood. See Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

3. Drain cooling system. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

7. Remove fan guards and grille supports.

4. Remove grille. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-8

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-6/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=278

Cooling Systems

8. Remove horn (1). 9. Remove air intake (2). 10. Remove radiator mounting brackets caps screws (3). NOTE: If condenser service is not required, go to step 12. 11. Install identification tags and disconnect condenser hoses. Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Condenser Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 3— Engine Radiator Mounting Bracket Cap Screw (2 used) TX1190737A —UN—05MAY15

1— Horn 2— Air Intake

Air Intake and Horn Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-9

BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-7/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=279

Cooling Systems

12. Unhook latches (4) and set condenser bracket to unlocked position. NOTE: Anytime air conditioning is discharged, a new receiver-dryer must be installed. 13. Remove cap screws (5) and remove or set condenser aside. 14. Install identification tags and disconnect upper and lower hoses on engine radiator. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 15. Remove cap screws and remove engine radiator. TX1190738A —UN—05MAY15

ASSEMBLE Assembly is reverse of disassemble procedure.

• Evacuate and charge the air conditioning system. •

See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) Fill cooling system. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) Fan Guard and Air Conditioner Condenser Latch 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1190739A —UN—05MAY15

4— Latch (2 used)

Air Conditioner Condenser BE78919,000011A -19-20DEC16-8/8

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=280

Cooling Systems

Cooling Package Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cooling Package Weight (approximate)

94 kg 207 lb

4045TT096 Engine Cooling Package Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

Cooling package remove and install procedure is similar for (S.N. —303523) and (S.N. 303524— ). Procedure for (S.N. —303523) is shown. REMOVAL TX1192827A —UN—10JUN15

1. Raise loader boom and install boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove grille. 4. Remove hood. See Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Cooling Package Remove and Install

5. Remove fan guards (2) and grille supports (1). 6. Engines 4045HT082, 4045HT083, and 4045HT096 Install identification tags and disconnect engine interface harness-to-horn and coolant level harness connector (X63) and engine harness-to-horn and coolant level harness (X5045). See Horn and Coolant Level Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

1— Grille Support (2 used) 2— Fan Guard (2 used) 3— Air Cleaner 4— Surge Tank Bracket 5— Surge Tank 6— Air Conditioner Condenser/Fuel Cooler Latch (2 used) (if equipped)

Engines 4045HT072, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087, and 4045TT096 Install identification tags and disconnect horn (H40), air filter restriction switch (B109), and intake air temperature sensor (B68) (if equipped). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

7. Drain cooling system. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

7— Air Conditioner Condenser/Fuel Cooler (if equipped) 8— Fuel Cooler Hose (2 used) (if equipped) 9— Cooling Package Frame 10— Cap Screw (4 used) 11— Air Intake 12— Air Conditioner Condenser Line (2 used) (if equipped)

05-0510-11

BE78919,000011B -19-13DEC16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=281

Cooling Systems

8. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (13) at engine. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. If equipped, disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) coolant pump (M18) hose. 10. If equipped, install identification tags and disconnect fuel cooler hoses (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

TX1195246A —UN—08JUN15

11. If equipped, unhook air conditioner condenser/fuel cooler bracket latches (6) and fold out air conditioner condenser/fuel cooler bracket (7). Remove any tie bands on air conditioner condenser lines and fuel cooler lines. Carefully set air conditioner condenser/fuel cooler bracket aside. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Remove cap screws (10) and attach appropriate lifting device to cooling package frame (9). Specification Cooling Package—Weight (approximate).............................................................................................. 94 kg 207 lb 4045TT096 Engine Cooling Package—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

Engine Hoses (front driver left)

13. Remove cooling package. 14. Inspect and clean as necessary. See Inspect and Clean Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1195248A —UN—08JUN15

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Fill coolant to appropriate coolant level.

See Check Engine Coolant Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

13— Engine Hose (as needed)

M18— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Pump (if equipped)

Engine Hoses (front driver right) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Pump BE78919,000011B -19-13DEC16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0510-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=282

Group 0520

Intake System Air Cleaner Remove and Install Machine Preparation 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove fan guard and grille housing supports from right side of engine. Additional Information TX1191252A —UN—24APR15

Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from air cleaner. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Loosen cap screws (1) and slide air cleaner towards cooling package until cap screws are free from mounting bracket. 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Air Cleaner (bottom view) BE78919,0000121 -19-08JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0520-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=283

Intake System

Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove grille. 4. Raise hood to full open position.

TX1191060A —UN—02JUN15

REMOVAL 1. Loosen clamps (1). 2. Unhook latches (3). 3. For machines (S.N. 303524— ), remove cap screws (5 and 6). 4. Remove cap screws with bushings (4). 5. Remove charge air cooler (2).

Charge Air Cooler (S.N. —303523)

6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 4— Cap Screw With Bushing (2 used) 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Cap Screw

TX1229489A —UN—30NOV16

1— Clamp (2 used) 2— Charge Air Cooler 3— Latch (2 used)

Charge Air Cooler (S.N. 303524— ) BE78919,0000120 -19-12DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0520-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=284

Group 0530

Exhaust Systems Service Filter Cleaning For more information on service filter cleaning, See Service Filter Cleaning. (Group 9015-20.) JD29379,0000181 -19-21MAY12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=285

Exhaust Systems

JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture The table below lists the model and series of machine with the required configurations of JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture. Backhoes Model/Series

Configuration

210L

310L

310SL

315SL

310SL HL

410L

710L

B Crawlers

Model/Series

Configuration

450K

550K

650K

700K

C Excavators

Model/Series

Configuration

130G

160G

180G

210GLC

470GLC

A Knuckleboom Loaders

Model/Series

Configuration

337E

437E

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-2

VD76477,000059F -19-10APR18-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=286

Exhaust Systems

7 15 14 4

2 8 5

3 TX1190356 —UN—16APR15

TX1190356 JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture Components 1— JDG11340 Insert (2 used) 2— JDG11340 Collar 3— JDG11340 Collar 4— JDG11340 Collar

5— JDG11340 Collar 6— JDG11340 Bar (2 used) 7— Cap Screw (8 used) 8— Cap Screw (6 used)

9— Latch (2 used) 10— Cap Screw (12 used) 14— JDG15039 Insert (2 used) 15— JDG11335P3P1 Bar (2 used) (not included with JDG11340) Configuration B

NOTE: All tool parts are common except the inserts and bars. Refer to the tables below for configurations and part numbers for the inserts and bars. Using the table below, construct tool with proper configuration.

Insert

JDG15039

Bar 278.1 mm (10.90 in)

JDG11335P3P1

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

251.0 mm 9.88 in

Configuration C

Configuration A Insert

JDG11340

Bar 238.1 mm (9.38 in)

JDG11340

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

210.0 mm 8.27 in

Insert

JDG15039

Bar 238.1 mm (9.38 in)

JDG11340

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

210.0 mm 8.27 in

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-3

VD76477,000059F -19-10APR18-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=287

Exhaust Systems

For assembly, install insert with groove (11) closest to the bar. 12— Cap Screw (3 used) 16— JDG15039 Insert (4 used)

TX1111863 —UN—05APR12

1— JDG11340 Insert (4 used) 11— Groove

12 11

JDG11340 Insert Installation

TX1190437 —UN—13APR15

JDG15039 Insert Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-4

VD76477,000059F -19-10APR18-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=288

Exhaust Systems

TX1111864 —UN—09APR12

TX1111864 Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement 13— Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

To verify the tool is built correctly, measure center of groove-to-center of groove (13) for the required configuration. NOTE: The JDG11335P3P1 Bars in configuration B are not included with JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture.

Configuration B Insert

JDG15039

Bar 278.1 mm (10.90 in)

JDG11335P3P1

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

251.0 mm 9.88 in

Configuration C

Configuration A Insert

JDG11340

Bar 238.1 mm (9.38 in)

JDG11340

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

210.0 mm 8.27 in

Insert

JDG15039

Bar 238.1 mm (9.38 in)

JDG11340

Center of Groove-to-Center of Groove Measurement

210.0 mm 8.27 in VD76477,000059F -19-10APR18-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=289

Exhaust Systems

Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure

not aligned correctly, the life of the exhaust bellows will significantly decrease and may risk the release of unfiltered exhaust into the atmosphere.

NOTE: This procedure is for machines with (S.N. —304844). IMPORTANT: The life of the exhaust bellows is dependant on being properly aligned. If

TX1080155 —UN—26JUL10

NOTE: Graphic is for reference only.

TX1080155 Axial, Angular, and Lateral Specifications 24— Axial

25— Angular

26— Lateral

This procedure is to be performed whenever the exhaust tube or exhaust bellows is disconnected. The JDG15023 Bellows Alignment Tool is used to hold the exhaust bellows at nominal alignment. While the exhaust bellows is held at nominal alignment, the technician is able to see and measure to verify that the exhaust bellows is in alignment with the exhaust filter. The life of the bellows depends on how well the exhaust bellows is aligned axially (24), angularly (25), and laterally (26). Axial tolerance is ±6.4 mm (±0.252 in), angular tolerance is 2°, and lateral tolerance is ±8.5 mm (±0.335 in). Use the adjustable frame with the adjustment points to align the exhaust bellows with the exhaust filter inlet.

-Use to hold exhaust bellows at nominal alignment for adjustment of exhaust superstructure. See JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture. (Group 0530.) Torque Specifications Specification Clamp Nut—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

Machine Preparation

• Install aftertreatment assembly.

See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

Tools

• JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-6

BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-1/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=290

Exhaust Systems Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure

TX1190133A —UN—09APR15

1. Assemble JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture (6) and install on exhaust bellows (5). See JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture. (Group 0530.) IMPORTANT: Prevent misalignment of exhaust bellows. Rotation of exhaust tube on exhaust valve housing outlet is essential for alignment of bellows. NOTE: Clamp (3) must be tight enough to hold exhaust tube on exhaust valve housing outlet, but loose enough to allow exhaust tube to be turned manually on exhaust valve housing outlet.

JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture

1— Gasket 2— Exhaust Valve Housing 3— Clamp

TX1193582A —UN—15MAY15

2. Install gasket (1), exhaust tube (4), and clamp (3) to exhaust valve housing (2) using alignment mark. See Exhaust Tube Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 4— Exhaust Tube 5— Exhaust Bellows 6— JDG11340 Bellows Alignment Fixture

Exhaust Tube Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-7

BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-2/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=291

Exhaust Systems

NOTE: The gap (8) between the exhaust filter and the exhaust bellows has to remain consistent throughout the circumference of the joint. 3. Verify gap. If gap is consistent, proceed to step 8. 9— Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet

TX1193581A —UN—15MAY15

4— Exhaust Tube 8— Gap

TX1193579A —UN—15MAY15

Gap (consistent)

Gap (needs adjustment) BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-3/7

4. Horizontally adjust exhaust filter if needed. a. Loosen horizontal adjustment cap screws (10). b. Adjust aftertreatment assembly and turn exhaust tube on exhaust valve housing outlet if necessary. c. Verify gap.

TX1193575A —UN—15MAY15

10— Horizontal Adjustment Cap Screw (3 used)

Horizontal Adjustment Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-8

BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-4/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=292

Exhaust Systems

5. Vertically adjust exhaust filter if needed. IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to exhaust tube and bellows. Support aftertreatment assembly and lower down into machine carefully to avoid damage to exhaust tube or alignment fixture. a. Attach lifting device at lifting points (11) to support aftertreatment assembly. NOTE: A lifting device should be used to prevent aftertreatment assembly from falling in adjustment slots when cap screws (12) are loosened. TX1193577A —UN—15MAY15

b. Place slight tension on lifting device and loosen vertical adjustment cap screws (12). c. Adjust aftertreatment assembly with lifting devices and turn exhaust tube on exhaust valve housing outlet if necessary. d. Verify gap. 6. Tighten cap screws (10 and 12).

Vertical Adjustment

IMPORTANT: Prevent misalignment of exhaust bellows. Check alignment after tightening adjustment cap screws. Readjustment may be needed.

11— Lifting Point (4 used)

12— Vertical Adjustment Cap Screw (6 used)

7. Verify gap. BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-5/7

8. Install exhaust tube-to-diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) inlet clamp (13). 9. Tighten nuts for clamps (3 and 13) to specification. TX1193578A —UN—15MAY15

Specification Clamp Nut—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

10. Tap the circumference of each clamp with a dead blow hammer and tighten clamp nut to specification. Specification Clamp Nut—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in Exhaust Tube

11. Remove bellows alignment fixture. 3— Clamp

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-9

13— Exhaust Tube-to-Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Clamp BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-6/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=293

Exhaust Systems

TX1230098 —UN—08DEC16

251 mm (9-7/8 in)

TX1230098 Exhaust Bellows Length

12. Verify length of exhaust bellows.

Specification Exhaust Bellows—Length............................................................................... 251 mm 9-7/8 in BS40810,000021D -19-06DEC16-7/7

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=294

Exhaust Systems

Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install 73 kg 160 lb

Aftertreatment Weight (S.N. 292655— ) (approximate)

78 kg 172 lb

Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

TX1194641A —UN—26MAY15

SPECIFICATIONS Aftertreatment Weight (S.N. —292654) (approximate)

Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor 50 N·m 37 lb·ft Torque OTHER MATERIAL NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant

Cover

REMOVAL

1— Cover

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: If equipped, do not turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

NOTE: For machines (S.N. —304844), a bellows alignment procedure will need to be performed if the exhaust tube is removed. 7. Remove exhaust tube from diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) filter. See Exhaust Tube Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

3. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Open hood to full open position. 5. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and Install. (Group 0515.) 6. Remove cap screws (2) and cover (1). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-11

JD29379,00007CC -19-12DEC16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=295

Exhaust Systems

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot spraying fluids. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TX1194647A —UN—27MAY15

IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Disconnect DEF dosing injector line (3). See DEF Dosing System Coolant Lines — Removal. (CTM120119.) 9. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector

10. Disconnect electrical connector from diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector (Y5020).

3— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Line 4— Coolant Hose (2 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-12

Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector

JD29379,00007CC -19-12DEC16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=296

Exhaust Systems

11. Remove heat shield (12). 12. Remove cap screws (5) and exhaust pipe (6). 13. Disconnect electrical connector from aftertreatment temperature module (B5204). 14. For machines (S.N. —292654), disconnect diesel particulate filter (DPF) differential pressure sensor (B5109). 15. Remove electrical sensors (B5502 and B5503) from aftertreatment (11).

TX1195496A —UN—10JUN15

16. Remove clamps (8) and exhaust tube (10) from aftertreatment. 17. Remove mounting cap screws (7). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 18. Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting bracket (9). Remove aftertreatment assembly.

Aftertreatment Assembly

Specification Aftertreatment—Weight (S.N. —292654) (approximate).................................................................................. 73 kg 160 lb Aftertreatment—Weight (S.N. 292655— ) (approximate).................................................................................. 78 kg 172 lb

5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Exhaust Pipe 7— Mounting Cap Screw (3 used) 8— Clamp (2 used) 9— Lifting Bracket 10— Exhaust Tube

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

11— Aftertreatment 12— Heat Shield B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor (S.N. —292654) B5204—Aftertreatment Temperature Module B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Oulet NOx Sensor

• Install aftertreatment assembly and mounting cap screws, but do not tighten.

• For machines (S.N. —304844), perform exhaust • • •

bellows alignment procedure. See Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure. (Group 0530.) Tighten mounting cap screws. Apply NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant to threads of exhaust sensors. Tighten exhaust sensors to specification.

Specification Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor—Torque............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor—Torque....................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group JD29379,00007CC -19-12DEC16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-13

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=297

Exhaust Systems

Exhaust Filter Remove and Install 26 kg 57 lb

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Clamp Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Clamp Torque (S.N. —292654)

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Exhaust Tube Clamp Torque

7 N·m 62 lb·in

Exhaust Mounting Band Nut Torque

42 N·m 31 lb·ft

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor Torque

35 N·m 26 lb·ft

TX1194949A —UN—10JUN15

SPECIFICATIONS Exhaust Filter Weight (S.N. —292654) (approximate)

45 N·m Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor Torque 33 lb·ft Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor Torque (S.N. —292654)

24 N·m 212 lb·in

Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft Exhaust Filter (S.N. —292654)

OTHER MATERIAL NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant

REMOVAL 1. Raise loader boom and install boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Open hood to full open position.

TX1228485A —UN—16NOV16

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injuries. Allow exhaust components sufficient time to cool before performing service. NOTE: For machines (S.N. —304844), a bellows alignment procedure will need to be performed once the exhaust tube has been removed. 4. Remove exhaust tube clamp (5). 5. Disconnect electrical sensors (B5109) (S.N. —292654), (B5201), (B5202), and (B5502).

Exhaust Filter (S.N. 292655— )

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy components. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Remove diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) clamp (1), exhaust mounting bands (2), diesel particulate filter (DPF) clamp (S.N. —292654) (3), and exhaust filter (4).

1— Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Clamp 2— Exhaust Mounting Band (2 used) 3— Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Clamp (S.N. —292654) 4— Exhaust Filter 5— Exhaust Tube Clamp

Specification Exhaust Filter—Weight (S.N. —292654) (approximate).................................................................................. 26 kg 57 lb

7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Exhaust Filter — Tear Down and

Inspection and see Exhaust Filter — Assemble. (CTM120119.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-14

B5109—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor (S.N. —292654) B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor

JD29379,00007CD -19-12DEC16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=298

Exhaust Systems

INSTALLATION

• Apply NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant to threads

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten exhaust sensors to specification.

of exhaust sensors.

• Tighten diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) and diesel particulate filter (DPF) clamp (S.N. —292654) to specification.

Specification Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Clamp—Torque..................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Clamp—Torque (S.N. —292654)............................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

• Tighten exhaust tube clamp. Specification Exhaust Tube Clamp—Torque...............................................................................7 N·m 60 lb·in

• Tighten exhaust mounting band nuts to specification. Specification Exhaust Mounting Band Nut—Torque..................................................................................42 N·m 31 lb·ft

Specification Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor—Torque............................................................................35 N·m 26 lb·ft Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor—Torque (S.N. —292654)......................................................................................24 N·m 212 lb·in Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor—Torque............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

• For machines (S.N. —304844), perform exhaust

bellows alignment procedure. See Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure. (Group 0530.)

NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group JD29379,00007CD -19-12DEC16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-15

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=299

Exhaust Systems

Exhaust Tube Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Stainless Steel Clamp Torque (initial)

6 N·m 53 lb·in

Aftertreatment Assembly Weight (approximate)

78 kg 172 lb

REMOVAL 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

TX1189499 —UN—04JUN15

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Open hood to full open position. 4. Remove clamps (1), gaskets (2), and exhaust tube (3) from exhaust throttle actuator (4) assembly flange. Discard used exhaust gaskets. NOTE: Adequate clearance can be achieved without completely removing aftertreatment. Exhaust Tube

5. Remove aftertreatment assembly bracket cap screws. See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 6. Attach appropriate lifting device to aftertreatment assembly. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Lift aftertreatment assembly to appropriate height to allow exhaust tube to be removed. TX1189498 —UN—02APR15

Specification Aftertreatment Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 78 kg 172 lb

8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

•

Exhaust Tube (exploded view)

Tighten clamps to specification. 1— Clamp (2 used) 2— Gasket (2 used)

Specification

3— Exhaust Tube 4— Exhaust Throttle Actuator

Stainless Steel Clamp—Torque (initial)....................................................................6 N·m 53 lb·in

• For machines (S.N. —304844), perform bellows

alignment. See Exhaust Bellows Alignment Procedure. (Group 0530.) BS40810,000021E -19-06DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=300

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install (S.N. —329327) SPECIFICATIONS DEF Cover Cap Screw Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Drain Plug Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Capacity (approximate)

16.3 L 4.3 gal

TX1257290A —UN—30MAY18

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

DEF Tank 1— Cap Screw 2— Cover 3— Cap Screw (3 used) 4— DEF Cover

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead. 3. Remove cap screw (1) and cover (2). Remove drain screw to drain DEF tank. See Storing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank—Capacity (approximate)................................................................................. 16.3 L 4.3 gal

4. Remove cap screws (3) and DEF cover (4). 5. Remove cap screws (5) and bracket (8).

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

5— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— DEF Tank 8— Bracket

05-0530-17

JB3888,0001078 -19-24MAY18-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=301

Exhaust Systems

6. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant lines (10) and vent tube (12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) lines (9). Disconnecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Lines: TX1257291A —UN—29MAY18

a. Slide DEF line toward DEF header fitting. b. Squeeze white retainer clip (11) with fingers and disconnect DEF line from DEF header fitting. c. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Disconnect electrical connector. 9. Remove DEF tank (7). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Lines

10. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure. (Group 0530.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible DEF tank damage. Do not over tighten drain plug.

Specification DEF Cover Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft Drain Plug—Torque.......................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft 9— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (2 used) 10— Coolant Line (2 used)

11— White Retainer Clip 12— Vent Tube

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-18

TX1212732 —UN—15MAR16

11. Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

JB3888,0001078 -19-24MAY18-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=302

Exhaust Systems (S.N. 303524—329327) 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1257282A —UN—29MAY18

IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead. 3. Remove cap screw (1) and cover (2). Remove drain screw to drain DEF tank. See Storing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank—Capacity (approximate)................................................................................. 16.3 L 4.3 gal

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank

4. Remove cap screws (3) and panel (4). 5. Open DEF cover (8) and remove cap screws (5). 6. Remove cap screws (6), bracket (7) and DEF cover assembly. 7. Disconnect electrical connector (13) and remove clamp (14).

1— Cap Screw 2— Cover 3— Cap Screw (3 used) 4— Panel 5— Cap Screw (5 used) 6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Bracket 8— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cover

TX1257283A —UN—29MAY18

8. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant lines (10) and vent tube (12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (2 used) 10— Coolant Line (2 used) 11— White Retainer Clip 12— Vent Tube 13— Electrical Connector 14— Clamp 15— Cap Screw (2 used) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cover and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Lines Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-19

JB3888,0001078 -19-24MAY18-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=303

Exhaust Systems

IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Remove cap screws (15) and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) lines (9). Disconnecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Lines: TX1212732 —UN—15MAR16

a. Slide DEF line toward DEF header fitting. b. Squeeze white retainer clip (11) with fingers and disconnect DEF line from DEF header fitting. c. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove DEF tank (7). 11. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure. (Group 0530.)

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Removal 9— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible DEF tank damage. Do not over tighten drain plug. 12. Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Specification DEF Cover Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Drain Plug—Torque.......................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10— Coolant Line (2 used)

05-0530-20

JB3888,0001078 -19-24MAY18-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=304

Exhaust Systems (S.N. 329328— ) 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1257445A —UN—30MAY18

IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead. 3. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 4. Drain DEF tank. See Drain Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank

5. Disconnect coolant lines (1) and vent tube (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove nut (3), tank strap (4), and DEF tank (5) from machine. 7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure. (Group 0530.)

1— Coolant Line (2 used) 2— Vent Tube 3— Nut

4— Tank Strap 5— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank

8. Installation is reverse of removal procedure. JB3888,0001078 -19-24MAY18-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-21

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=305

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install (S.N. —329327) 10 N·m 89 lb·in

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Capacity

16.3 L 4.3 gal TX1212058 —UN—07MAR16

SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (10) Torque

MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Drain 1— Cap Screw 2— Cover

3— Drain Screw

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead.

REMOVAL and INSTALLATION (S.N. —303523)

1. Remove DEF header. See DEF Tank Header Assembly — Removal. (CTM120119.)

3. Clean DEF header, tank, lines, and adjacent areas prior to beginning work.

2. Install DEF header. See DEF Tank Header Assembly — Installation. (CTM120119.) REMOVAL (S.N. 303524—329327)

4. Remove cap screw (1) and cover (2). Remove drain screw (3) to drain DEF tank. See Storing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-22

TW62213,0000425 -19-06JUN18-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=306

Exhaust Systems

1. Disconnect electrical connector (5) and remove cap screws (4). 2. Disconnect coolant lines (6) and vent tube (7). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 3. Remove cap screws (8) and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) lines (9). Disconnecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Lines: TX1212060 —UN—15MAR16

a. Slide DEF line toward DEF header fitting. b. Squeeze white retainer clip (11) with fingers and disconnect DEF line from DEF header fitting. c. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Remove cap screws (10). 8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (2 used) 10— Cap Screw (6 used) 11— White Retainer Clip

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header and Lines

TX1212732 —UN—15MAR16

4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Electrical Connector 6— Coolant Line (2 used) 7— Vent Tube

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-23

TW62213,0000425 -19-06JUN18-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=307

Exhaust Systems

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to baffle (14) when removing DEF header assembly (13). Slowly work DEF header out of tank opening. 5. Carefully remove retention plate (12), DEF header assembly (13), and gasket (15). 6. Clean DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure. (Group 0530.) TX1212061 —UN—07MAR16

7. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. IMPORTANT: Prevent leaks from diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank. Rubber gasket between DEF tank header (2) and DEF tank needs to be installed correctly. Install gasket with top side facing up.

• Align DEF header recess (17), gasket alignment •

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header, Baffle, and Gasket

tab (18), and DEF tank alignment mark (19). Install gasket, DEF header assembly, and retention plate. Install cap screws (10) and tighten to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (10)—Torque.................................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

• Fill cooling system. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

• Fill diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank.

TX1212062 —UN—08MAR16

See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank—Capacity.................................................................... 16.3 L 4.3 gal

(S.N. 329328— ) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header and Gasket Alignment

MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

12— Retention Plate 13— DEF Header Assembly 14— Baffle 15— Gasket

17— DEF Header Recess 18— Gasket Alignment Tab 19— DEF Tank Alignment Mark

adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 3. Clean DEF header, tank, lines, and adjacent areas prior to beginning work.

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead.

4. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and

REMOVAL

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-24

TW62213,0000425 -19-06JUN18-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=308

Exhaust Systems

1. Remove cap screws (1). IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to baffle (6) when removing and installing DEF header assembly (3). Slowly work DEF header out of tank opening. 2. Carefully remove retention plate (2), DEF header assembly (3), and gasket (4). 3. Clean DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure. (Group 0530.) INSTALLATION TX1257895A —UN—11JUN18

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Align gasket alignment tab (7), DEF header recess (8), •

and DEF tank alignment mark (9). Install gasket, DEF header assembly and retention plate. Install cap screws (1) and tighten to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................10 N m 89 lb in

• Install diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank.

See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 6— Baffle 7— Gasket Alignment Tab 8— DEF Header Recess 9— DEF Tank Alignment Mark

TX1257898A —UN—12JUN18

1— Cap Screw (6 used) 2— Retention Plate 3— DEF Header Assembly 4— Gasket

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Install TW62213,0000425 -19-06JUN18-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=309

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

3 N·m 27 lb·in

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Suction Screen Remove and Install (S.N. —303523) 1. Remove DEF header suction screen. See DEF Tank Header Suction Screen — Removal. (CTM120119.) 2. Install DEF header suction screen. See DEF Tank Header Suction Screen — Installation. (CTM120119.) DEF Baffle Remove and Install (S.N. 303524— )

TX1228914A —UN—22NOV16

IMPORTANT: Prevent inaccurate readings from DEF concentration sensor. Avoid contacting DEF concentration sensor with hands or fingers. Oils on skin may cause inaccurate readings and set false diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 1. Remove cap screws (1), washers (3), and baffle (2). 2. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Diesel Exhaust Filter (DEF) Header and Baffle

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to system. Improper placement of return line could lead to system damage. Ensure that return line is installed properly in baffle.

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Baffle 3— Washer (2 used)

3. Install baffle and place return line (5) in the designated hole (4) on the baffle. Return line must be routed to outside of baffle. 4. Install washers and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................3 N·m 27 lb·in

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

4— Hole 5— Return Line

05-0530-26

TW62213,0000426 -19-06JUN18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=310

Exhaust Systems DEF Tank Header Suction Filter Remove and Install (S.N. 303524— ) 1. Remove DEF baffle. See DEF Baffle Remove and Install earlier in this procedure.

TX1230633 —UN—13DEC16

IMPORTANT: Prevent inaccurate readings from DEF concentration sensor (7). Avoid contacting DEF concentration sensor with hands or fingers. Oils on skin may cause inaccurate readings and set false diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 2. Remove retaining clip (9). 3. Remove suction filter (8) and O-ring (6). 4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to DEF components. Improper installation of suction tube O-ring will cause damage to O-ring. Do not install O-ring to suction filter. O-ring must be installed to suction tube prior to installing suction filter.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Suction Filter 6— O-Ring 7— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Concentration Sensor

8— Suction Filter 9— Retaining Clip

5. Lubricate O-ring and install onto suction tube. 6. Verify that suction filter is above bulge on suction tube and install retaining clip. TW62213,0000426 -19-06JUN18-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-27

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=311

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure

12. Fill DEF tank. See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.)

Cleaning Procedure—DEF Tank Removed

13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

IMPORTANT: Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank must be fully flushed to prevent machine damage from contaminants. Perform flushing procedure 3 or more times.

Cleaning Procedure—DEF Tank Installed

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 3. Remove DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 3. Drain DEF tank. See Disposal of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Using a garden hose with a twist type spray nozzle, rinse top and sides of DEF tank for approximately 30 seconds.

IMPORTANT: If DEF tank is flushed with a fluid other than distilled water or clean DEF, a final rinse with clean DEF must be performed before installing DEF tank or components.

7. Install DEF tank drain plug.

NOTE: If distilled water is not available, clean DEF can be used.

8. Add approximately 3.8 L (1 gal) of clean, unused DEF to DEF tank to dilute and absorb any residual water.

4. Partially fill DEF tank with clean distilled water.

9. Using a vacuum with a clean length of bulk hose attached, vacuum DEF from DEF tank. Be sure to remove DEF from all corners and low spots.

5. Agitate liquid inside of DEF tank to remove built-up contaminants from bottom of tank. 6. Drain DEF tank through filler neck. See Disposal of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) 7. Repeat steps 4—6 a total of 3 times.

5. Allow tank to drain completely. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 a total of 3 times.

10. Replace DEF header suction screen. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0530.) 11. Install DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

8. Thoroughly dry inside of DEF tank. 9. Using distilled water or clean DEF, rinse DEF header assembly and thoroughly dry. 10. Install DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 11. Install DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

NOTE: For DEF tank capacity, see 310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. (Operator’s Manual.) 12. Fill DEF tank. See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

NOTE: For DEF tank capacity, see 310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. (Operator’s Manual.) TW62213,000048B -19-04OCT17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-28

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=312

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Remove and Install (S.N. —329327)

Machine Preparation

TX1257463A —UN—12JUN18

Under Operator's Station Panel 1— Cap Screw (3 used)

2— Panel

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead.

(S.N. 329328— )

REMOVAL

1. Remove cap screws (1) and panel (2). 2. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF dosing system lines. See DEF Dosing System Lines — Removal. (CTM120119.) 3. Remove DEF dosing unit. See DEF Dosing Unit — Removal. (CTM120119.) INSTALLATION

Machine Preparation

• See DEF Dosing Unit — Installation. (CTM120119.) • See DEF Dosing System Lines — Installation. (CTM120119.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead. REMOVAL JB3888,000107B -19-12JUN18-1/4

1. Remove cap screws (1) and panel (2). 2. Remove cap screws (3) and step (4). 3. Lift and remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank cover (5). 3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Step

TX1257476A —UN—12JUN18

1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Panel

Panel and Step Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-29

JB3888,000107B -19-12JUN18-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=313

Exhaust Systems

IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Loosen clamp (7). 5. Remove cap screws (8) and bracket (9). 6. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9— Bracket TX1257477A —UN—08JUN18

7— Clamp 8— Cap Screw (9 used)

DEF Dosing Unit Bracket JB3888,000107B -19-12JUN18-3/4

TX1257478A —UN—12JUN18

7. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from DEF header module (A18), DEF dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601), DEF dosing unit supply line heater (E5602), and DEF dosing unit return line heater (E5603). 8. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant control valve (CCV) harness connector (X75), DEF harness connector 1 (X5037), and DEF harness connector 2 (X5037) from DEF harness (W49). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF lines (11) from DEF dosing unit (B5501). Disconnecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Lines:

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit

a. Press DEF line down toward DEF dosing unit. b. Squeeze white retainer clip with fingers and pull up to disconnect DEF line from dosing unit fitting. c. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove cap screws (12) and DEF dosing unit.

11— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (3 used) 12— Cap Screw (2 used) A18— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Module B5501—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit E5601—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater E5602—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater

E5603—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line Heater W49—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness X75— Coolant Control Valve (CCV) Harness Connector X5037—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness Connector 1 X5038—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness Connector 2 JB3888,000107B -19-12JUN18-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-30

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=314

Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install TX1194641A —UN—26MAY15

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap when cool to touch. Slowly loosen filler cap to relieve the pressure, then remove. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot exhaust components. Allow exhaust components to cool before servicing. IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 4 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

Cover 1— Cover

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

• See DEF Dosing Injector — Removal. (CTM120119.) • See DEF Dosing Injector — Installation. (CTM120119.)

Machine Preparation 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery lead. 3. Open hood. 4. Remove cap screws (2) and cover (1) to access DEF dosing injector. Additional Information BS40810,0000177 -19-27MAY15-1/1

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Decomposition Tube Remove and Install CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot exhaust components. Allow exhaust components to cool before servicing.

2. Open hood. See Opening and Closing Engine Hood. (Operator’s Manual.) Additional Information

• Remove DEF decomposition tube. •

Machine Preparation

See DEF Decomposition Tube — Removal. (CTM120119.) Install DEF decomposition tube. See DEF Decomposition Tube — Installation. (CTM120119.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) JB3888,000107D -19-02APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-31

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=315

Exhaust Systems

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0530-32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=316

Group 0560

External Fuel Supply Systems Fuel Tank Remove and Install 86 kg 189 lb

Fuel Tank and Guard Weight (approximate) (S.N. 329328— )

77 kg 170 lb

Cap Screw (9) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

TX1187442 —UN—08JUN15

SPECIFICATIONS Fuel Tank and Guard Weight (approximate) (S.N. —329327)

Fuel Tank Drain Plug Torque (S.N. 7 N·m 62 lb·in 329328— ) OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer

Fuel Tank Drain (S.N. —329327)

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1256817A —UN—23MAY18

2. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) REMOVAL CAUTION: Prevent fire or explosion. Handle fuel carefully. If engine is hot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank. DO NOT smoke while draining fuel tank or working on fuel system. 1. Remove drain plug (1 or 15) to drain fuel tank. To ensure that all fuel drains properly, use right stabilizer to lift right rear wheel off ground. See Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel. (Operator’s Manual.)

Fuel Tank Drain (S.N. 329328— ) 1— Drain Plug

15— Drain Plug

2. Drain diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank. See Drain Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-1

JB3888,000107F -19-14JUN18-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=317

External Fuel Supply Systems

3. Remove cap screws (2) and fuel tank cover (3). 4. For machines (S.N. —329327), remove cap screws (4) and cover (5).

2— Cap Screw (3 used) 3— Fuel Tank Cover 4— Cap Screw (5 used) 5— Cover

TX1188382 —UN—08JUN15

5. For machines (S.N. 329328— ), remove DEF tank cover (16), cap screws (17), and step (18). 16— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cover 17— Cap Screw (4 used) 18— Step

TX1256818A —UN—23MAY18

Fuel Tank Cover (S.N. —329327)

Fuel Tank Cover (S.N. 329328— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-2

JB3888,000107F -19-14JUN18-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=318

External Fuel Supply Systems

6. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel tank breather hose (6), fuel return hose (7), and fuel supply hose (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Install identification tag and disconnect fuel level sensor (B8).

TX1188383 —UN—08JUN15

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. For machines (S.N. —303523): a. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF harness connector 1 (X5037), DEF harness connector 2 (X5038), and DEF dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601) electrical connector from DEF harness (W49). See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Fuel Level Sensor (S.N. —329327)

b. Disconnect DEF dosing unit pressure line from DEF dosing unit and DEF coolant lines from DEF header. See DEF Dosing System Lines — Removal. (CTM120119.) See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 9. For machines (S.N. 303524—329327):

TX1256819A —UN—23MAY18

a. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant control valve (CCV) harness connector (X75), DEF harness connector 1 (X5037), and DEF harness connector 2 (X5038) from DEF harness (W49). See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) b. Disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601) electrical connector and DEF dosing unit pressure line from DEF dosing unit. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) See DEF Dosing System Lines — Removal. (CTM120119.) c. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF coolant lines and vent tube from DEF header. see Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

Fuel Level Sensor (S.N. 329328— ) 6— Fuel Tank Breather Hose 7— Fuel Return Hose 8— Fuel Supply Hose 19— Cap Screw (9 used) 20— Dosing Bracket 21— Hose Clamp

10. For machines (S.N. 329328— ): a. Remove cap screws (19) hose clamp (21), and dosing bracket (20). b. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant control valve (CCV) harness connector (X75), DEF harness connector 1 (X5037), and DEF harness connector 2 (X5038) from DEF harness (W49). See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) c. Disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit pressure line heater (E5601) electrical connector

and DEF dosing unit pressure line from DEF dosing unit. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid Harness (W49) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) See DEF Dosing System Lines — Removal. (CTM120119.) d. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF coolant lines and vent tube from DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-3

28— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Inlet Line 29— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Outlet Line 30— Vent Tube 31— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Pressure Line B8—Fuel Level Sensor

JB3888,000107F -19-14JUN18-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=319

External Fuel Supply Systems

11. Install identification tag, remove cap screw (22) and ground strap (23). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Fuel Tank and Guard—Weight (approximate) (S.N. —329327)........................................................................................ 86 kg 189 lb Fuel Tank and Guard—Weight (approximate) (S.N. 329328— )....................................................................................... 77 kg 170 lb

TX1256836A —UN—23MAY18

12. Attach appropriate lifting device to fuel tank guard (11).

Fuel Tank and Guard (S.N. —329327)

13. Remove cap screws (9), washers (10), and guard (11). 12— Fuel Tank 22— Cap Screw 23— Ground Strap

TX1256820A —UN—23MAY18

9— Cap Screw (6 used) 10— Washer (6 used) 11— Fuel Tank Guard

Fuel Tank and Guard (S.N. 329328— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-4

JB3888,000107F -19-14JUN18-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=320

External Fuel Supply Systems

14. Remove cap screws (13) and bracket (14). 15. Remove fuel tank (12) from guard. 16. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

TX1256823A —UN—23MAY18

NOTE: Make sure that fuel tank is all the way forward before tightening.

• Tighten cap screws (9) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (9)—Torque.................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

• For machines (S.N. —329327), apply Loctite® 7649™ •

Primer N™ Cure Primer and then apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to drain plug (1). For machines (S.N. 329328— ), tighten drain plug (15) to specification.

Fuel Tank Bracket (S.N. —329327)

Specification Drain Plug (15)—Torque (S.N. 329328— ).............................................................................7 N·m 62 lb·in

• Install drain plug and fill fuel tank to proper level.

12— Fuel Tank 13— Cap Screw (6 used)

TX1256822A —UN—23MAY18

•

See Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel. (Operator’s Manual.) Install drain plug and fill DEF tank to proper level. See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 14— Fuel Tank Bracket

Fuel Tank Bracket (S.N. 329328— ) JB3888,000107F -19-14JUN18-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=321

External Fuel Supply Systems

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

05-0560-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=322

Contents

Section 06 Torque Converter

Page

Group 0651â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Turbine, Gears, and Shaft Torque Converter Remove and Install ..................................................... 06-0651-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

06-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

06-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0651

Turbine, Gears, and Shaft OTHER MATERIAL

Torque Converter Remove and Install

Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer

SPECIFICATIONS

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

46 N·m 34 lb.-ft.

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

2— Washer (8 used) 3— Flexplate (2 used)

TX1116531 —UN—25JUN12

Cap Screw Torque

Torque Converter and Flexplate 4— Torque Converter

NOTE: Torque converter has no internal service parts. If replacement is necessary, install a new torque converter.

6. Install flexplate, washers, and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

1. Remove transmission. See Transmission Remove and Install. (Group 0300.) 2. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and flexplate (3). 3. Slide torque converter (4) off transmission input shaft.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................46 N·m 34 lb.-ft.

7. Install transmission. See Transmission Remove and Install. (Group 0300.)

4. Inspect and replace as necessary. 5. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JD29379,00001B7 -19-19MAY15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

06-0651-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=325

Turbine, Gears, and Shaft

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

06-0651-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=326

Section 09 Steering System Contents Page

Group 0920—Power Steering Steering Column Remove and Install ..................................................... 09-0920-1 Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble .................. 09-0920-4 Group 0960—Power Steering Hydraulic System Steering Valve Remove and Install ..................................................... 09-0960-1 Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 09-0960-4 Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install.................. 09-0960-9 Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 09-0960-10 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install.............................. 09-0960-12 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble ................ 09-0960-14

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 0920

Power Steering Steering Column Remove and Install Tilt Steering Column REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1191064 —UN—22APR15

2. Release hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove front floor mat. 5. Remove cap screws (1) and remove upper and lower steering console covers (2 and 3). 1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Upper Steering Console Cover

Upper and Lower Steering Console Covers (tilt wheel shown)

3— Lower Steering Console Cover

JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-1/6

6. Disconnect multi-function lever (MFL) (S7) electrical connector (4), and transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). X48— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector

TX1191125A —UN—22MAY15

4— Electrical Connector

Steering Column Wiring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-1

JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-2/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=329

Power Steering

7. Remove cap screws (5) and lower steering column cover (6). 8. Mark steering column for proper alignment to steering valve during assembly. 6— Lower Steering Column Cover

TX1194388A —UN—21MAY15

5— Cap Screw (4 used)

Lower Steering Column Cover (tilt wheel shown) JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-3/6

9. Remove nuts (7) and steering column assembly. NOTE: If cap screws spin, the steering valve needs to be removed to secure cap screw head. See Steering Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0960.) 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install steering column assembly and tighten nuts to specification.

TX1194392A —UN—21MAY15

Specification Steering Column Nut—Torque..................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb-ft.

Standard Steering Column REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Steering Column Removal

7— Nut (4 used)

4. Remove front floor mat.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-2

JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-4/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=330

Power Steering

NOTE: Steering valve must be accessed in order to prevent valve from falling when steering column cap screws (11) are removed. 5. Remove floor access plate (8) , steering and brake valve access door cap screws (9) and swing steering and brake valve access door (10) open, securing in open position. 6. Remove steering column cover cap screws (11) and remove upper and lower steering console covers. 10— Steering and Brake Valve Access Door 11— Steering Column Cover Cap Screw (5 used)

TX1195879A —UN—15JUN15

8— Floor Access Plate 9— Steering and Brake Valve Access Door Cap Screw (10 used)

Steering and Brake Valve Access Door JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-5/6

7. Disconnect multi-function lever (MFL) (S7) electrical connector (12), and transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). 8. Mark steering column for proper alignment to steering valve during assembly. 9. Remove steering column cap screws (13) from steering valve and set steering valve aside. See Steering Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0960.) 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION TX1195880A —UN—15JUN15

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install steering column assembly and tighten nuts to specification.

Specification Steering Column Nut—Torque..................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb-ft. Steering Column 12— Multi-Function Lever (MFL) Electrical Connector 13— Steering Column Cap Screw (4 used)

X48— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector

JB3888,0001091 -19-16JUN15-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=331

Power Steering

Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Steering Wheel Nut Torque

48 N·m 35 lb.-ft.

1. Remove cap screws (1), to remove transmission control lever (TCL) (3) and multi-function lever (MFL) from steering column (4).

1 3

3— Multi-Function Lever (MFL) 4— Steering Column

1 TX1188330 —UN—20MAR15

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Transmission Control Lever (TCL)

2 4

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) and Multi-Function Lever (MFL) Removal (tilt wheel shown) JB3888,0001092 -19-13JUN18-1/3

2. Remove cover (5) and O-ring (6) from steering wheel (7). 3. Remove nut (8), lock washer (9), and steering wheel.

7 9

4. Remove snap ring (10) and remove pin (11).

5 6

5. Remove cap screws (12) and cylinder assembly (13).

9— Lock Washer 10— Snap Ring (if equipped) 11— Pin (if equipped) 12— Cap Screw (2 used) (if equipped) 13— Cylinder Assembly (if equipped)

8 TX1188334 —UN—20MAR15

4— Steering Column 5— Cover 6— O-Ring 7— Steering Wheel 8— Nut

10 13

Cylinder and Steering Wheel Removal (tilt wheel shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-4

JB3888,0001092 -19-13JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=332

Power Steering

6. Install cylinder assembly and cap screws (12).

7. Install pin and snap ring. 8. Install steering wheel, lock washer, and nut (8). Tighten to specification.

Specification Steering Wheel Nut—Torque..................................................................................48 N·m 35 lb.-ft.

4 12

12 10

10. Install cap screws to TCL and MFL. 4— Steering Column 5— Cover 6— O-Ring 7— Steering Wheel 8— Nut

9— Lock Washer 10— Snap Ring (if equipped) 11— Pin (if equipped) 12— Cap Screw (2 used) (if equipped) 13— Cylinder Assembly (if equipped)

11 13

TX1188337 —UN—20MAR15

9. Install O-ring and cover.

Steering Column Disassembled (tilt wheel shown)

JB3888,0001092 -19-13JUN18-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=333

Power Steering

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0920-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=334

Group 0960

Power Steering Hydraulic System Steering Valve Remove and Install ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG1385 Disconnect Tool

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

High-Pressure Fluid

4. Drain hydraulic reservoir or apply a vacuum to the reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove front floor mat. 6. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) JB3888,0001093 -19-11JUN18-1/4

7. Remove cap screws (1) and front floor access panel (2). 2— Front Floor Access Panel TX1113698A —UN—10MAY12

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Floor Access Panel Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-1

JB3888,0001093 -19-11JUN18-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=335

Power Steering Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (3) and open the steering and brake valve access door.

TX1191223 —UN—21MAY15

3— Cap Screw (4 used)

Steering and Brake Valve Access Door Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-2

JB3888,0001093 -19-11JUN18-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=336

Power Steering Hydraulic System

9. Install identification tags and disconnect hose (8) from steering valve (124). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

10. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (4—7) using JDG1385 Disconnect Tool. Close all openings using caps and plugs. To disconnect STC® (Snap-to-Connect) connector: a. Clean area around the STC® quick disconnect hose fittings. IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting may result.

Escaping Fluid

DO NOT force release sleeve beyond normal range of travel; otherwise, release sleeve may fall off when hose is disconnected. If this happens and fitting is connected without the release sleeve installed, fitting will not be able to be disconnected again. b. Insert JDG1385 Disconnect Tool between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting. TX1191002A —UN—22APR15

c. Gently push (DO NOT PRY) release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the fitting. d. Pull hose to disconnect. 11. Mark position of steering wheel. 12. Remove nuts (9) and steering valve. 13. Repair or replace steering valve.

Steering Valve Connections (S.N. —329327)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 8— Steering Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hose (blue) 9— Nut (4 used) 124— Steering Valve

TX1257623A —UN—04JUN18

4— Steering Valve-to-Priority Valve Hose (yellow) 5— Steering Valve-to-Steering Cylinder Hose (green) 6— Steering Valve-to-Steering Cylinder Hose (orange) 7— Priority Valve-to-Steering Valve Hose (red)

Steering Valve Connections (S.N. 329328— ) STC is a trademark of Eaton Corporation JB3888,0001093 -19-11JUN18-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=337

Power Steering Hydraulic System

Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble

2 1

SPECIFICATIONS 0.11 N·m 1 lb·in

End Cap Mounting Cap Screw (44—50) Initial Torque

17 N·m 150 lb·in

End Cap Mounting Cap Screw (44—50) Final Torque

31 N·m 23 lb·ft

Manifold Mounting Cap Screw (8) Torque

88 N·m 65 lb·ft

Manifold Side Port Plug (10) Torque

34 N·m 25 lb·ft

Elbow (1) Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Elbow (2) Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Elbow (3) Torque

24 N·m 212 lb·in

Elbow (4) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Elbow (5) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Stud (51) Torque (if equipped)

75 N·m 55 lb·ft

123

124

Steering Valve Fittings (S.N. —329327)

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Steering Valve Pressure Compensator Torque

TX1188776 —UN—25MAR15

Spool Torque

51 3 4

OTHER MATERIAL TY24416 U.S. Multi-Purpose HD Lithium Complex Grease

DISASSEMBLE

1— Elbow 2— Elbow 3— Elbow 4— Elbow

123

5— Elbow 51— Stud (if equipped) 123— Steering Valve Pressure Compensator Block 124— Steering Valve

124 5

TX1257617 —UN—01JUN18

1. Remove elbows (1—5), stud (51) (if equipped), and steering valve pressure compensator block (123) from steering valve (124).

Steering Valve Fittings (S.N. 329328— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-4

BJ21193,000015C -19-12JUN18-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=338

Power Steering Hydraulic System

9 125 8

14 6 125

XJ1231257 —UN—23DEC16

18 12

13 12 12

XJ1231257 Compensator Block (disassembled) 9— Drain Plug 6— Compensator Block 10— Manifold Side Port Plug (2 7— Drain Plug used) 8— Manifold Mounting Cap Screw 11— Plug (2 used) 12— O-Ring (4 used)

13— O-Ring 14— O-Ring 15— Backup Ring (2 used) 16— O-Ring 17— Backup Ring (2 used)

18— O-Ring 125— Steering Valve Pressure Compensator

2. Disassemble steering valve pressure compensator block. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-5

BJ21193,000015C -19-12JUN18-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=339

Power Steering Hydraulic System

3. Remove cap screw (50), insert, pin, and ball before removing cap screws (44—49).

48 Screw Screw Screw Screw

48— Cap Screw 49— Cap Screw 50— Cap Screw

TX1195104 —UN—04JUN15

44— Cap 45— Cap 46— Cap 47— Cap

End Cap Mounting Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-6

BJ21193,000015C -19-12JUN18-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=340

Power Steering Hydraulic System

36 37

36 43

23 29 38 41 35

34 TX1193989 —UN—04JUN15

28 33 27 31 26 TX1193989 Steering Valve (disassembled) 22— Pin 23— Manual Steering Check Ball 26— End Cap 27— Gerotor Meter 28— Spacer Plate

29— Housing 31— O-Ring 32— Gerotor Star 33— O-Ring 34— O-Ring 35— Drive Spool and Sleeve

36— Bearing Race (2 used) 37— O-Ring 38— Bearing 39— Seal 40— Dust Seal

Grease. If petroleum jelly is used for O-ring lubrication, use a small enough amount to avoid spreading on surfaces of other parts.

NOTE: Only O-rings (31, 33, 34, and 37), seal (39), and dust seal (40) are serviceable. 4. Disassemble steering valve components. Mark outside of end cap (26), gerotor meter (27), spacer plate (28), and housing (29) to aid in assembly.

1. Lubricate spool, sleeve, and gerotor star with hydraulic oil. Place new O-ring (34) in gerotor end of housing (29).

ASSEMBLE Assembly procedure is reverse of disassemble procedure. Additional Information IMPORTANT: Lubricate O-rings and seals with TY24416 Multi-Purpose HD Lithium Complex

2. Install O-ring (37) and oil seal (39) into housing. 3. Install dust seal (40) into housing with lip facing out. 4. Install bearing races (36) and bearing (38).

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

41— Spring 42— Spring 43— Insert

09-0960-7

BJ21193,000015C -19-12JUN18-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=341

Power Steering Hydraulic System

5. Make alignment mark (21) on top of drive spline (20) parallel to center line (25) of pin (24).

IMPORTANT: Spool must rotate freely inside of sleeve with torque less than specification.

27 19

6. Install drive spool and sleeve (35) into housing (29) sleeve. Tighten spool to specification.

Specification Spool—Torque............................................................................ 0.11 N·m 1 lb·in

28 33

7. Install spacer plate (28) on top of valve housing. IMPORTANT: Timing of drive with respect to gerotor star is critical. Alignment mark on top of drive spline must be aligned with valley (inner radius) of gerotor star.

8. Install gerotor star onto drive spline. XJ1231258 —UN—23DEC16

9. Install gerotor meter (27) over gerotor star. 10. Install end cap (26) onto assembly.

NOTE: Manual steering check ball (23) is larger than other two balls and manual steering pin (22) is shorter than other two pins.

Housing and Component Alignment

11. Install manual steering insert (43), pin (22), and manual steering check ball (23) into cap screw (50) hole.

19— Alignment Axis 20— Drive Spline 21— Alignment Mark 24— Pin 25— Pin Center Line

12. Install cap screws (44—50). Tighten cap screws (44—50) in numbered sequence to initial specification. Specification End Cap Mounting Cap Screw (44—50)—Initial Torque...........................................................................................17 N·m 150 lb·in

13. Tighten cap screws (44—50) in numbered sequence to final specification. Specification End Cap Mounting Cap Screw (44—50)—Final Torque...........................................................................................31 N·m 23 lb·ft

14. Assemble steering valve pressure compensator block (123). Tighten cap screw (8) and plug (10) to specification. Specification Manifold Mounting Cap Screw (8)—Torque........................................................................88 N·m 65 lb·ft Manifold Side Port Plug (10)—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m 25 lb·ft

27— Gerotor Meter 28— Spacer Plate 31— O-Ring 32— Gerotor Star 33— O-Ring

into steering valve (124). Tighten components to specification. Specification Elbow (1)—Torque.........................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft Elbow (2)—Torque.........................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft Elbow (3)—Torque.........................................................................24 N·m 212 lb·in Elbow (4)—Torque.........................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft Elbow (5)—Torque.........................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft Stud (51) (if equipped)—Torque........................................................................75 N·m 55 lb·ft Steering Valve Pressure Compensator—Torque..................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

15. Install elbows (1—5), stud (51) (if equipped), and steering valve pressure compensator block (123) BJ21193,000015C -19-12JUN18-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=342

Power Steering Hydraulic System

Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install 7440—12 143 kg 16 387—26 747 lb.

Steering Cylinder Mounting Cap Screw Torque

460 N·m 339 lb.-ft.

Tie Rod-to-Cylinder Rod Torque

300 N·m 221 lb.-ft.

TX1117056A —UN—02JUL12

SPECIFICATIONS Machine Weight (approximate)

OTHER MATERIAL 271 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) Steering Cylinder Removal

NOTE: Steering cylinder must be removed from machine for service.

1— Steering Cylinder Hose (2 used) 2— Tie Rod (2 used) 3— Cylinder Rod

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device and floor stands for supporting machine. Specification Machine—Weight (approximate)................................................................7440—12 143 kg 16 387—26 747 lb.

3. Raise and support front of machine. Position floor stands under main frame. 4. Disconnect steering cylinder hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Disconnect tie rods (2) from cylinder rod (3). 6. Remove mounting cap screws (4) and steering cylinder (125).

4— Cap Screw (6 used) 125— Steering Cylinder

screws, and install cylinder. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Steering Cylinder Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................460 N·m 339 lb.-ft.

9. Connect tie rods. Tighten to specification. Specification Tie Rod-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque...............................................................................300 N·m 221 lb.-ft.

10. Connect steering cylinder hoses. 11. If tie rod, spindle assembly, or steering cylinder are adjusted or serviced, perform the following procedures:

7. Repair or replace as necessary. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0960.) 8. Apply PM37421 Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) to threads of cylinder mounting cap

• Adjust tracking angle. • •

See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) Adjust toe-in. See Toe-In Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.) Adjust steering angle. See Steering Angle Check and Adjust. (Group 9020-20.)

LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corporation JB3888,0001095 -19-30APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=343

Power Steering Hydraulic System

Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

1— Rod Guide (2 used) 2— Cylinder Rod

TX1121571A —UN—30AUG12

1. Remove rod guides (1) from cylinder body (3) and slide cylinder body off of cylinder rod (2). 3— Cylinder Body

Cylinder Housing (disassembled) JB3888,0001096 -19-15MAY18-1/4

NOTE: To aid in assembly, note location of each seal before removal.

4— External Wiper Seal (2 used) 5— Wear Ring (2 used) 6— Backup Ring (2 used) 7— Internal Wiper Seal (2 used)

TX1121572A —UN—30AUG12

2. Inspect wiper seals (4 and 7) and rings (5, 6, 8, and 9) and replace if necessary. 8— Wear Ring (2 used) 9— Seal Ring (2 used) 10— Groove

Rod Guide JB3888,0001096 -19-15MAY18-2/4

3. Inspect rings (11, 13, and 14) on cylinder rod piston (12) and replace if necessary. 13— O-Ring 14— Seal Ring T161853B —UN—15NOV02

11— Wear Ring (2 used) 12— Cylinder Rod Piston

Cylinder Rod Seals Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-10

JB3888,0001096 -19-15MAY18-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=344

T161937 —UN—21NOV02

Power Steering Hydraulic System

Steering Cylinder Cross Section 1— Rod Guide (2 used) 2— Cylinder Rod 3— Cylinder Body 4— External Wiper Seal (2 used)

5— Wear Ring (2 used) 6— Backup Ring (2 used) 7— Internal Wiper Seal (2 used)

4. Install seals and rings in rod guides (1) and on cylinder rod piston (12).

8— Wear Ring (2 used) 9— Seal Ring (2 used) 11— Wear Ring (2 used) 12— Cylinder Rod Piston

13— O-Ring 14— Seal Ring

6. Install rod guides onto cylinder rod (2) and into cylinder body (3).

5. Install rod into cylinder body. JB3888,0001096 -19-15MAY18-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=345

Power Steering Hydraulic System

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install 240 N·m 177 lb.-ft.

Steering Cylinder Rod Torque

300 N·m 221 lb.-ft.

TX1121867 —UN—05SEP12

SPECIFICATIONS Steering Cylinder Cap Screw Torque

OTHER MATERIAL TY24811NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime Loctite® Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) Steering Cylinder Removal (non-powered axle shown)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

1— Tie Rod

2— Cylinder Rod

2. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Remove counterweights, if equipped. IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging seals, do not overheat piston rod. Use a butane torch with low flame. Stop before heat reaches seals. NOTE: Wrench flats on left end of piston rod are covered by stop collar. Remove left ball joint first if stop collars are installed on piston rod. 5. Disconnect tie rods (1) from steering cylinder rod (2). Heat end of piston rod near ball joint to break down sealant on threads. Hold ball joint of cylinder to loosen and disconnect tie rod from steering cylinder rod. NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation JB3888,0001097 -19-28JUN18-1/3

6. Install identification tag and disconnect steering hoses (3). Close all openings with caps and plugs. 7. Remove cap screws (4) and steering cylinder (5). 8. Repair or replace as necessary. See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0960.)

3 5— Steering Cylinder

4 TX1120043 —UN—05SEP12

3— Steering Hose (2 used) 4— Cap Screw (3 used)

4 5

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-12

JB3888,0001097 -19-28JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=346

Power Steering Hydraulic System

9. Apply TY24811 Anti-Seize Lubricant to the anti-seize locations (6) before installing cap screws. 10. Install steering cylinder and cap screws. TX1121872A —UN—05SEP12

Specification Steering Cylinder Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................240 N·m 177 lb.-ft.

11. Connect steering hoses. 12. Apply PM37509 Klean ‘N Prime then PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) to threads of tie rods. 13. Install tie rods to steering cylinder rod. Tighten to specification. Specification Steering Cylinder Rod—Torque...............................................................................300 N·m 221 lb.-ft.

14. Install counterweights, if removed.

Anti-Seize Location 6— Anti-Seize Location (2 used)

15. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) JB3888,0001097 -19-28JUN18-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-13

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=347

Power Steering Hydraulic System

TX1120235 —UN—16AUG12

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

Steering Cylinder 1— Snap Ring 2— Snap Ring 3— Seal 4— Seal 5— Seal

6— Plug 7— Piston Rod 8— Hydraulic Cylinder Barrel 9— Seal

16— Flange 17— Seal 18— Seal

10— Seal 11— Seal 12— Bushing 13— Plug (2 used) 15— Snap Ring

NOTE: The piston seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting seal in hot water for approximately 5 minutes. 9. Repair or replace as necessary. 10. Apply clean hydraulic oil to seals to aid in assembly of rod and plug.

1. Remove snap rings (1 and 2). 2. Remove seals (3, 4, and 5). NOTE: Cylinder is full of oil. Use a container to catch oil.

NOTE: Once started, install piston seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time the seal is stretched to a minimum.

3. Remove plug (6) and piston rod (7) from hydraulic cylinder barrel (8).

11. Install seals (17 and 18) in hydraulic cylinder barrel.

4. Remove seals (9, 10, and 11).

12. Install flange to hydraulic cylinder barrel.

5. Remove bushing (12) and plugs (13).

13. Install snap ring (15).

6. Remove snap ring (15) from flange (16).

14. Install plugs (13) and bushing.

7. Remove hydraulic cylinder barrel from flange.

15. Install seals (11, 10, and 9).

8. Remove seals (17 and 18) from hydraulic cylinder barrel.

16. Install piston rod and plug to hydraulic cylinder barrel. 17. Install seals (5, 4, and 3) and snap rings (2 and 1). JB3888,0001098 -19-30APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

09-0960-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=348

Contents

Section 10 Service Brakes

Page

Group 1011—Active Elements Brake Disc and Pressure Plate Remove and Install................................ 10-1011-1 Group 1015—Controls Linkage Brake Pedal Adjustment ............................ 10-1015-1 Group 1060—Hydraulic System Brake System Bleeding Procedure .............................................. 10-1060-1 Power Boost Brake Valve Remove and Install .............................................. 10-1060-1 Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 10-1060-6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1011

Active Elements Brake Disc and Pressure Plate Remove and Install NOTE: Service brakes are part of the rear axle.

For brake disc and pressure plate remove and install, see Rear Axle Remove and Install, see Rear Axle Disassemble, and see Rear Axle Assemble. (Group 0250.) JD29379,000016B -19-25JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1011-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=351

Active Elements

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1011-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=352

Group 1015

Controls Linkage Brake Pedal Adjustment For brake pedal adjustment, see Service Brake Pedal Adjustment. (Group 9020-20.) JD29379,0000167 -19-05MAY12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1015-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=353

Controls Linkage

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1015-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=354

Group 1060

Hydraulic System Brake System Bleeding Procedure For brake system bleeding procedure, see Service Brake Bleed Procedure. (Group 9020-20.) JD29379,0000196 -19-14SEP18-1/1

Power Boost Brake Valve Remove and Install ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG1385 STC® (Snap-to-Connect) Disconnect Tool TX1113698A —UN—10MAY12

Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. —329327) REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

Floor Access Panel 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

2— Front Floor Access Panel

2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain hydraulic reservoir or apply a vacuum to the reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove front floor mat. 6. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 7. Remove cap screws (1) and front floor access panel (2). 8. Secure brake pedals into raised position. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-1

MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-1/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=355

Hydraulic System

9. Remove cap screws (3) and open the steering and brake valve access door.

TX1257358A —UN—31MAY18

3— Cap Screw (3 used)

Steering and Brake Valve Access Door Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-2

MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-2/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=356

Hydraulic System

10. Remove protective boots (4), install identification tags, and disconnect electrical connectors to brake light switches 1 and 2 (S26 and S27). 11. Install identification tags and disconnect lines (5—7 and 77) from service brake valve (76). Remove lines with quick disconnect hose fittings using JDG1385 Disconnect Tool. Close all openings using caps and plugs. To disconnect an STC® (Snap-to-Connect) connector: a. Clean area around the STC hose fittings. TX1113700A —UN—01JUN12

IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting may result. DO NOT force release sleeve beyond normal range of travel; otherwise, release sleeve may fall off when hose is disconnected. If this happens and fitting is connected without the release sleeve installed, fitting will not be able to be disconnected again. Brake Valve Connections

b. Insert JDG1385 between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting.

4— Protective Boot (2 used) 5— Steering and Brake Valve Drain Line 6— Transmission-to-Brake Valve Line (2 used) 7— Brake Valve-toTransmission Oil Cooler Line 8— Cap Screw (2 used)

c. Gently push but DO NOT PRY release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the fitting. d. Pull hose to disconnect. 12. Turn out cap screws (8) as far as possible without removing cap screws.

9— Cap Screw (2 used) 76— Service Brake Valve 77— Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line (2 used) S26— Brake Light Switch 1 S27— Brake Light Switch 2

13. Remove cap screws (9) and remove brake valve from pedals. connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

14. Disassemble and repair valve as needed. See Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 1060.)

2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

NOTE: Fill brake valve with oil and bleed out air before installing on machine.

3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 329328— ) REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or

4. Drain hydraulic reservoir or apply a vacuum to the reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 5. Remove front floor mat. 6. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

STC is a trademark of Eaton Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-3

MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-3/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=357

Hydraulic System

7. Remove cap screws (1) and front floor access panel (2). 2— Front Floor Access Panel TX1113698A —UN—10MAY12

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Floor Access Panel MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-4/7

8. Remove cap screws (3) and swing open the steering and brake valve access door (4) on the door pivots (5). 5— Door Pivot (2 used) 128— Power Boost Brake Valve

TX1257292A —UN—30MAY18

3— Cap Screw (3 used) 4— Steering and Brake Valve Access Door

Steering and Brake Valve Access Door Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-4

MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-5/7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=358

Hydraulic System

9. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors to brake light switches 1 and 2 (S26 and S27). 10. Disconnect hoses (6—8) from power boost brake valve (128). Remove hoses with quick disconnect hose fittings using JDG1385 Disconnect Tool. Close all openings using caps and plugs. To disconnect an STC® (Snap-to-Connect) connector: TX1257304A —UN—30MAY18

a. Clean area around the STC hose fittings. IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting may result. DO NOT force release sleeve beyond normal range of travel; otherwise, release sleeve may fall off when hose is disconnected. If this happens and fitting is connected without the release sleeve installed, fitting will not be able to be disconnected again. b. Insert JDG1385 between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting. c. Gently push but DO NOT PRY release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the fitting.

Brake Valve Connections 6— Brake Supply Hose 7— Case Drain Hose 8— Brake Pressure Hose

128— Power Boost Brake Valve S26— Brake Light Switch 1 S27— Brake Light Switch 2

d. Pull hose to disconnect. STC is a trademark of Eaton Corporation MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-6/7

11. Remove cap screws (9) and brake valve assembly. 12. Disassemble and repair valve as needed. See Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 1060.) NOTE: Fill brake valve with oil and bleed out air before installing on machine. INSTALLATION TX1257305A —UN—30MAY18

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Do not operate machine if pedal travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in) while applying 267 N (60 lbf). Operating machine with excessive brake travel could cause brakes not to stop machine on first application.

• Bleed brake system.

See Service Brake Bleed Procedure. (Group 9020-20.)

9— Cap Screw (4 used)

Brake Valve Assembly

128— Power Boost Brake Valve MM16284,00026F0 -19-08JUN18-7/7

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=359

Hydraulic System

Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —329327) SPECIFICATIONS Brake Adapter Valve Assembly Torque

44 N·m 33 lb·ft

Brake Valve Fitting and Reducer Torque

71 N·m 53 lb·ft

Brake Valve Plug Torque

58 N·m 43 lb·ft

Brake Valve Assembly Cap Screw 34 N·m 24 lb·ft Torque

26 30 20

27 21 28

22 24

10 11

23 22

13 14

15 20

17 16 7

2 9

8 6

TX1120659 —UN—28AUG12

TX1120659 Brake Valve Assembly Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-6

MM16284,00026F3 -19-18JUN18-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=360

Hydraulic System 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Washer (4 used) 3— Housing 4— Snap Ring (2 used) 5— Push Rod (2 used) 6— Wiper Seal (2 used) 7— Spring (2 used) 8— Retainer (2 used)

9— Seal (2 used) 10— Retainer (2 used) 11— O-Ring (2 used) 12— Spring (2 used) 13— TFE Seal Ring (2 used) 14— Ring (2 used) 15— Piston (2 used) 16— Piston Ring (2 used)

17— Snap Ring (2 used) 18— Lock Washer (2 used) 19— Ball (2 used) 20— Plug (2 used) 21— O-Ring (3 used) 22— Spring (2 used) 23— Washer (2 used) 24— Ring

DISASSEMBLE

Torque Specifications

NOTE: When servicing brake valve, install all brake valve kit parts. Remove and disassemble components as shown. ASSEMBLE NOTE: TFE seal rings (13) will stretch and become oversized when being installed. These seals must be resized before final assembly. Assemble components as shown.

• To resize TFE seal rings (13), lubricate seals, pistons

(15), and housing (29) bores with clean-type fluid used in the system. Be careful not to extrude seal rings when installing piston assembly into bore of housing. After 10 minutes, remove piston assembly to resume the assemble procedure.

Specification Brake Adapter Valve Assembly—Torque........................................................................44 N·m 33 lb·ft Brake Valve Fitting and Reducer—Torque..........................................................................71 N·m 53 lb·ft Brake Valve Plug—Torque.................................................................................58 N·m 43 lb·ft Brake Valve Assembly Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................34 N·m 24 lb·ft

Additional Information For information on brake valve, see Power Boost Brake Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1060.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

25— Spool 26— Reducer 27— O-Ring (2 used) 28— Adapter Valve (2 used) 29— Housing 30— Fitting Plug

10-1060-7

MM16284,00026F3 -19-18JUN18-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=361

Hydraulic System Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 329328— ) SPECIFICATIONS Adapter Fitting Torque

61 N·m 45 lb·ft

Plug Torque

61 N·m 45 lb·ft

Cap Screw (24) Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Cap Screw (2) Torque

15 N·m 133 lb·in

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-8

MM16284,00026F3 -19-18JUN18-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=362

Hydraulic System

18 17

16 24 23 15

14 12

29 30

28 26

9 17

20 19 18 17

32 31

12 11 10

5 4 3

2 1

TX1257894

TX1257894 —UN—06JUN18

Brake Valve Assembly

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-9

MM16284,00026F3 -19-18JUN18-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=363

Hydraulic System 1— Push Rod (2 used) 2— Cap Screw 3— Plate 4— Rubber Boot (2 used) 5— Brake Valve Housing 6— Cup Seal (2 used) 7— Piston (2 used) 8— Spring (2 used) 9— Piston Assembly (2 used)

10— Piston Ring (2 used) 11— Piston (2 used) 12— O-Ring (2 used) 13— Check Ball (2 used) 14— Spring (2 used) 15— Retainer (2 used) 16— Retainer Ring (2 used) 17— O-Ring (2 used)

NOTE: To assist in the assemble procedure, arrange the parts in order in which they were removed during the disassemble procedure of the brake valve. DISASSEMBLE NOTE: Not all parts shown in disassemble procedure are serviceable.

18— TFE Seal Ring (2 used) 19— Spring (2 used) 20— Retainer (2 used) 21— O-Ring (2 used) 22— Rear Housing 23— Washer (4 used) 24— Cap Screw (4 used) 25— Adapter Fitting (2 used)

26— O-Ring (2 used) 27— Spring (2 used) 28— Washer (2 used) 29— O-Ring 30— Spool 31— Plug (2 used) 32— O-Ring (2 used) 33— Ball (2 used)

11. Carefully remove spool (30) from rear housing. Remove O-ring (29) from spool. ASSEMBLE NOTE: TFE seal rings (18) will stretch and become oversized when being installed. These seals must be resized before final assembly. Assemble components in reverse order of disassembly procedure.

1. Remove push rods (1) from rubber boots (4). 2. Remove cap screw (2), plate (3), and rubber boots.

• To resize TFE seal rings (18), lubricate seals, pistons

CAUTION: Rear housing (22) is under spring (19) pressure. Prevent possible personal injury from flying parts. Wear proper face and body protection. NOTE: Be careful not to damage pistons assemblies (9).

• •

3. Remove cap screws (24), washers (23), and rear housing (22).

•

4. Remove O-rings (21), retainers (20), springs (19), pistons assemblies (9), and springs (8). 5. Remove retaining rings (16), retainers (15), springs (14), check balls (13), and O-rings (12) from pistons (11). 6. Remove piston rings (10), TFE seal rings (18), and O-rings (17) from pistons. NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or mar pistons (7) or brake valve housing (5) bores. 7. Remove pistons (7) from brake valve housing (5). 8. Remove cup seals (6) from pistons. 9. Remove plugs (31) and balls (33) from housing. Remove O-rings (32) from plugs. 10. Remove adapter fittings (25), springs (27), and washers (28) from rear housing. Remove O-rings (26) from adapter fittings.

•

(11), and rear housing (22) bores with clean-type fluid used in the system. Be careful not to extrude TFE seal ring when installing piston assembly into bore of housing. After 10 minutes, remove piston assembly to resume the assemble procedure. Install cup seals (6) in proper direction as shown. Small diameter end of springs (14) should face check ball (13). Position gap in piston ring (10) toward the outside of housing. Be careful not to extrude TFE seal ring when installing piston assembly into bore of rear housing.

Torque Specifications Specification Adapter Fitting—Torque................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft Plug—Torque.................................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft Cap Screw (24)—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m 266 lb·in Cap Screw (2)—Torque.................................................................15 N·m 133 lb·in

Additional Information

• Bleed brake system.

See Service Brake Bleed Procedure. (Group 9020-20.)

NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or mar spool (30) or rear housing (22) bore. MM16284,00026F3 -19-18JUN18-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

10-1060-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=364

Contents

Section 11 Park Brake

Page

Group 1111â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Active Elements Park Brake Remove and Install .................. 11-1111-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

11-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

11-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1111

Active Elements Park Brake Remove and Install NOTE: Park brake is part of rear axle.

Remove and install park brake. See Rear Axle Remove and Install and see Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0250.) JD29379,0000165 -19-05MAY12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

11-1111-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=367

Active Elements

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

11-1111-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=368

Section 16 Electrical System Contents Page

Group 1600—Removal and Installation Installation of Repair Wire Assembly (RWA) ................................... 16-1600-1 Electronic Controllers Remove and Install ..................................................... 16-1600-4 Remove Connector Body from Blade Terminals ..................................... 16-1600-5 CINCH™ Connector Remove and Install ..................................................... 16-1600-5 CINCH™ Contact Installation .................... 16-1600-6 CINCH™ CP Connector Remove and Install .............................................. 16-1600-7 CINCH™ CP Contact Installation ............ 16-1600-13 DEUTSCH® Connector Remove and Install ............................................ 16-1600-15 DEUTSCH® Contact Installation ............. 16-1600-17 Metri-Pack® Connector Remove and Install ............................................ 16-1600-18 WEATHER PACK® Connector Remove and Install.............................. 16-1600-20 WEATHER PACK® Contact Installation ........................................... 16-1600-21 Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install ................................................... 16-1600-22 Group 1675—System Controls Multi-Function Lever (MFL) Remove and Install................................ 16-1675-1 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Remove and Install................................ 16-1675-2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1600

Removal and Installation Installation of Repair Wire Assembly (RWA)

A CORRECT

NOTE: There are two types of installation procedures:

• Method 1—RWA is the same gauge as the wire being repaired.

the wire being repaired.

RG20576 —UN—17JUN11

• Method 2—RWA is a different gauge than B INCORRECT

Install Repair Wire Assembly (RWA)—Method 1 1. See your machine parts catalog for the correct RWA for the connector to be repaired. IMPORTANT: Ensure that there is adequate room for the splice in the area of the harness where the repair will be installed.

B—Incorrect

A—Correct

2. Ensure the area of the harness where the splice will be installed is clean. Cut the wire on the harness and the RWA to the desired length. IMPORTANT: If multiple RWAs are being used, make sure to stagger the splices (A) so that they do not overlap each other (B). DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-1/8

3. Using JDG110721 tool, remove 9.5 mm (3/8 in) of insulation from the wire. Twist the strands to prevent fraying.

4. Insert the wire (A) into the splice sleeve until it hits the stop (B).

RG20521 —UN—26MAY11

A—Wire

B—Stop

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-1

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-2/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=371

Removal and Installation

5. Using JDG114091 tool (A), crimp the splice sleeve to the wire until the ratchet automatically releases.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the color of the splice sleeve matches the colored die (B) on the crimping tool jaw. 6. Repeat Steps 2—5 on the other end of the splice. 7. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls out, repeat Steps 2—5 to attain an adequate crimp.

RG20520 —UN—26MAY11

12-10

16-14

22-18

8. Apply heat evenly around the diameter of the splice from the center out to the ends until the tubing shrinks tightly around the wire and adhesive flows from both ends of the splice.

9. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls out, repeat Steps 2—8 to attain an adequate crimp. 10. Apply tape along the length of the repair. A—Crimp Tool

B—Colored Dies

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-3/8

Install Repair Wire Assembly (RWA)—Method 2

A CORRECT

IMPORTANT: Ensure that there is adequate room for the splice in the area of the harness where the repair will be installed.

RG20576 —UN—17JUN11

1. See your machine parts catalog for the correct RWA for the connector to be repaired.

B INCORRECT

A—Correct Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-2

B—Incorrect DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-4/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=372

Removal and Installation

3. Using JDG110721 tool, remove 9.5 mm (3/8 in) of insulation from the larger wire (A). Twist the strands to prevent fraying. 4. Insert the larger wire (A) into the splice sleeve until it hits the stop (B).

B RG20522 —UN—26MAY11

A—Larger Wire B—Stop

C—Smaller Wire D—Folded Wire

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-5/8

5. Using JDG114091 tool (A), crimp the splice sleeve to the wire until the ratchet automatically releases.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the color of the splice sleeve matches the colored die (B) on the crimping tool jaw. A—Crimp Tool

B—Colored Dies

RG20520 —UN—26MAY11

12-10

16-14

22-18

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-3

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-6/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=373

Removal and Installation

6. Using JDG110721 tool, remove 19 mm (3/4 in) of insulation from the smaller wire (C). Twist the strands to prevent fraying.

7. Fold the wire strands in half (D) so that the stripped length is equal to the larger wires’ stripped length, 9.5 mm (3/8 in).

RG20522 —UN—26MAY11

8. Insert the folded wire (D) into the splice sleeve until it hits the stop (B). A—Larger Wire B—Stop

C—Smaller Wire D—Folded Wire

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-7/8

9. Using JDG114091 tool (A), crimp the splice sleeve to the wire until the ratchet automatically releases.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the color of the splice sleeve matches the colored die (B) on the crimping tool jaw. 10. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls out, repeat Steps 2—9 to attain an adequate crimp.

RG20520 —UN—26MAY11

12-10

22-18

11. Apply heat evenly around the diameter of the splice from the center out to the ends until the tubing shrinks tightly around the wire and adhesive flows from both ends of the splice.

16-14

12. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls out, repeat Steps 2—11 to attain an adequate crimp. 13. Apply tape along the length of the repair. A—Crimp Tool

B—Colored Dies

1 See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John Deere dealer for additional information.

DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-8/8

Electronic Controllers Remove and Install NOTE: Before removing existing controller for replacement, note vehicle identification number (VIN), controller serial number, machine hours, and machine options. These values may need to be input to new controller.

This will ensure the correct software and options are installed on the controller for that particular machine. The machine may run and operate without programming the new controller, but some features and options may not be available.

When a machine controller is replaced, the new controller must be programmed according to the machine's VIN. JR05199,0000B86 -19-27JUL15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=374

Removal and Installation

Remove Connector Body from Blade Terminals 1. Depress locking tang (A) on terminal, using a small screw driver. Slide connector body off.

A—Locking Tang (depressed position)

RW4218 —UN—23AUG88

2. Be sure to bend locking tang back to its original position (B) before installing connector body. B—Locking Tang (original position)

DX,ECONN,V1 -19-29JAN18-1/1

CINCH™ Connector Remove and Install 1. Remove extraction tool (1) from loading side of CINCH™ connector body (4). 2. Insert extraction tool blade into locking tab (2) of secondary lock (3). 3. Rotate extraction tool away from connector to pry locking tab out of locked position. Repeat for other locking tab. NOTE: A screw driver may be required to hold first locking tab in unlocked position while unlocking second tab.

1— Extraction Tool 2— Locking Tab (2 used)

TX1143836A —UN—13SEP13

4. Remove secondary lock. 3— Secondary Lock 4— Connector Body

Locking Tabs CINCH is a trademark of Cinch Inc. AB51738,0000131 -19-11OCT13-1/2

5. Insert pointed side of extraction tool into contact cavity, with flat side facing primary lock cavity (5). Release primary contact locking tab. TX1143838A —UN—13SEP13

6. Gently pull wire out of connector. 7. Inspect and clean terminal. Repair or replace as necessary. See Cinch™ Contact Installation. (Group 9015-20.) 8. Insert contact into connector until contact clicks in place. 9. Install secondary lock. Primary Contact Lock 1— Extraction Tool

5— Primary Lock Cavity AB51738,0000131 -19-11OCT13-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=375

Removal and Installation

TX1143876 —UN—13SEP13

CINCH™ Contact Installation

JDG708 Crimping Tool Detail 6— Top of Tool 7— Contact Support 8— Locator

9— Wire 10— Micro Timer Slot 11— Junior Timer Slot

12— CINCH™ Contact 13— Wire Tab 14— Insulation Tab

1. Hold JDG708 Crimping Tool (15) as shown in left side of graphic. 2. Squeeze handles together and allow tool to open fully. NOTE: Ensure both sides of insulation barrel are started evenly in crimping section. Do not attempt to crimp an improperly positioned contact.

15— JDG708 Crimping Tool

5. Hold contact in position. Squeeze tool handles together until ratchet engages enough to hold contact in place. 6. Insert stripped wire (9) into insulation tab and wire tab until wire contacts locator. 7. Hold wire in position. Squeeze tool handles until ratchet releases.

3. Position CINCH™ contact (12) so mating end is on locator (8) side of tool.

8. Allow handles to open and remove crimped contact.

4. Position wire tab (13) up against locator. Wire tab and insulation tab (14) must point to top of tool (6).

9. Install contact into connector. See CINCH™ Connector Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Do not deform wire tab or insulation tab. CINCH is a trademark of Cinch Inc. AB51738,0000132 -19-11OCT13-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=376

Removal and Installation

CINCH™ CP Connector Remove and Install

• 48-pin connector (40 x CP 0.6 and 8 x CP 1.5)

NOTE: CINCH™ CP harness connectors are available in two sizes and use a mixture of CP 0.6 and CP 1.5 terminals:

This procedure applies to both 32-pin and 48-pin CINCH™ CP connectors.

TX1150982 —UN—14JAN14

• 32-pin connector (24 x CP 0.6 and 8 x CP 1.5)

CINCH™ CP Connectors 1— CINCH™ CP 32-Pin Connector 3— Isometric View 2— CINCH™ CP 48-Pin Connector 4— Seal Plug 5— Front View 6— Right Side View

7— Cover Front View 8— Cover Right View 9— Terminal View

10— CP 0.6 Terminal 11— CP 1.5 Terminal

CINCH is a trademark of Cinch Inc. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-7

JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-1/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=377

Removal and Installation Connector Removal

37— Tab

TX1150573A —UN—08JAN14

1. Push tab (37) and rotate locking cam (38) 90° to disconnect connector from controller. 38— Locking Cam

Connector Removal JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-2/12

2. Cut cable tie (26). 3. Apply pressure on back of cover (28). Disengage first latch with tip of small prying tool. TX1150574A —UN—08JAN14

4. Maintain pressure on back of cover. Disengage second latch on other side of cover. 5. Slide cover (27) off connector. 28— Back of Cover

TX1150575A —UN—08JAN14

26— Cable Tie 27— Cover

Cover Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-8

JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-3/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=378

Removal and Installation

6. Use probe (29) to wedge secondary lock (30) free. 7. Pull until secondary lock snaps into completely open position. 30— Secondary Lock

TX1150577A —UN—08JAN14

29— Probe

Secondary Lock JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-4/12

NOTE: JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool has two different sizes of pins: 0.6 for smaller 20 gauge holes and 1.5 for larger 16 and 18 gauge holes. 8. Locate JDG1725 Terminal Extraction Tool (32) access windows (33) on front plate of connector (36). Insert tool pins (34) into windows. 9. Hold wire (35) and push tool in to release latches. Pull wire out. 35— Wire 36— Connector

TX1150578A —UN—08JAN14

32— JDG1725 Terminal Extraction Tool 33— Access Window 34— Tool Pin (2 used)

Terminal Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-9

JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-5/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=379

Removal and Installation Connector Installation NOTE: Connector (12) is shipped with lock in semi-closed position. Lock must be completely open to install terminals. 1. Use probe (14) to wedge secondary lock free. 2. Pull until lock snaps into completely open position (13). 14— Probe

TX1143918 —UN—20SEP13

12— Connector 13— Completely Open Position

Secondary Lock JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-6/12

NOTE: Cavity layout (17) is identified on back of connector. 3. Locate CP 0.6 cavities (16) for CP 0.6 terminals and CP 1.5 cavities (15) for CP 1.5 terminals. 17— Cavity Layout

TX1143921 —UN—03OCT13

15— CP 1.5 Cavity 16— CP 0.6 Cavity

Cavity Identification Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-10

JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-7/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=380

Removal and Installation

4. Install cavity plugs before wire terminals. Push into cavity until plug stops. Use:

• White seal plug (CP 1.5 cavity) (18) for large cavities. • Orange seal plug (CP 0.6 cavity) (19) for small cavities.

19— Orange Seal Plug (CP 0.6 Cavity)

TX1143926 —UN—20SEP13

18— White Seal Plug (CP 1.5 Cavity)

Seal Plug Installation JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-8/12

a. Hold terminated wire firmly behind crimp. b. Align terminal (20) and cavity with respect to terminal polarization (22) and cavity polarization (21). c. Push terminated wire through backplate and grommet. d. Gently pull wire to verify terminal is seated properly. Continue until all cavities are populated. 22— Terminal Polarization

TX1143928 —UN—27SEP13

20— Terminal 21— Cavity Polarization

Terminal Installation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-11

JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-9/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=381

Removal and Installation

NOTE: If secondary lock stops before closing, check for unseated terminals. Use first visible letter on side of secondary lock to help with row identification (23). 5. Fix any unseated terminals and tug to verify seating. Close secondary lock.

TX1144006A —UN—20SEP13

23— Row Identification

Secondary Lock JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-10/12

6. Pull wire bundle (24) away from cam lock. 7. Push cover on rails along back of connector until locked into place. 24— Wire Bundle

TX1144007A —UN—20SEP13

8— Cover Right View

Cover Installation JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-11/12

8. Fasten wire bundle to cover with cable tie (25).

TX1144001 —UN—20SEP13

25— Cable Tie

Cable Tie JR05199,0000B85 -19-14JAN14-12/12

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=382

Removal and Installation

CINCH™ CP Contact Installation NOTE: JDG1727 Hand Crimp Tool accepts both CINCH™ CP 0.6 and CP 1.5 terminals. Wire Gauge

CP 0.6

20 awg TXL

CP 1.5

16 awg TXL 18 awg TXL 18 awg GXL

TX1144300 —UN—03OCT13

JDG1727 Hand Crimp Tool Terminal

1. Grip JDG1727 Hand Crimp Tool (37 and 38) securely and squeeze. Allow mechanism to ratchet completely until fully closed (37), then allow tool to fully open (38).

JDG1727 Hand Crimp Tool 37— Closed

38— Open

CINCH is a trademark of Cinch Inc. AB51738,0000134 -19-14OCT13-1/4

2. Open terminal receptacle (39). NOTE: Use wire gauge indicators on tool to determine proper window. Terminal must be inserted with crimp wings facing up. 3. Insert an individual terminal (40) into proper window (41) on receptacle. 4. Close terminal receptacle. 41— Window

TX1144301 —UN—03OCT13

39— Terminal Receptacle 40— Terminal

Terminal Receptacle Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-13

AB51738,0000134 -19-14OCT13-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=383

Removal and Installation

5. Strip wire to specified length (42). CINCH™ CP Terminal Hand Crimp—Specification Strip Wire for CP 0.6 Terminal—Length....................................................................... 3.55 mm 0.14 in. Strip Wire for CP 1.5 Terminal—Length....................................................................... 4.57 mm 0.18

6. Insert stripped wire (43) into terminal positioned in tool. 43— Stripped Wire

TX1144302 —UN—03OCT13

42— Specified Length

Strip Wire AB51738,0000134 -19-14OCT13-3/4

7. With terminal and wire in position, hold wire still and squeeze tool handles until ratchet releases.

44— Insulation Placement

TX1144305 —UN—03OCT13

8. Make sure insulation placement (44) is correct. Remove properly terminated wire (45) from tool. 45— Properly Terminated Wire

Properly Terminated Wire AB51738,0000134 -19-14OCT13-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=384

Removal and Installation

DEUTSCH® Connector Remove and Install Circular Connectors TX1143721A —UN—13SEP13

1. Select correct size extractor tool (1) for size of wire to be removed. Use:

• JDG361 Extractor Tool for 12 to 14 gauge wire. • JDG362 Extractor Tool for 16 to 18 gauge wire. • JDG363 Extractor Tool for 20 gauge wire. 2. Start tool over wire at tool handle (2). 3. Slide tool rearward along wire until tip snaps onto wire. 1— Extractor Tool

Extractor Tool

2— Tool Handle

AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-1/6

NOTE: Do not allow tool to twist while inserting into connector.

TX1143726A —UN—13SEP13

4. Slide tool forward along wire into connector body (4). Stop when tool is positioned over terminal contact (3). 5. Use tool to pull wire out of connector body. 6. Inspect connector for damage. Repair or replace as necessary. 3— Terminal Contact

4— Connector Body

Terminal Contact AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-2/6

NOTE: Use correct size grommet to install contact in proper location.

TX1143727A —UN—13SEP13

7. Push contact (5) straight into DEUTSCH® connector body until contact stops. 8. Pull lightly on wire to ensure contact is locked in place. 9. Follow procedure to transfer remaining wires to correct terminals in new connector. 5— Contact

Pushing Contact DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-15

AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-3/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=385

Removal and Installation Rectangular or Triangular Connectors

TX1143728A —UN—13SEP13

NOTE: Connector shown is a female 4-pin square connector. Other rectangular and triangular DEUTSCH® connectors can also be serviced using this procedure. 1. Pull DEUTSCH® connector body (6) apart. Inspect and clean connector seal and contacts. 2. Remove locking wedge (7) from connector using hook on JDG1383 Connector Service Tool (8). 6— Connector Body 7— Locking Wedge

8— JDG1383 Connector Service Tool

Locking Wedge Removal

DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-4/6

3. Use screwdriver on JDG1383 Connector Service Tool to release primary locking latch (4 used) (9) next to pin to be removed. TX1143737A —UN—13SEP13

9— Primary Locking Latch (4 used)

Primary Locking Latch AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-5/6

4. Lightly pull wire contact (10) out from back of connector. 5. Inspect and clean contact. Repair or replace as necessary. TX1143738A —UN—07OCT13

6. Install wire terminal into connector until terminal clicks into place. NOTE: Locking wedge in 2-pin connector is not symmetrical. Position latch shoulder next to terminals. 7. Install locking wedge until it snaps into place. 8. Follow procedure to remove and install remaining wire terminals.

Wire Contact Removal 10— Wire Contact AB51738,000012F -19-11OCT13-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=386

Removal and Installation

DEUTSCH® Contact Installation 1. Strip 6 mm (0.24 in.) of insulation from wire. TX1143776A —UN—13SEP13

2. Adjust selector knob (11) on JDG360 Crimper (14) for correct wire size. 3. Loosen lock nut (12) and turn adjusting screw (13) clockwise until it stops. NOTE: Select proper size contact sleeve or pin to fit connector body. 4. Insert DEUTSCH® contact (15) and turn adjusting screw until contact is flush with cover (16).

JDG360 Crimper

5. Tighten lock nut. 14— JDG360 Crimper 15— Contact 16— Cover TX1143778A —UN—13SEP13

11— Selector Knob 12— Lock Nut 13— Adjusting Screw

JDG360 Crimper Detail DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. AB51738,0000130 -19-11OCT13-1/3

NOTE: Contact must remain centered between indenters while crimping.

TX1143780A —UN—13SEP13

6. Insert wire (17) into contact and crimp until handle (18) stops. 7. Release handle and remove crimped contact. 17— Wire

18— Handle

Crimping Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-17

AB51738,0000130 -19-11OCT13-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=387

Removal and Installation

NOTE: Cut off wire at contact if all wire strands are not crimped. Adjust crimping tool and repeat installation procedure. TX1143782A —UN—13SEP13

8. Inspect contact to ensure all wires are contained in crimp. 19— Properly Crimped Contact

Properly Crimped Contact AB51738,0000130 -19-11OCT13-3/3

Metri-Pack® Connector Remove and Install Pull-Type Connector TX1144236A —UN—23SEP13

1. Disconnect pull-type Metri-Pack® connector (1). Remove tie bands and tape. 2. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters and install identification tags. 1— Pull-Type Metri-Pack® Connector

Pull-Type Metri-Pack® Connector Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Connection Systems AB51738,0000135 -19-11OCT13-1/4

3. Insert a “T” pin (3) or JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (2) into connector body socket (4). 4— Connector Body Socket TX1144250A —UN—10OCT13

2— JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool 3— “T” Pin

Terminal Extraction Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-18

AB51738,0000135 -19-11OCT13-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=388

Removal and Installation

4. Push terminal locking tab (5) inward. 5. Remove “T” pin. Push terminal (6) out of socket and remove. TX1144251A —UN—23SEP13

6. Cut and strip 6 mm (0.24 in.) of wire. Replace terminal and crimp onto wire. NOTE: Terminal will seat only one way. If terminal does not pull into socket, make sure terminal is aligned correctly. 7. Make sure locking tab on new terminal is in outward position. Pull wire until terminal locks in socket. Terminal Removal 5— Terminal Locking Tab

6— Terminal AB51738,0000135 -19-11OCT13-3/4

Push-Type Connector 1. Disconnect push-type Metri-Pack® connector (8). Remove connector lock (9). TX1144235A —UN—23SEP13

2. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters and install identification tags. NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with:

• 56 series Metri-Pack® terminals. • 280 series Metri-Pack® terminals. • 630 series Metri-Pack® terminals. Use JDG777 Extraction Tool with 150 series Metri-Pack® terminals. 3. Insert JDG776 or JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (10) into connector body socket (11). 4. Push terminal locking tab (12) inward.

Push-Type Metri-Pack® Connector 8— Push-Type Metri-Pack® Connector 9— Connector Lock 10— JDG776 or JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool

11— Connector Body Socket 12— Terminal Locking Tab 13— Terminal

5. Remove extraction tool. Pull terminal (13) out of socket and remove. 6. Cut and strip 6 mm (0.24 in.) of wire. Replace terminal and crimp onto wire.

7. Make sure locking tab on new terminal is in outward position. Push wire until terminal locks in socket.

Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Connection Systems AB51738,0000135 -19-11OCT13-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-19

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=389

Removal and Installation

WEATHER PACK® Connector Remove and Install TX1143091A —UN—29AUG13

1. Open WEATHER PACK® connector body (2). 2. Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool (1) over terminal contact into connector body. NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire or nail through extractor tool handle and push terminal contact from connector. 3. Hold extraction tool fully seated and pull wire (3) from connector body. 4. Remove remaining wires from connector body. Inspect connector for damage. Repair or replace as necessary.

Connector Body 1— JDG364 Extraction Tool 2— Connector Body

3— Wire

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric AB51738,000012D -19-11OCT13-1/2

TX1143115A —UN—29AUG13

NOTE: Connector bodies are “keyed” for proper contact mating. Ensure contacts are properly aligned. Carefully spread contact lances to ensure proper seating on connector body. 5. Push contact (4) into new connector body until fully seated. 6. Pull lightly on wire to ensure contact is locked in place. 7. Transfer remaining wires to appropriate terminals in new connector. 8. Close connector body. Contact View 4— Contact AB51738,000012D -19-11OCT13-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-20

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=390

Removal and Installation

WEATHER PACK® Contact Installation NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three wire sizes: TX1143122A —UN—02OCT13

• Green: 18—20 gauge wire • Gray: 14—16 gauge wire • Blue: 10—12 gauge wire 1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 2. Strip 6 mm (0.24 in.) of insulation from wire and align cable seal with edge of insulation. NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two sizes of wire:

Contact View

• #15 for 14—16 gauge wire • #19 for 18—20 gauge wire

5— Contact

3. Place proper size WEATHER PACK® contact (5) on wire. WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric AB51738,000012E -19-11OCT13-1/3

4. Use JDG783 Terminal Applicator (6) to crimp contact in place with a “W” type crimp.

TX1143135A —UN—02OCT13

6— JDG783 Terminal Applicator

Terminal Applicator AB51738,000012E -19-11OCT13-2/3

5. Use JDG783 Terminal Applicator to secure cable seal to contact. Proper installation for sleeve (7) and pin (8) is shown. 8— Pin

TX1143140A —UN—02OCT13

7— Sleeve

Sleeve and Pin AB51738,000012E -19-11OCT13-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-21

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=391

Removal and Installation

Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1109533A —UN—02MAR12

Use this procedure to remove and install the seat position sensor (B9). For more seat information, see Mechanical Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 1821.) 1. Place operator's seat in the forward (loader) position and slide seat all the way to the rear. 2. Rotate seat counterclockwise 45 degrees and remove front seat bracket nuts (1). Seat Bracket

3. Return seat clockwise 45 degrees and slide seat all the way forward.

1— Front Seat Bracket Nut (2 used)

4. Remove rear seat bracket nuts (2). 5. To access seat position sensor, tilt complete seat assembly forward. Rest seat against steering wheel and secure.

2— Rear Seat Bracket Nut (2 used)

7. Mark position of seat sensor.

6. Disconnect seat position sensor electrical connector. AR71719,0000026 -19-06JUL16-1/2

8. Remove seat position sensor cap screws (3). 9. Remove seat position sensor (B9).

TX1109534A —UN—08JUN15

INSTALLATION IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to wiring. Route and secure wiring in original positions during assembly. Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

B9—Seat Position Sensor Seat Position Sensor

AR71719,0000026 -19-06JUL16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1600-22

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=392

Group 1675

System Controls Multi-Function Lever (MFL) Remove and Install 1. Remove cap screws (1) and remove upper and lower steering console covers (2 and 3). 3— Lower Steering Console Cover

TX1191064 —UN—22APR15

1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Upper Steering Console Cover

Upper and Lower Steering Console Covers JB3888,000108B -19-21MAY15-1/3

2. Disconnect multi-function lever (MFL) (S7) electrical connector (4).

TX1191030A —UN—22MAY15

4— Electrical Connector

Multi-Function Lever (MFL) Connector Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1675-1

JB3888,000108B -19-21MAY15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=393

System Controls

3. Remove cap screws (5) from transmission control lever (TCL) (6). Set TCL aside and remove MFL (S7). 4. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. 5. Connect MFL connector. 6. Install MFL, TCL, and cap screws.

5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Transmission Control Lever (TCL)

TX1191070 —UN—21MAY15

7. Install upper and lower steering console covers and cap screws (1). S7— Multi-Function Lever (MFL)

Multi-Function Lever (MFL) JB3888,000108B -19-21MAY15-3/3

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Remove and Install 1. Remove cap screws (1) and remove upper and lower steering console covers (2 and 3). 3— Lower Steering Console Cover

TX1191064 —UN—22APR15

1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Upper Steering Console Cover

Upper and Lower Steering Console Covers Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1675-2

JB3888,000107E -19-21MAY15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=394

System Controls

2. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48).

TX1191028A —UN—23APR15

X48— Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector JB3888,000107E -19-21MAY15-2/3

3. Remove cap screws (4) and TCL (5). 4. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. 5. Connect TCL connector. 6. Install TCL and cap screws. 7. Install upper and lower steering console covers and cap screws (1). 5— Transmission Control Lever (TCL)

TX1191059 —UN—23APR15

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) JB3888,000107E -19-21MAY15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1675-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=395

System Controls

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

16-1675-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=396

Section 17 Frame or Supporting Structure Contents Page

Group 1740—Frame Installation Welding Repair of Major Structures .............................................. 17-1740-1 Rivet Nut Fasteners Remove and Install ..................................................... 17-1740-1 Group 1749—Chassis Weights Counterweight Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................... 17-1749-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1740

Frame Installation Welding Repair of Major Structures IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF" to prevent voltage spikes through alternator or monitor. Have only a qualified welder do this job. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not pass through any bearings.

AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process. AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process. AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core arc welding (FCAW) process. Preheat area to be repaired to allow better weld penetration.

Remove or protect all parts that can be damaged by heat or weld splatter.

To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal using arc or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F).

If machine is equipped with a controller (microprocessor) like Engine Controller (EC) or Pump and Valve Controller (PVC) disconnect harness connector from controller to prevent voltage spikes through microprocessor.

To repair base metal failure remove enough material to allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F).

Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not arc inside any bearings. Use one of the following weld processes:

JD29379,0000163 -19-05MAY12-1/1

Rivet Nut Fasteners Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Rivet Nut Fastener Torque

68—74 N·m 50—55 lb·ft T8287AJ —UN—19JUL94

1. Remove flange of rivet nut using a hammer and chisel. Use care not to damage surface under the flange or the hexagon hole. Use a punch to remove threaded portion of fastener.

Fastener Removal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1740-1

JA92389,0000235 -19-11JAN17-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=399

Frame Installation

TX1218908 —UN—08JUL16

2. Select the proper length fastener for the thickness of the material where the fastener will be installed. Fasteners are color coded as well as stamped on the flange surface. (Coding indicates the nominal plate thickness for which the fastener can be used.) RIVET NUT LENGTH SELECTION Material Thickness

Flange Stamp

Color Code

4.25—5.60 mm (0.167—0.220 in)

4.5

Silver

5.74—7.09 mm (0.226—0.279 in)

Yellow

7.75—9.09 mm (0.305—0.358 in)

Red

9.75—11.10 mm (0.384—0.437 in)

Black

11.73—13.08 mm (0.462—0.515 in)

Olive Drab

Hexagon Hole

IMPORTANT: DO NOT force or drive fastener into hole. Fastener can be damaged and will not hold securely.

1— Hexagon Hole

3. Make sure new fastener fits easily into the existing hexagon hole (1). If necessary, use a small file to clean the edges of the hole. JA92389,0000235 -19-11JAN17-2/4

4. Lubricate the large threads (2) of the JDG894 Installation Tool.

3 5

5. Install rivet nut fastener (4) on tool: past fastener.

• Flange of fastener must contact tool shoulder (3). 2— Large Threads 3— Tool Shoulder

4— Rivet Nut Fastener 5— Small Threads

TX1218910 —UN—08JUL16

• Small threads (5) of installation tool must extend

JDG894 Installation Tool Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1740-2

JA92389,0000235 -19-11JAN17-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=400

Frame Installation

6. Install fastener with installation tool in hexagon hole. Make sure rivet nut flange is flat against mounting surface. IMPORTANT: NEVER turn or tighten JDG894 Installation Tool socket head screw (A). Damage to threads of fastener can occur.

Specification Rivet Nut Fastener—Torque.................................................................. 68—74 N·m 50—55 lb·ft

6 7 TX1218912 —UN—08JUL16

7. While holding socket head screw (6) stationary, tighten large (1-1/16 in) nut (7) to specification using a crowfoot wrench.

8. Loosen large nut to remove tool.

8 6— Socket Head Screw 7— Nut

8— Flange

Use Crowfoot Wrench to Tighten Large Nut JA92389,0000235 -19-11JAN17-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1740-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=401

Frame Installation

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1740-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=402

Group 1749

Chassis Weights Counterweight Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Front Counterweight Weight (approximate)

204—567 kg 450—1250 lb.

Front Counterweight Cap Screw Torque (lubricated)

150 N·m 111 lb.-ft.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise loader boom and engage service lock. TX1190405 —UN—13APR15

3. Attach appropriate lifting device to front counterweight. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification Front Counterweight—Weight (approximate)....................................................................................204—567 kg 450—1250 lb.

Front Counterweight

4. Remove cap screws (1) and washers (2).

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Washer (4 used)

5. Remove front counterweight (3).

3— Front Counterweight

6. Repair or replace as necessary. 7. Install front counterweight. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification

8. Remove straps from counterweight. 9. Disengage loader boom service lock and lower loader to ground.

Front Counterweight Cap Screw (lubricated)—Torque....................................................................150 N·m 111 lb.-ft. JB3888,000109C -19-14MAY15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1749-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=403

Chassis Weights

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

17-1749-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=404

Contents

Section 18 Operator's Station

Page Page

Group 1800—Removal and Installation Operator’s Station Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1800-1

Blower Mode Door Motor Remove and Install ............................................ 18-1830-12 Condenser Remove and Install ............... 18-1830-13 Compressor Remove and Install ............. 18-1830-14

Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Front Window Wiper and Wiper Motor Remove and Install...................... 18-1810-1 Rear Window Wiper and Wiper Motor Remove and Install...................... 18-1810-3 Rear Window and Frame Assembly Remove and Install................................ 18-1810-4 Front Console Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1810-6 Fixed Window Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1810-8 Non-Fixed Window Remove and Install ................................................... 18-1810-10 Non-Fixed Window Adjustment ............... 18-1810-13 Non-Fixed Window Latch Adjustment........................................... 18-1810-14 Cab Door Hinges and Latch Adjustment........................................... 18-1810-15 Headliner Remove and Install ................. 18-1810-16 Cab Roof Remove and Install.................. 18-1810-17 Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Seat Assembly Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1821-1 Mechanical Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble .................. 18-1821-2 Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped .................. 18-1821-7 Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 18-1830-1 R134a Refrigerant Oil Information.............. 18-1830-2 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure............................ 18-1830-3 Recover R134a Refrigerant....................... 18-1830-4 Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System................................................... 18-1830-5 Evacuate R134a System ........................... 18-1830-6 Charge R134a System .............................. 18-1830-7 Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install .............................................. 18-1830-8 Expansion Valve Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1830-9 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install .................. 18-1830-10 Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install ................................................... 18-1830-12

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1800

Removal and Installation Operator’s Station Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cab Weight (approximate)

746 kg 1645 lb

Operator’s Station Mounting Cap Screw Torque

420 N·m 310 lb·ft

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TX1141845A —UN—06AUG13

DFT1380 Lift Bracket

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines to aid in assembly. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL NOTE: Cab and canopy operator’s station remove and install procedures are similar. Cab is shown in illustrations.

Floor Access Plates 1— Front Floor Plate 2— Middle Floor Plate

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Cap Screw (4 used)

8. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025.) 3. Cab Machines Only: a. Recover R134a refrigerant. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. b. Drain coolant. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain hydraulic reservoir or apply a vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 5. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Remove front floor mat. 7. Remove front and middle floor plates (1 and 2). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-1

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-1/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=407

Removal and Installation

6— Steering Valve Pressure Hose (2 used) 7— Load Sense Hose 8— Steering Valve Supply Hose 9— Brake Valve Pressure Hose (2 used)

10— Case Drain Hose 124— Steering Valve 128— Brake Valve

6 7 8

124 128

9 9

TX1256695 —UN—14MAY18

9. Steering Valve and Brake Valve (S.N. —329327): Disconnect hydraulic hoses (6—8) from steering valve (124) and hydraulic hoses (9 and 10) from brake valve (128). See Steering Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0960.) See Power Boost Brake Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1060.)

Steering Valve and Brake Valve (S.N. —329327) MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-2/11

10. Steering Valve and Brake Valve (S.N. 329328— ): Disconnect hydraulic hoses (8—10 and 19) from steering valve (124) and hydraulic hoses (5—7) from brake valve (128). See Steering Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0960.) See Power Boost Brake Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1060.) 19— Steering Valve Case Drain Hose 124— Steering Valve 128— Brake Valve S26— Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 S27— Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 TX1256202A —UN—03MAY18

5— Brake Valve Pressure Hose (2 used) 6— Brake Valve Supply Hose (2 used) 7— Brake Valve Case Drain Hose 8— Steering Valve Pressure Hose (2 used) 9— Load Sense Hose 10— Steering Valve Supply Hose

Steering Valve and Brake Valve (S.N. 329328— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-2

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-3/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=408

Removal and Installation

11. Cab Machines Only: Disconnect heater hoses (11) and air conditioner lines (12 and 53). 12. Disconnect ground strap (13). 13. Remove cap screw (14) to disconnect air conditioner lines from bracket.

TX1230069A —UN—08DEC16

14. Disconnect cab/canopy-to-engine 12-pin connector (X20) and transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). NOTE: Depending on machine options, there may be up to six grouped electrical connectors (15). 15. Disconnect all electrical connectors (15) mounted to bracket. 11— Heater Hose (2 used) 12— Air Conditioner Line 13— Ground Strap 14— Cap Screw

15— Electrical Connector (up to 6 used) 53— Air Conditioner Line X20— Cab/Canopy-to-Engine 12-Pin Connector X21— Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector

Cab Hoses, Lines, and Wire Harness Connectors

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-4/11

16. Disconnect linkages (16 and 17) from loader and stabilizer control valve (190). 17. Remove stabilizer linkage cables from bracket (18). 18. Manual Backhoe Controls: Disconnect backhoe lever linkage and auxiliary pedals (if equipped) from backhoe control valve (145).

• See Backhoe Lever Linkage Remove and Install—Two Lever. (Group 3315.)

XJ1241331A —UN—06JUL17

• See Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and

Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions. (Group 3315.)

16— Loader Linkage (2 or 3 used) 17— Stabilizer Linkage (2 or 3 used)

18— Bracket 190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve

Stabilizer and Loader Valve Linkage (five functions with electrohydraulic (EH) auxiliary control valve shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-3

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-5/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=409

TX1131277A —UN—15FEB13

Removal and Installation

Pilot Control Hose Connections

19. Pilot Backhoe Controls:

TX1192355A —UN—02JUN15

a. Disconnect auxiliary pedal linkage (if equipped) from backhoe control valve (145). See Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions. (Group 3315.) b. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (22—25) from pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold (137). c. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (26 and 27) from backhoe control valve. d. Disconnect electrical connectors (X52 and X53). PEPS Manifold Solenoid Harness 22— Return Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 23— Boom Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 24— Crowd Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 25— Supply Pressure Hose (2 used) 26— Swing Hydraulic Hose (2 used)

27— Bucket Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 137— Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 145— Backhoe Control Valve X52— Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness Connector X53— Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-4

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-6/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=410

Removal and Installation

20. Remove fuse access cover (36) and disconnect cab harness (W14) electrical connectors from fuse rails. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 36— Fuse Access Cover

TX1195027 —UN—02JUN15

35— Cap Screw (3 used)

Battery Box MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-7/11

21. Remove boom lock hook (38) from rod (39). 39— Rod

TX1117530A —UN—10JUL12

38— Boom Lock Hook

Boom Lock Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-5

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-8/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=411

Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 22. Install DFT1380 Lift Bracket (40) using chains and lifting straps. See DFT1380 Lift Bracket. (Group 9900.) a. Attach front lifting straps to exterior handrail lifting location (41). b. Open the rear side windows and attach rear lifting straps to upper window latch loop lifting location (42). c. Remove slack from chains and lifting straps.

40— DFT1380 Lift Bracket 41— Lifting Location

TX1230439A —UN—08DEC16

Specification Cab—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 746 kg 1645 lb 42— Lifting Location

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-6

MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-9/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=412

Removal and Installation

23. Remove operator’s station mounting hardware (45—52).

TX1117531A —UN—10JUL12

24. Remove upper half of rubber isolators (47 and 52) after cab is lifted from machine frame. 25. Carefully remove cab. Support cab with shop stands. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Install operator’s station mounting hardware (45—52). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Operator’s Station Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................420 N·m 310 lb·ft

TX1117532A —UN—10JUL12

Front Cab Mounts

Fill hydraulic reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) Cab Machines Only:

• If equipped, charge air conditioning system. •

See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) Fill radiator with proper coolant. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

Rear Cab Mounts 45— Front Cap Screw (2 used) 46— Washer (2 used) 47— Front Rubber Isolator (2 sets used) 48— Large Washer (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-7

49— Nut (2 used) 50— Rear Cap Screw (2 used) 51— Washer 52— Rear Rubber Isolator (2 sets used) MM16284,00026E9 -19-29MAY18-10/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=413

Removal and Installation

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1800-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=414

Group 1810

Operator Enclosure Front Window Wiper and Wiper Motor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Wiper Motor Cap Screw (5) Torque

10 N·m 88 lb·in

Jam Nut (6) Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Wiper Arm Wiper Arm Nut (1) Torque

23 N·m 204 lb·in

TX1113154A —UN—04JUN12

REMOVAL 1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 3. Raise hood assembly and remove stationary hood from frame above hydraulic reservoir. See Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Wiper Arm

4. Remove wiper arm nut (1) and wiper arm (2).

1— Wiper Arm Nut 2— Wiper Arm

5. Remove pivot shaft jam nut cover (3).

3— Pivot Shaft Jam Nut Cover

CH82351,0000161 -19-18JAN19-1/4

6. Remove jam nut (6) and washer (7). 7. Remove cap screws (5). 7— Washer

TX1113157A —UN—04JUN12

5— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Jam Nut

Wiper Arm Pivot Shaft Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-1

CH82351,0000161 -19-18JAN19-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=415

Operator Enclosure

8. Disconnect front wiper motor electrical connector (8) and remove front wiper motor (M13). 9. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. M13— Front Wiper Motor

TX1113158A —UN—04JUN12

8— Wiper Motor Electrical Connector

Wiper Motor CH82351,0000161 -19-18JAN19-3/4

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install cap screws, washer, and jam nut.

TX1271354A —UN—15JAN19

IMPORTANT: Prevent wiper arm damage resulting from slippage against wiper shaft spline (11) during operation. Metal chips and debris accumulated in the wiper shaft spline can cause the wiper shaft (10) to slip in the wiper arm. Clear wiper shaft spline and wiper arm mounting hole of metal chips or debris before installing wiper arm. Tighten to

specification.

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 88 lb·in Jam Nut (6)—Torque.....................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

Cleaning Wiper Shaft Spline

• Inspect wiper shaft spline (11) and wiper arm mounting •

hole for metal chips or debris. Clean metal chips or debris from wiper shaft spline and wiper arm mounting hole with wire brush if necessary. Install wiper arm and wiper arm nut (1). Tighten wiper arm nut to specification. Wait 30 minutes and tighten to specification again.

10— Wiper Shaft

11— Wiper Shaft Spline

Specification Wiper Arm Nut (1)—Torque...................................................................................23 N·m 204 lb·in CH82351,0000161 -19-18JAN19-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=416

Operator Enclosure

Rear Window Wiper and Wiper Motor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (5) Torque

15 N·m 133 lb·in

Jam Nut (4) Torque

35 N·m 26 lb·ft

Wiper Arm Nut (1) Torque

23 N·m 204 lb·in

MACHINE PREPARATION TX1113154A —UN—04JUN12

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove interior headliner. See Headliner Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect rear wiper motor connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 4. Slightly raise cab roof. See Cab Roof Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

Wiper Arm (front wiper arm shown)

REMOVAL 1. Remove wiper arm nut (1) and wiper arm (2). NOTE: Pivot shaft jam nut cover (3) is threaded. 2. Remove pivot shaft jam nut cover (3). 3. Remove jam nut (4) and cap screws (5). 4. Remove rear wiper motor (M14). 4— Jam Nut 5— Cap Screw (2 used) M14— Rear Wiper Motor

TX1255662A —UN—01MAY18

1— Wiper Arm Nut 2— Wiper Arm 3— Pivot Shaft Jam Nut Cover

Rear Wiper (without wiper arm) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-3

SK32938,0000A44 -19-18JAN19-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=417

Operator Enclosure INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

TX1271354A —UN—15JAN19

• Install and tighten cap screws and jam nut to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque.................................................................15 N·m 133 lb·in Jam Nut (4)—Torque.....................................................................35 N·m 26 lb·ft

• Inspect wiper shaft spline (11) and wiper arm mounting •

Cleaning Wiper Shaft Spline 10— Wiper Shaft

11— Wiper Shaft Spline

Specification Wiper Arm Nut (1)—Torque...................................................................................23 N·m 204 lb·in SK32938,0000A44 -19-18JAN19-2/2

Rear Window and Frame Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Rear Window and Frame Assembly Weight (approximate)

63 kg 139 lb

MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove the rear side window. See Fixed Window Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

1— Windshield Wiper 2— Wiper Arm Ramp

XJ1239945 —UN—13JUN17

3. Remove windshield wiper (1), wiper arm ramp (2), and rear work lights (3). See Rear Window Wiper and Wiper Motor Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 3— Rear Work Light (4 used)

Windshield Wiper, Wiper Arm Ramp, and Rear Work Lights Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-4

BJ21193,00001B5 -19-13JUN18-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=418

Operator Enclosure REMOVAL 1. Loosen nut (4) and remove rear wiper safety switch (5). 5— Rear Wiper Safety Switch

XJ1239948 —UN—13JUN17

4— Nut

Rear Wiper Safety Switch BJ21193,00001B5 -19-13JUN18-2/4

2. Loosen cap screws (6) and remove right and left heater and air conditioning ducts (7 and 8). 8— Left Heater and Air Conditioning Duct

XJ1239949 —UN—21JUN17

6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Right Heater and Air Conditioning Duct

Heater and Air Conditioning Ducts Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-5

BJ21193,00001B5 -19-13JUN18-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=419

Operator Enclosure

3. Remove upper cap screws (9) from rear window and frame assembly (10). a. Lower the sliding windows. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. b. Attach appropriate lifting device to rear window and frame assembly.

XJ1239950 —UN—21JUN17

Specification Rear Window and Frame Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 63 kg 139 lb

4. Loosen lower cap screws (11) and remove rear window and frame assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Rear Window and Frame Assembly

Additional Information

• Clean the mating surface of the frame and apply caulk

9— Upper Cap Screw (3 used) 10— Rear Window and Frame Assembly

to upper window frame.

11— Lower Cap Screw (3 used)

BJ21193,00001B5 -19-13JUN18-4/4

Front Console Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1) and remove upper steering console cover (2). 2— Upper Steering Console Cover

TX1189600A —UN—07APR15

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Steering Console Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-6

CH82351,0000163 -19-01APR15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=420

Operator Enclosure

3. Cab Machines: Disconnect blower mode door motor harness connector (X47). 4. Remove cap screws (4). X47— Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector

TX1113144A —UN—01MAY12

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector (cab machine shown) CH82351,0000163 -19-01APR15-2/3

5. Remove cap screws (5) and front console (6). 6. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 6— Front Console

TX1189599A —UN—07APR15

5— Cap Screw (4 used)

Front Console (cab machine shown) CH82351,0000163 -19-01APR15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=421

Operator Enclosure

Fixed Window Remove and Install NOTE: Use this procedure to replace cab front, rear side, and lower door windowpanes. Use Quick Cure Primerless Autoglass Windshield Sealant or equivalent to hold windowpanes in place. DO NOT use any other type of adhesive other than a urethane. It is also recommended that an auto glass dealer install windowpanes. IMPORTANT: Windowpanes must have an ultra-violet barrier around edge of glass since ultra-violet rays will deteriorate adhesive. Windowpanes ordered through John Deere Parts have ultra-violet barrier. If windowpane is purchased through a glass dealer, dealer must put an ultra-violet barrier on glass. DO NOT apply paint to border of glass. If an auto glass dealer is not installing windowpanes, use the following procedure:

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. If window frame is removable, remove frame from cab. 4. Scrape broken glass off existing adhesive. DO NOT remove adhesive from window frame or cab. 5. Trim existing adhesive so it has a smooth surface. 6. Apply a 12.5 mm (1/2 in.) bead of adhesive on top of existing adhesive. 7. Place a new windowpane into position. Use light hand pressure to force windowpane down around edges until even with metal frame. DO NOT over press adhesive. 8. If windowpane is installed directly on cab, use tape to hold it in place while adhesive cures. 9. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours before operating machine.

1. Purchase urethane adhesive from your local auto glass dealer. CH82351,0000171 -19-01APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=422

Operator Enclosure

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=423

Operator Enclosure

Non-Fixed Window Remove and Install

1 11

10 8 2 12

21 4

22 10

4 10 19

18 22 19

22 5

TX1193264 —UN—12MAY15

TX1193264 Rear Window (exploded view)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-10

CH82351,0000164 -19-24JUN15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=424

Operator Enclosure 1— Window 2— Window 3— Window 4— Cap Screw (10 used) 5— Rack Step (2 used) 6— Frame (2 used)

7— Weatherstrip (2 used) 8— Gasket (2 used) 9— Latch (4 used) 10— Seal 11— Upper Sliding Window

12— Middle Sliding Window 13— Lower Fixed Window 14— Window 15— Window 17— Washer (6 used)

NOTE: To remove and install rear side windows (14 and 15), see Fixed Window Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

18— Label 19— Label 20— Screw (6 used) 21— Window 22— Cap Screw (6 used)

8. Install flocked rubber in upper portion of middle channel. 9. Install latch.

Upper and Middle Sliding Window (11 and 12)

10. Repeat steps 7—9 to install upper sliding window (11).

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Lower Fixed Window (13)

2. Move middle sliding window (12) and upper sliding window (11) to full-down position.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

NOTE: When removing and installing middle sliding window (12), only upper sliding window (11) should be in full-up position. Middle sliding window will start in full-down position.

2. Slide upper and middle sliding windows (11 and 12) to full-up position. 3. Remove cap screws (22) and lower rack step (5) from each side of window.

3. Remove old flocked rubber from both sides of windowpane to just above top of upper and middle sliding windows (11 and 12). A screwdriver may help get end started. Cut rubber approximately 5 cm (2 in.) above top of upper and middle sliding windows. NOTE: Upper sliding window can be removed by guiding side without lock into deep portion of channel until other side clears the channel.

NOTE: Lower fixed window (13) can be removed by guiding into deep portion of aluminum channel on one side until opposite side is clear of frame. 4. Raise lower fixed window (13) until it clears flocked rubber. 5. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Repair or replace as necessary. 6. Install lower fixed window (13) by sliding into flocked rubber installed in channel.

4. Starting with upper sliding window (11), remove one of the latches (9) and raise the upper sliding window until it clears flocked rubber. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to remove middle sliding window (12). 6. Repair and replace parts as necessary. 7. With lower portion of flocked rubber still in place, install middle sliding window (12). Move middle sliding window to full-down position.

NOTE: A small rubber disk on bottom of each rack step is present to prevent direct contact between glass and rack step. 7. Install lower rack step (5) to each side of window with cap screws (22).

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-11

CH82351,0000164 -19-24JUN15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=425

Operator Enclosure Cab Door Upper Window and Side Window SPECIFICATION Window-to-Hinge Cap Screw Torque (5)

25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

1. Unlock window latches (1) on side window (3) and cab door upper window (4).

TX1117201A —UN—11JUL12

2. Remove cap screws (2), side window, cab door upper window, and hinges from machine. 3. Remove cap screws (5) and hinges from windows. 4. Repair or replace as necessary. 5. Install hinges to windows with cap screws (5) and tighten to specification. Specification Window-to-Hinge Cap Screw (5)—Torque........................................................................25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

6. Install windows and hinges to cab with cap screws (2). 7. Lock latches on side window and cab door upper window. 8. Adjust cab door upper window and side window as necessary. See Non-Fixed Window Adjustment. (Group 1810.)

Side Window and Cab Door Upper Window 1— Window Latch (4 used) 2— Cap Screw (8 used) 3— Side Window

4— Cab Door Upper Window 5— Cap Screw (4 used)

9. Repeat procedure for opposite side.

CH82351,0000164 -19-24JUN15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=426

Operator Enclosure

Non-Fixed Window Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Window-to-Hinge Cap Screw Torque

25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

Window Open Lock Mount Torque 3 N·m 26 lb.-in.

Cab Door Upper Window NOTE: Cab door upper window must be adjusted prior to adjusting side window. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Unlock window latches (1). 3. Loosen cap screws (2) and position window equally in door frame opening. TX1117899A —UN—12JUL12

4. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Window-to-Hinge Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

5. Lock window latches. Side Windows

Cab Door Upper Window

NOTE: Cab door upper window must be adjusted prior to adjusting side window.

1— Window Latch (2 used)

2— Cap Screw (2 used)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-13

CH82351,0000165 -19-18MAY15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=427

Operator Enclosure

2. Unlock window latches (1). 3. Loosen cap screws (2) and position window equally in door frame opening. 4. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Window-to-Hinge Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

5. Tighten window open lock knob (3) to allow knob to move freely. 6. Loosen window open lock knob mount in door window to adjust position to knob. 7. Tighten mount to specification.

TX1117900A —UN—12JUL12

Specification Window Open Lock Mount—Torque................................................................................3 N·m 26 lb.-in.

8. Lock window latches. 1— Window Latch (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Window Open Lock Knob Side Window

CH82351,0000165 -19-18MAY15-2/2

Non-Fixed Window Latch Adjustment 1. Close window and lock using latch (1). TX1114386A —UN—23MAY12

2. Check for even compression of seal (2). 3. Open window. Bend striker (3) to obtain equal compression of seal. 1— Latch 2— Seal

3— Striker

Window Latch CH82351,0000166 -19-01APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=428

Operator Enclosure

Cab Door Hinges and Latch Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screws (1 and 2) Torque

75 N·m 55 lb.-ft.

Cab Frame-to-Door Frame Clearance

10.0—12.0 mm 0.40—0.50 in.

Door Latch Striker Pin Nut Torque

65 N·m 48 lb.-ft.

TX1117722A —UN—11JUL12

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Loosen cap screws (1) securing hinge to cab frame. 3. Move door and hinge to position door frame in cab frame front to rear. 4. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................75 N·m 55 lb.-ft.

Cab Door Hinge 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

NOTE: Hinge mounting holes are slotted to provide adjustments. Hinges attached to cab frame have horizontal slotted holes which provide forward and rearward adjustments. Hinges attached to door frame have vertical slotted holes for upward and downward adjustments. 5. Loosen cap screws (2). Move door to position door frame in cab frame up and down. 6. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................75 N·m 55 lb.-ft.

7. Check door seal for proper compression. Seal should be evenly compressed around door to provide a seal between door frame and cab frame. 8. If excessive clearance exists, adjust latch strike pin. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

18-1810-15

CH82351,0000167 -19-18MAY15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=429

Operator Enclosure

NOTE: It may be possible to view latch jaw engagement with latch cover in place. If not, remove cover. 9. Adjust latch and striker pin:

• If gap (8) between latch jaw ends (7) is approximately

Specification Cab Frame-to-Door Frame—Clearance...........................................................10.0—12.0 mm 0.40—0.50 in.

• After making adjustment, tighten striker pin nut to specification.

TX1116418 —UN—22JUN12

•

10.0 mm (0.40 in.) latch is only in first detent position. Adjust latch to obtain second (primary) detent position. Loosen striker pin and move it forward approximately 0.80 mm (0.03 in.). Tighten striker pin and check gap to make sure that jaws are in second detent as described. If necessary, repeat until second detent engagement is obtained. If gap between latch jaw ends is approximately 1.0—2.0 mm (0.04—0.08 in.) latch is in second (primary) detent position. To decrease clearance at door center, loosen striker pin and move it rearward about 0.80 mm (0.03 in.). Tighten striker pin and check clearance. If necessary, repeat until clearance of 10.0—12.0 mm (0.40—0.50 in.) exists between cab frame and door frame.

Latch and Striker Pin Adjustment 6— Striker Pin 7— Latch Jaw End (2 used)

8— Gap

Specification Door Latch Striker Pin Nut—Torque..................................................................................65 N·m 48 lb.-ft. CH82351,0000167 -19-18MAY15-2/2

Headliner Remove and Install REMOVAL

TX1189708A —UN—09JUN15

Standard Radio Package Headliner 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove plugs (2) and dome light (E20). 3. Remove cap screws (3) and headliner (1). 1— Headliner 2— Plug (9 used)

A9—Radio E20— Dome Light Headliner (standard radio package shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-16

CH82351,0000169 -19-09JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=430

Operator Enclosure

4. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1189707A —UN—09JUN15

REMOVAL Satellite Radio Package Headliner 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove plugs (2) and dome light (E20). 3. Remove cap screws (3) and remove storage compartment (4) and power outlet panel (5).

Headliner (satellite radio package shown)

4. Remove headliner (1).

1— Headliner 2— Plug (9 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Storage Compartment

5. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

5— Power Outlet Panel A9—Radio E20— Dome Light

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. CH82351,0000169 -19-09JUN15-2/2

Cab Roof Remove and Install

SPECIFICATIONS Cab Roof Cap Screw (2) Torque

W17

6.78 N·m 60 lb.-in.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

X26

4 3

2. Remove cap screw (1) and disconnect roof ground (W3).

3. Disconnect cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26) from roof harness (W17).

1 TX1190802A —UN—02JUN15

4. Remove cap screws (2), washers (3), and lock nuts (4). 5. Remove cab roof (5). 6. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary. 7. Install cab roof. 8. Install cap screws (2), washers, and lock nuts. Tighten to specification. Specification Cab Roof Cap Screw (2)—Torque................................................................................6.78 N·m 60 lb.-in.

Cab Roof 1— Cap Screw 2— Cap Screw (8 used) 3— Washer (8 used) 4— Lock Nut (8 used)

5— Cab Roof W3—Roof Ground W17—Roof Harness X26— Cab/Canopy Harness-toRoof Harness Connector

9. Connect cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector. 10. Connect roof ground and install cap screw (1). CH82351,000016A -19-01JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-17

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=431

Operator Enclosure

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1810-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=432

Group 1821

Seat and Seat Belt Seat Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Mechanical Suspension Seat Assembly With Base Weight (approximate)

68 kg 150 lb

Air Suspension Seat Assembly With Base Weight (approximate)

76 kg 168 lb

MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1258186A —UN—13JUN18

2. Remove floor mat. REMOVAL 1. For machines (S.N. —329327), install identification tags and disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Disconnect air seat motor (if equipped) (M45). 2. For machines (S.N. 329328— ), install identification tag and disconnect seat connector (A49). Seat Assembly (S.N. —329327)

3. Remove cap screws (2) from seat base (1). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Using appropriate lifting device, remove seat assembly with seat belts through left cab door or canopy opening.

TX1258113A —UN—13JUN18

Specification Mechanical Suspension Seat Assembly With Base—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 68 kg 150 lb Air Suspension Seat Assembly With Base—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 76 kg 168 lb

5. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Seat Assembly (S.N. 329328— )

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

1— Seat Base 2— Cap Screw (4 used) A49— Seat Connector

B9—Seat Position Sensor M45— Air Seat Motor (if equipped) CH82351,000016B -19-15JUN18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=433

Seat and Seat Belt

Mechanical Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble NOTE: If only the seat position sensor (B9) removal is needed, see Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)

5 5

1. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and armrests (5).

2. Remove cap screws (3) and seat cushion (4). 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Washer (4 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

1 2

4— Seat Cushion 5— Armrest (2 used)

1 TX1121119 —UN—23AUG12

Armrests and Cushion CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-1/8

3. Remove cap screws (6), washers (9), and lock nuts (7). 4. Disconnect seat swivel cable (8) from seat swivel latch. Remove upper seat assembly. 6— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Lock Nut (4 used)

8— Seat Swivel Cable 9— Washer (4 used)

6 9 9

9 7 8 9

6 7

TX1121127 —UN—23AUG12

Upper Seat Assembly Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-2

CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-2/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=434

Seat and Seat Belt

5. Remove cap screws (10), front plate (11), and rear plate (12).

B9 10

6. Disconnect 6-pin connector from seat position sensor (B9).

7. Remove cap screws (13) and swivel assembly.

13— Cap Screw (4 used) B9—Seat Position Sensor

TX1121129 —UN—23AUG12

10— Cap Screw (4 used) 11— Front Plate 12— Rear Plate

Seat Swivel Assembly CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-3/8

8. Mark position of seat position sensor (B9). NOTE: Lever (37) and seat position sensor are keyed.

Lever and base (35) removal is not necessary when removing seat position sensor. 9. Remove socket head screws (34) and seat position sensor.

38 36

10. If needed, remove remaining components (35, 37, and 38) from swivel seat assembly (36) as shown. 34— Socket Head Screw (2 used) 35— Base (guide) 36— Swivel Seat Assembly

35 B9

37— Lever 38— Screw (with locking nut) B9—Seat Position Sensor

TX1141946 —UN—13AUG13

NOTE: Lever (37) is attached (inserted) into base (35) using a friction fit only. Lever can be separated by lightly pulling lever and base apart by hand and out of the center diameter of swivel seat assembly.

Seat Position Sensor—Exploded View Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-3

CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-4/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=435

Seat and Seat Belt

11. Remove plastic fasteners (15) and boot (16). 16— Boot

TX1121136 —UN—23AUG12

15— Plastic Fastener (27 used)

Boot CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-5/8

12. Remove lock nut (18) and lower pivot shaft (19).

13. Remove upper suspension tray by sliding back until rollers clear channel and lifting up. 18— Lock Nut

19— Lower Pivot Shaft

TX1121144 —UN—23AUG12

Upper Suspension Tray Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-4

CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-6/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=436

Seat and Seat Belt

14. Remove lock nuts (21), washers (22), and cap screws (23) from lower suspension tray (24). 15. Remove lower suspension tray from seat pedestal. 21— Lock Nut (4 used) 22— Washer (4 used)

23— Cap Screw (4 used) 24— Lower Suspension Tray

TX1121148 —UN—23AUG12

22 21 23

Seat Pedestal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-5

CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-7/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=437

Seat and Seat Belt

16. Remove adjustment gear (25) and adjustment knob assembly (26). 17. Remove lock nuts (27) and cap screws (28).

18. Remove spring assembly (29), pin (30), adjustment shaft (31), and adjustment plate (32).

19. Repair or replace as necessary.

20. Install adjustment plate, adjustment shaft, pin, and spring assembly.

21. Install adjustment knob assembly and adjustment gear.

23. Install seat pedestal, cap screws (23), washers (22), and lock nuts (21) to lower suspension tray.

TX1121154 —UN—23AUG12

22. Install cap screws (28) and lock nuts (27).

28 27

24. Install upper suspension tray, lower pivot shaft, and lock nut (18). 25. Install boot and plastic fasteners. 26. If removed, install seat position lever (37), base (35), and screw (38).

Lower Suspension Tray and Spring Assembly

NOTE: Line up raised keyway strip on seat position sensor to slot in end of lever (37) for proper engagement and orientation.

25— Adjustment Gear 26— Adjustment Knob Assembly 27— Lock Nut (2 used) 28— Cap Screw (2 used)

27. Install seat position sensor (B9) to base (35) in seat swivel assembly (36) with socket head screws (34).

29— Spring Assembly 30— Pin 31— Adjustment Shaft 32— Adjustment Plate

28. Install swivel assembly and cap screws (13).

32. Install cap screws (6), washers (9), and lock nuts (7).

29. Connect 6-pin connector to seat position sensor (B9).

33. Install cap screws (3) and seat cushion (4).

30. Install rear plate (12), front plate (11), and cap screws (10).

34. Install cap screws (1), washers (2), and armrests.

31. Connect seat swivel cable to seat swivel latch. Install upper seat assembly. CH82351,000016C -19-15MAY15-8/8

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=438

Seat and Seat Belt

Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped 5

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and armrests (5). 3. Remove cap screws (3) and seat cushion (4). 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Washer (4 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

4— Seat Cushion 5— Armrest (2 used)

1 2

3 5 3

TX1118775 —UN—14AUG12

Armrests and Cushion CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-1/8

4. Remove cap screws (6), washers (9), and lock nuts (7). 5. Disconnect seat swivel cable (8) from seat swivel latch. Remove upper seat assembly. 6— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Lock Nut (4 used)

8— Seat Swivel Cable 9— Washer (4 used)

7 9 9 9 7

6 7

TX1118776 —UN—15AUG12

Upper Seat Assembly Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-7

CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-2/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=439

Seat and Seat Belt

6. Remove cap screws (10), front plate (11), and rear plate (12).

7. Disconnect 6-pin connector from seat position sensor (B9).

10 12

8. Remove cap screws (13) and swivel assembly. 10— Cap Screw (4 used) 11— Front Plate 12— Rear Plate

13— Cap Screw (4 used) B9—Seat Position Sensor

13 10 13 11

TX1118778 —UN—24JUL12

Seat Swivel Assembly CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-3/8

9. Mark position of seat position sensor (B9). NOTE: Lever (37) and seat position sensor are keyed.

Lever and base (35) removal is not necessary when removing seat position sensor. 10. Remove socket head screws (34) and seat position sensor.

38 36

11. If needed, remove remaining components (35, 37, and 38) from swivel seat assembly (36) as shown. 34— Socket Head Screw (2 used) 35— Base (guide) 36— Swivel Seat Assembly

35 B9

37— Lever 38— Screw (with locking nut) B9—Seat Position Sensor

TX1141946 —UN—13AUG13

Seat Position Sensor—Exploded View Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-8

CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-4/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=440

Seat and Seat Belt

12. Remove plastic fasteners (15) and boot (16). 15— Plastic Fastener (27 used)

16— Boot

TX1118779 —UN—24JUL12

Boot CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-5/8

13. Remove lock nut (18) and upper pivot shaft (19).

14. Remove upper suspension tray by lifting and moving tray forward until rollers clear channel. 18— Lock Nut

19— Upper Pivot Shaft

TX1118783 —UN—24JUL12

Upper Suspension Tray Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-9

CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-6/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=441

Seat and Seat Belt

15. Remove cap screws (21), lock nuts (22), and seat pedestal (23) from lower suspension tray. 21— Cap Screw (4 used) 22— Lock Nut (4 used)

23— Seat Pedestal

22 21

21 23

TX1118784 —UN—24JUL12

Seat Pedestal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-10

CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-7/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=442

Seat and Seat Belt

16. Remove elbow fitting (25) from air spring (26). 17. Remove cap screw (27). 18. Remove air spring.

19. Remove lock nut (28) and lower pivot shaft (29).

20. Remove scissor frame assembly by turning and lifting assembly until rollers clear channel.

21. Inspect scissor frame components. Repair or replace as necessary. 22. Clean all bushings, rollers, and pivots. Lubricate with multipurpose grease.

23. Install scissor frame assembly, lower pivot shaft, and lock nut (28). 24. Install air spring and cap screw (27). 25. Install elbow fitting to air spring. 26. Install seat pedestal, cap screws (21), and lock nuts (22) to lower suspension tray. 27. Install upper suspension tray, upper pivot shaft, and lock nut (18). 28. Install boot and plastic fasteners. 29. If removed, install seat position lever (37), base (35), and screw (38). NOTE: Line up raised keyway strip on seat position sensor to slot in end of lever (37) for proper engagement and orientation. 30. Install seat position sensor (B9) to base (35) in seat swivel assembly (36) with socket head screws (34).

TX1118787 —UN—24JUL12

Lower Suspension Tray and Scissor Frame Assembly 25— Elbow Fitting 26— Air Spring 27— Cap Screw

28— Lock Nut 29— Lower Pivot Shaft

33. Install rear plate (12), front plate (11), and cap screws (10). 34. Connect seat swivel cable to seat swivel latch. Install upper seat assembly. 35. Install cap screws (6), washers (9), and lock nuts (7). 36. Install cap screws (3) and seat cushion (4).

31. Install swivel assembly and cap screws (13). 32. Connect seat position sensor (B9) on bottom of swivel assembly.

37. Install cap screws (1), washers (2), and armrests. CH82351,000016D -19-15MAY15-8/8

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=443

Seat and Seat Belt

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1821-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=444

Group 1830

Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling

If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Refrigerant Identifier

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element, and lighted smoking materials.

Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling, and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling, or charging of system. Refrigerant identifier should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.

DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52Â°C (125Â°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves.

AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-1/2

Refrigerant Identifier

Used to safely and correctly identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and charging of air conditioning systems. AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=445

Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Oil Information

b. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

SPECIFICATIONS Compressor (precharge) Capacity 160 mL 5.41 fl oz

c. Remove and clean but do not disassemble expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

(S.N. —303523) 336 mL 11.35 fl oz

System (total) Capacity

d. Flush complete system if needed. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.)

(S.N. 303524— ) System (total) Capacity (4045TT096 engine only)

336 mL 11.35 fl oz

System (total) Capacity (4045HT096, 4045HT072, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087 engines only)

277 mL 9.35 fl oz

e. If compressor is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in manifold ports and internally wash out old oil. f. Install expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) g. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

OTHER MATERIAL TY22101 U.S. Low Viscosity (ISO 40) R134a Polyakyleneglycol (PAG) Oil

6. Install compressor. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

If installing a new compressor, make sure oil level is visible through suction port. Oil level is normally below drive shaft. Normal operating oil level of a compressor removed from operation cannot be seen through suction port of compressor.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Do not add more oil than required or maximum cooling is reduced. Do not leave system or R134a compressor oil containers open. Refrigerant oil easily absorbs moisture. Do not spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.

Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining correct oil charge for system:

• New compressor • Used compressor removed from operation • Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent

7. Add required amount of R134a compressor oil. If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure length of hose and use formula 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft) to determine correct amount of oil to be added.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant, and R134a refrigerant oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge compressor slowly.

(S.N. —303523)—Specification Compressor (precharge)—Capacity................................................................. 160 mL 5.41 fl oz System (total)—Capacity.................................................................................................. 336 mL 11.35 fl oz

1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove and repair or replace compressor. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 4. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft if a new compressor is required. 5. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. If oil drained from a compressor removed from operation is very black or amount of oil is less than specification, perform the following: Specification Compressor (precharge)—Capacity................................................................. 160 mL 5.41 fl oz

a. Determine if R134a leakage was detected. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.)

(S.N. 303524— )—Specification Compressor (precharge)—Capacity................................................................. 160 mL 5.41 fl oz System (total)—Capacity (4045TT096 engine only).............................................................................................. 336 mL 11.35 fl oz System (total)—Capacity (4045HT096, 4045HT072, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087 engines only)................................................................................ 277 mL 9.35 fl oz

8. Connect all components. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-2

SK32938,0000A49 -19-21MAY18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=446

Heating and Air Conditioning

9. Evacuate air conditioning system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.)

10. Charge R134a air conditioning system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) SK32938,0000A49 -19-21MAY18-2/2

R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system contamination. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge.

Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station

3. Close both high-pressure and low-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station (5).

1— Cap (2 used) 2— Low Side Pressure (blue) Hose 3— High Side Pressure (red) Hose

4. Remove caps (1) from test ports. 5. Connect low side pressure (blue) hose (2) from refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station to low-pressure test port on compressor. 6. Connect high side pressure (red) hose (3) to high-pressure test port on compressor.

TX1153908 —UN—18FEB14

4— Air Conditioner Compressor 5— Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station

7. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when using refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. SK32938,0000A4A -19-23JUN16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=447

Heating and Air Conditioning

Recover R134a Refrigerant

high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. 5. With engine OFF, connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 6. Follow the air conditioning refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instruction.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove AS79221,0000598 -19-08DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=448

Heating and Air Conditioning

Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System SPECIFICATIONS Air Pressure Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)

2. Attach return hose and aerator nozzle to end of receiver/dryer inlet hose using JT03197 Reducer. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner.

620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

3. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into condenser circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner JT02102 Adapter

Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher

Procedure Set-Up CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

NOTE: Purging condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent.

1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.)

Additional flushing cycles are required if system is heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles.

2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to flush through compressor or receiver-dryer. Flushing solution may not be completely removed from these components and could cause system malfunction.

5. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly. Evaporator Flush and Purge

4. Remove air conditioner compressor. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) NOTE: Any time air conditioning system is discharged, a new receiver-dryer and accumulator (if equipped) must be installed.

6. Remove and discard expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) Condenser Flush and Purge IMPORTANT: Determine if condenser is continuous loop or parallel flow style. Continuous loop style has either multiple round tubes or an extruded serpentine construction.

1. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner and connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to inlet end of compressor discharge line using appropriate adapter.

1. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner and connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to inlet end of evaporator inlet line using appropriate adapter. 2. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to compressor inlet line using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner. 3. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into condenser circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging.

5. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

If condenser is parallel flow style, do not flush; condenser should be replaced. Potential blockages in parallel flow style condenser will not flush completely and could result in system malfunction.

4. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry.

Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

NOTE: Purging condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent. Additional flushing cycles are required if system is heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles. 4. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry. 5. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-5

SK32938,0000A4C -19-23JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=449

Heating and Air Conditioning

Procedure Wrap-Up 1. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 2. Install new expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 3. Install new condenser if needed. See Condenser Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

4. Install compressor. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 5. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.) 6. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

SK32938,0000A4C -19-23JUN16-2/2

Evacuate R134a System

from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level.

SPECIFICATIONS Vacuum Pressure at Sea Level

98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg

Vacuum Pressure Above Sea Level

Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation

6. Evacuate system until low-pressure gauge registers specified vacuum. If specified vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, a leak may be present. Locate and repair leak. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.)

1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.)

Specification Vacuum—Pressure at Sea Level...................................................................................... 98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg Pressure Above Sea Level ..................................................................... Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation

2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

7. When vacuum reaches specified level, close low side and high side valves. Turn vacuum pump off.

Leak Present Decrease in Vacuum 3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. 3. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 4. Open low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.

8. If vacuum decreases more than specified amount in 5 minutes, there is a leak in system. Specification Leak Present—Decrease in Vacuum..................................................................................... 3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

9. Locate and repair leak. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.) 10. Start evacuation. Open low side and high side valves. 11. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after initial specified vacuum is reached. 12. Stop evacuation. Close low side and high side valves. 13. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

5. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and evacuate system. NOTE: Vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) AS79221,000059A -19-07NOV17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=450

Heating and Air Conditioning

Charge R134a System

and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

SPECIFICATIONS Evacuate System Vacuum

Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level

4. Evacuate system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.)

Evacuate System

Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level

Evacuate System

Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft.) elevation above sea level.

(S.N. —303523) Refrigerant Charge Capacity

2.26 kg 5 lb

Specification Evacuate System—Vacuum........................ Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

(S.N. 303524— ) Refrigerant Charge — 4045TT096 2.26 kg 5 lb Engine Only Capacity System (total) — 4045HT096, 4045HT072, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087 Engines Only Capacity

1.81 kg 4 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly. 3. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling,

5. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and charge system. 6. Add refrigerant until system is charged to specification. (S.N. —303523)—Specification Refrigerant Charge—Capacity........................................................................ 2.26 kg 5 lb (S.N. 303524— )—Specification Refrigerant Charge—4045TT096 Engine Only—Capacity................................................................ 2.26 kg 5 lb System (total) — 4045HT096, 4045HT072, 4045HT085, 4045HT086, 4045HT087 Engines Only—Capacity............................................................................ 1.81 kg 4 lb

7. Perform air conditioning check. See Operational Checkout Procedure. (Group 9005-10.) JB3888,0001083 -19-18JUL17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=451

Heating and Air Conditioning

Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install

TX1114077 —UN—31MAY12

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Relieve pressure to hydraulics. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain radiator. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator's Manual.)

Middle Floor Cover

5. Remove floor mats. 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

6. Remove seat. See Seat Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)

2— Middle Floor Cover

7. Remove cap screws (1) and middle floor cover (2). BE78919,0000125 -19-01APR15-1/4

8. Disconnect heater hoses (3) at heater core connectors (below cab floor) and drain heater core. 9. Disconnect refrigerant hoses (4). 4— Refrigerant Hose (2 used)

TX1114068 —UN—31MAY12

3— Heater Hose (2 used)

Heater and Refrigerant Hoses BE78919,0000125 -19-01APR15-2/4

10. Remove air filter grille (5) from lower console cover (9). 11. Remove cap screws (6 and 7).

5— Air Filter Grille 6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Cap Screw (8 used)

TX1113775 —UN—31MAY12

12. Remove stabilizer cover (8) and lower console cover (9). 8— Stabilizer Cover 9— Lower Console Cover

Evaporator Housing Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-8

BE78919,0000125 -19-01APR15-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=452

Heating and Air Conditioning

13. Remove cap screws (10) and remove air duct (11). 14. Remove cap screws (12).

TX1113779 —UN—22AUG12

15. Disconnect heater hoses (13) and air conditioner hoses (14). CAUTION: Wear gloves when removing and installing heater core to prevent cuts from fins on heater core. 16. Carefully remove evaporator (15). 17. Repair or replace evaporator. Evaporator

18. Install evaporator. 19. Install heater hoses and air conditioner hoses.

10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Air Duct 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

20. Install cap screws (12).

13— Heater Hose (2 used) 14— Air Conditioner Hose (2 used) 15— Evaporator

21. Install air duct and cap screws (10). 22. Install lower console cover and cap screws. 29. Fill surge tank with proper coolant see Diesel Engine Coolant (engine with wet sleeve cylinder liners) (Operator's Manual) and fill radiator to proper level. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator's Manual.)

23. Install stabilizer cover and cap screws (6 and 7). 24. Connect heater hoses at heater core connectors. 25. Connect refrigerant hoses.

30. Connect negative (-) battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

26. Install middle floor cover and cap screws. 27. Install seat. See Seat Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)

31. Check for leaks.

28. Install floor mat. BE78919,0000125 -19-01APR15-4/4

Expansion Valve Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1121476A —UN—28AUG12

IMPORTANT: A new receiver-dryer must always be installed after system is flushed or purged. DO NOT use a flushed or used receiver-dryer. Contamination of system will cause component malfunction. 2. Relieve pressure to hydraulics. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) Lower Console Cover

3. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

5— Air Filter Grille 6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Cap Screw (8 used)

4. Recover R134a from air conditioning system. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 5. Remove floor mats. 6. Remove air filter grille (5) from lower console cover (9).

8— Stabilizer Cover 9— Lower Console Cover

8. Remove stabilizer cover (8) and lower console cover (9).

7. Remove cap screws (6 and 7). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-9

JB3888,0001085 -19-09JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=453

Heating and Air Conditioning

9. Install identification tags and disconnect refrigerant hoses (10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove cap screw (11) and expansion valve (12). TX1121487A —UN—28AUG12

11. Repair or replace as necessary. 12. Install expansion valve (12) and cap screw (11).Tighten cap screw (11) to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque............................................................ 5.2—6.2 N·m 46—55 lb-in.

13. Install refrigerant hoses. Expansion Valve

14. Install lower console cover and stabilizer cover. 15. Install cap screws (7 and 6).

10— Refrigerant Hose (2 used) 11— Cap Screw

16. Install air filter grille to lower console cover.

12— Expansion Valve

17. Install floor mats. 20. Connect negative (-) battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

18. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 19. Evacuate and charge air conditioning system. See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

JB3888,0001085 -19-09JUN15-2/2

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and cap screws (3).

1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Washer (3 used)

TX1115502A —UN—13JUN12

3. Remove stabilizer linkage access cover (4). 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover

Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-10

JB3888,0001086 -19-01APR15-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=454

Heating and Air Conditioning

4. Remove air filter grille (5) from lower console cover (8). 5. Remove cap screws (6) and washers (7).

5— Air Filter Grille 6— Cap Screw (8 used)

TX1121560A —UN—29AUG12

6. Remove lower console cover. 7— Washer (8 used) 8— Lower Console Cover

Lower Console Cover JB3888,0001086 -19-01APR15-2/4

7. Remove cap screws (10) and washers (11). 8. Remove upper housing (12).

10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Washer (2 used)

TX1121563A —UN—11SEP12

9. Remove rubber grommet (13). 12— Upper Housing 13— Rubber Grommet

Upper Housing JB3888,0001086 -19-01APR15-3/4

10. Disconnect temperature sensor (15) and remove from evaporator.

TX1121565A —UN—11SEP12

11. Remove cap screws (16) and air conditioner freeze control switch (B2). 12. Repair or replace as necessary. 13. Install air conditioner freeze control switch and cap screws. 14. Install temperature sensor to evaporator and rubber grommet. 15. Install upper housing, washers, and cap screws. 16. Install lower console cover, washers (7), and cap screws (6). 17. Install air filter grille to lower console cover.

Air Conditioner Freeze Switch 15— Temperature Sensor 16— Cap Screw (2 used)

B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch

18. Install stabilizer linkage access cover and cap screws (3). 19. Install washers (2) and cap screws (1). JB3888,0001086 -19-01APR15-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=455

Heating and Air Conditioning

Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: A new receiver-dryer must always be installed after system is flushed or purged. DO NOT use a flushed or used receiver-dryer. Contamination of system will cause component malfunction. 2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing Engine Hood. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1189634 —UN—26MAY15

3. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 4. Remove battery box (6). See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.) 5. Disconnect condenser-to-receiver-dryer and receiver-dryer-to-expansion valve lines (2 and 3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Receiver-Dryer Location

6. Loosen clamps (4). 7. Remove receiver-dryer (5). NOTE: If air conditioning system is flushed or purged, a new receiver-dryer must be installed. 8. Clean components. Flush components if needed, see Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.) Purge components if needed, see Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.)

2— Condenser-to-ReceiverDryer Line (high-pressure liquid) 3— Receiver-Dryer-toExpansion Valve Line (high-pressure liquid) 4— Clamp (2 used)

5— Receiver-Dryer 6— Battery Box

IMPORTANT: Hood must be closed before lowering the loader boom or damage to hood will result.

9. Install receiver-dryer. 10. Connect condenser-to-receiver-dryer and receiver-dryer-to-expansion valve lines.

14. Close engine hood. See Opening and Closing Engine Hood. (Operator’s Manual.)

11. Tighten clamps.

15. Install battery box. See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.)

12. Evacuate system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.)

16. Remove boom service lock and lower loader boom to ground.

13. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

JB3888,0001087 -19-09JUN15-1/1

Blower Mode Door Motor Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1119377A —UN—15AUG12

2. Remove front console (4). See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 3. Remove cap screws (1 and 2). 4. Separate defrost air duct (3) from front console. 1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Cap Screw

3— Defrost Air Duct 4— Front Console Defrost Air Duct Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-12

SK32938,0000A51 -19-05JUL16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=456

Heating and Air Conditioning

5. Remove cap screws (6) and blower mode door motor. 6. Inspect and replace as necessary. 7. Install blower mode door motor and cap screws (6). TX1218536A —UN—30JUN16

8. Install defrost air duct on front console and install cap screws (1 and 2). 9. Install front console. See Front Console Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 6— Cap Screw (3 used)

M11— Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Mode Door Motor

SK32938,0000A51 -19-05JUL16-2/2

Condenser Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1112860A —UN—12JUL12

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Install boom lock bar before working on machine with loader boom in raised position. 2. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar. 3. Remove grille. Condenser (S.N. —303523)

4. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 5. Disconnect condenser outlet line (1) and condenser inlet line (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

TX1112882A —UN—20APR12

6. Open hood (6), unhook latches on both sides (7), and close hood. 7. Remove cap screws (5) and condenser (3). 8. Repair or replace condenser as necessary. 9. Flush and purge components, if needed. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.) 10. Install condenser and cap screws.

Latch

11. Connect condenser inlet line and condenser outlet line. 12. Open hood, hook latches on both sides, and close hood. IMPORTANT: Avoid system contamination. A new receiver-dryer must be installed after system is flushed or purged. 13. Install new receiver-dryer if air conditioning system was flushed or purged. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 14. Install grille.

1— Condenser Outlet Line 2— Condenser Inlet Line 3— Condenser 5— Cap Screw (S.N. —303523) (2 used)

5— Cap Screw (S.N. 303524— ) (4 used) 6— Hood 7— Latch (2 used)

15. Evacuate system see Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) 16. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader boom to ground. JB3888,0001088 -19-12DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-13

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=457

Heating and Air Conditioning

Compressor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (4) Torque

37 N·m 27 lb·ft

MACHINE PREPARATION

TX1227609A —UN—03NOV16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) NOTE: Battery is accessed by removing top cover on left side step. 2. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Install boom lock bar before working on machine with loader boom in raised position.

Air Conditioner Compressor 1— Pressure Line 2— Suction Line 3— Electrical Connector

3. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar. 4. Open engine hood to full open position. See Opening and Closing Engine Hood. (Operator’s Manual.)

IMPORTANT: If compressor is being replaced due to an internal malfunction, flush and purge each component in air conditioning system individually.

REMOVAL 1. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 2. Remove accessory drive belt. See Accessory Drive Belt Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect pressure line (1) and suction line (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Disconnect electrical connector (3). 5. Remove cap screws (4) and air conditioner compressor (5).

4— Cap Screw (3 used) 5— Air Conditioner Compressor

• Flush components if needed. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.) See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.) Tighten cap screws (4) to specification.

• Purge system if needed. •

Specification Cap Screw (4)—Torque.................................................................37 N·m 27 lb·ft

• Evacuate system.

6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

•

See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. JB3888,0001089 -19-05DEC16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

18-1830-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=458

Section 19 Sheet Metal and Styling Contents Page

Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install................................ 19-1910-1 Group 1913—Miscellaneous Shields Battery Box Remove and Install ................ 19-1913-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 1910

Hood or Engine Enclosure Hood and Engine Enclosure Remove and Install Weight Specifications CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification Hood Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 50 lb.

TX1193587 —UN—14MAY15

Torque Specifications Specification Hood Pivot Cap Screw and Nut—Torque...........................................................................65 N·m 48 lb.-ft.

Machine Preparation 1. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

Hood and Engine Enclosure (hood shown closed with components removed for clarity)

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

1— Gas Operated Cylinder (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Washer (2 used) 4— Strap (2 used) 5— Washer (2 used)

3. Open hood to full open position. 4. Attach appropriate lifting device to hood. Additional Information Remove hood components in following order (install in reverse order): 1. Gas operated cylinders (1). 2. Straps (4).

6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Lock Nut (2 used) 8— Washer (2 used) 9— Hood

3. Cap screws (6), washers (5 and 8), and lock nuts (7). 4. Hood (9). JB3888,000108C -19-13JUN18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1910-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=461

Hood or Engine Enclosure

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1910-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=462

Group 1913

Miscellaneous Shields Battery Box Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Battery Weight (approximate)

29 kg 64 lb

Battery Box Weight (approximate)

47 kg 104 lb

Dual Batteries 1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1187725 —UN—13MAR15

2. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove cap screws (1) and cover (2). 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Cover

3— Toolbox

Toolbox JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-1/8

4. Open toolbox (3) on left side of machine to access battery disconnect switch (S2).

TX1187785 —UN—13MAR15

5. Turn battery disconnect switch counterclockwise to turn off machine electrical system. 6. Remove cap screws (4), filler plate (5), and jump post cover (6). 7. Remove lid and toolbox assembly. 4— Cap Screw (7 used) 5— Filler Plate

6— Jump Post Cover S2— Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Jump Post and Filler Plate Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-1

JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-2/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=463

Miscellaneous Shields

8. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable (7) first, then positive (+) battery cable (8). 9. Remove nuts (9) and washers (10). TX1187787 —UN—08APR15

10. Remove brackets (11). 11. After all cables are removed, set aside divider plate (12). 12. Remove cap screws (13) and set aside cover (14). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Dual Batteries (S.N. —303523)

13. Remove batteries 1 and 2 (G1 and G2) using appropriate lifting device.

7— Negative (-) Battery Cable 8— Positive (+) Battery Cable 9— Nut (S.N. —303523) (4 used) 9— Nut (S.N. 303524— ) (1 used) 10— Washer (S.N. —303523) (4 used) 10— Washer (S.N. 303524— ) (1 used) 11— Bracket (S.N. —303523) (2 used)

11— Bracket (S.N. 303524—) (1 used) 12— Divider Plate 13— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Cover G1—Battery 1 G2—Battery 2 X18— Battery Load Center

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-2

TX1227597A —UN—03NOV16

Specification Battery—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb

Dual Batteries (S.N. 303524— )

JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-3/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=464

Miscellaneous Shields

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1187789 —UN—07APR15

14. Support battery box (17) using appropriate lifting device. Specification Battery Box—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb

15. Remove cap screws (15) and washers (16). 16. Remove battery box. Battery Box

17. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. 18. Install battery box (17), washers (16), and cap screws (15).

15— Cap Screw (4 used) 16— Washer (4 used)

17— Battery Box

19. Install batteries, brackets, divider plate, cover (14), cap screws (13), washers (10), and nuts (9).

23. Install cover (2) and cap screws (1).

20. Install positive (+) battery cable first, then install negative (-) battery cable.

24. Turn battery disconnect switch clockwise to turn on electrical system and close battery compartment cover.

21. Install lid and toolbox.

25. Remove service lock and lower boom to ground.

22. Install filler plate, jump post cover, and cap screws (4). JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-4/8

Single Battery 1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise loader boom and install service lock. See Loader Boom Service Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove cap screws (1) and cover (2). 3— Toolbox

TX1187725 —UN—13MAR15

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Cover

Toolbox Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-3

JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-5/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=465

Miscellaneous Shields

4. Open toolbox (3) on left side of machine to access battery disconnect switch (S2).

TX1187785 —UN—13MAR15

5. Turn battery disconnect switch counterclockwise to turn off machine electrical system. 6. Remove cap screws (4), filler plate (5), and jump post cover (6). 4— Cap Screw (7 used) 5— Filler Plate

6— Jump Post Cover S2— Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped)

Jump Post and Filler Plate JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-6/8

7. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable (7) first, then positive (+) battery cable (8). 8. Remove nuts (9) and washers (10). TX1187788 —UN—08APR15

9. Remove bracket (11) and set aside. 10. Remove cap screws (13) and set aside cover (14). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Remove battery 1 (G1) using appropriate lifting device. Specification Battery—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb 11— Bracket 12— Divider Plate 13— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Cover G1—Battery 1 X18— Battery Load Center

TX1227596A —UN—03NOV16

7— Negative (-) Battery Cable 8— Positive (+) Battery Cable 9— Nut (S.N. —303523) (2 used) 9— Nut (S.N. 303524— ) (1 used) 10— Washer (S.N. —303523) (2 used) 10— Washer (S.N. 303524— ) (1 used)

Single Battery (S.N. —303523)

Single Battery (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-4

JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-7/8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=466

Miscellaneous Shields

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1187789 —UN—07APR15

12. Support battery box (17) using appropriate lifting device. Specification Battery Box—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb

13. Remove cap screws (15) and washers (16). 14. Remove battery box. Battery Box

15. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. 16. Install battery box (17), washers (16), and cap screws (15). 17. Install battery, brackets, divider plate, cover (14), cap screws (13), washers (10), and nuts (9). 18. Install positive (+) battery cable first, then install negative (-) battery cable.

15— Cap Screw (4 used) 16— Washer (4 used)

17— Battery Box

21. Turn battery disconnect switch clockwise to turn on electrical system and close battery compartment cover. 22. Remove service lock and lower boom to ground.

19. Install filler plate, jump post cover, and cap screws (4). 20. Install cover (2) and cap screws (1). JB3888,0001070 -19-02DEC16-8/8

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=467

Miscellaneous Shields

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

19-1913-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=468

Section 20 Safety and Convenience Contents Page

Group 2001—Radio Radio and Speakers Remove and Install ..................................................... 20-2001-1 Group 2004—Horn and Warning Devices Backup Alarm Volume Adjustment............................................. 20-2004-1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 2001

Radio Radio and Speakers Remove and Install Speakers TX1113816A —UN—24MAY12

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove headliner. See Headliner Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 3. Disconnect wire harness connectors (1) from speakers (3). Speaker Location

4. Remove cap screws (2). 5. Remove speakers, repair or replace as necessary.

1— Wire Harness Connector (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (6 used)

INSTALLATION

3— Speaker (2 used)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Standard Radio Package

2. Remove headliner. See Headliner Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

CH82351,000016E -19-13JUN18-1/3

3. Disconnect antenna coaxial cable (4) and radio connector (5). 4. Remove cap screws (6) from bracket (7). TX1114850A —UN—29MAY12

5. Remove radio from bracket. 6. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 4— Antenna Coaxial Cable 5— Radio Connector

6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Bracket Standard Radio Package Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-2001-1

CH82351,000016E -19-13JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=471

Radio

TX1190601 —UN—03JUN15

Satellite Radio Package—If Equipped

Satellite Radio Package 7— Bracket 8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Cap Screw (4 used) 10— Antenna Plug A9—Radio

A13— Satellite Radio Module X149— Radio Auxiliary USB Connector X150— Radio Connector

REMOVAL 1. Remove headliner. See Headliner Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 2. Install identification tags and disconnect satellite radio module (A13), electrical connector (1), and satellite radio antenna plug (10). Remove satellite radio module.

X153— Radio Auxiliary Port 6-Pin X155— Satellite Radio Module Connector (A13) Connector X154— Radio Auxiliary Port 10-Pin Connector

4. Disconnect electrical connectors (X149, X150, and X153). 5. Remove radio (A9) from bracket and service, or replace as needed. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

3. Remove bracket (7). CH82351,000016E -19-13JUN18-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-2001-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=472

Group 2004

Horn and Warning Devices Backup Alarm Volume Adjustment IMPORTANT: The backup alarm is set on high volume at the factory. It may be necessary to adjust the volume to meet local regulations. The procedure will change the factory set high volume to low volume. (S.N. —320054)

TX1117154A —UN—11JUL12

1. Remove nut (2) and electrical connector (3) from shorting bar (4). 2. Remove nut (1) and shorting bar from backup alarm (5). 3. Install electrical connector to terminal stud with existing nuts. 1— Nut 2— Nut 3— Electrical Connector

4— Shorting Bar 5— Backup Alarm

Backup Alarm Volume Adjustment (S.N. —320054)

CH82351,000016F -19-17APR18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-2004-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=473

Horn and Warning Devices

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

20-2004-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=474

Section 21 Main Hydraulic System Contents Page

Group 2160â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Hydraulic System General Oil Cleanup Procedure ................ 21-2160-1 Hydraulic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure................................ 21-2160-2 Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir ............................................... 21-2160-3 Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install ..................................................... 21-2160-3 Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 21-2160-6 Hydraulic Pump Control Disassemble and Assemble .................. 21-2160-8 Hydraulic Reservoir Remove and Install ..................................................... 21-2160-9 Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install ................ 21-2160-12 Hydraulic Filter Assembly Remove and Install ............................................ 21-2160-14 Load Sense Generation Valve Remove and Install.............................. 21-2160-17

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 2160

Hydraulic System General Oil Cleanup Procedure CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from area before operating machine.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10712 Super Caddy

This procedure is to be used on machines that have had hydraulic system repair without a catastrophic component failure. Filter caddy procedure must be done prior to starting machine after a component has been repaired or replaced. IMPORTANT: Intermixing of oils can cause premature hydraulic component damage and oil contamination. Oil types and filters must not be intermixed. Use filter element in same type oil to avoid intermixing of oils. Oil contamination could result if filter caddy is used in dusty or wet conditions. Clean work practices and cleanliness of filter caddy and attachments are critical when filtering oil. NOTE: Filter oil should be at 27°C (80°F) or above for best Super Caddy™ performance. Reduce flow rate to filter oil below 27°C (80°F). Super Caddy requires a 20-amp electric circuit. Use of electrical extension cord is not recommended. NOTE: Park machine in an area that will allow all hydraulic functions to be operated. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Clean exterior of oil fill cap and surrounding area to prevent contamination. 3. Remove hydraulic oil reservoir cap. NOTE: When installing suction and discharge wands into the hydraulic oil reservoir, locate the submerged ends of the wands as far away from each other as possible to ensure maximum oil movement during cleanup procedure. 4. Install suction and discharge wands from JDG10712 Super Caddy into the hydraulic oil reservoir through the oil fill tube. 5. Seal suction and discharge wands to oil fill tube to secure wands to hydraulic oil reservoir and prevent contamination.

Avoid entanglement and possible electrocution from filter caddy power cord. Do not operate machine while filter caddy is connected to machine. 6. Use JDG10712 Super Caddy to remove oil contaminants. Refer to the Super Caddy operator's manual or see Super Caddy in Service ADVISOR™ for operating procedure. 7. When cleaning process is done, disconnect Super Caddy from machine. 8. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir to operating level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) 9. Run machine at slow idle. Operate each circuit a minimum of 2 minutes in each direction to flush any remaining contaminants back through hydraulic system filters. 10. Stop engine. Install Super Caddy to machine as before. 11. Repeat Super Caddy operation procedure until contaminant value is at specifications per Super Caddy operator's manual or see Super Caddy in Service ADVISOR for operating procedure. 12. When oil reaches an acceptable level of cleanliness, disconnect Super Caddy from machine. 13. Install new hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing, can affect results. 14. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must be taken from system before oil passes through the filter when oil is warm. See Take Fluid Samples. (Operator's Manual.) 15. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir to proper operating level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) 16. Return machine to service.

Super Caddy is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00005D2 -19-27MAY15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=477

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure IMPORTANT: Oil types and filters must not be intermixed. To avoid intermixing of oils, use filter element in same type oil.

14. Fill tank to operating level. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

Avoid operating Super Caddy™ in dusty or wet conditions. Oil contamination will result.

CAUTION: Avoid entanglement and possible electrocution from Super Caddy™ power cord. Do not operate machine while Super Caddy™ is connected to machine.

NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing affects results.

Prevent possible personal injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from area before operating machine.

1. Park and Prepare For Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 15. Make sure that area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine.

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position or disconnect negative (-) battery cable. 3. Clean all machine components and surrounding areas.

16. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position or connect negative (-) battery cable.

4. Remove and clean fill cap and strainer. In sealed plastic bag, store fill cap and strainer.

17. Check Hydraulic System Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

5. Cover fill tube with plastic bag or all-purpose tape.

IMPORTANT: Trapped air suddenly compressed in a cylinder makes enough heat to ignite the oil used for assembly causing cap seal and ring damage. Start with cylinder rod retracted and the rod end filled with clean oil. Operate function to extend rod. Procedure eliminates most of the air and reduces the possibility of damage.

6. To remove oil contaminants before tank is drained, use Super Caddy™. See General Oil Cleanup Procedure. (Group 3160.) 7. Use Super Caddy™ to transfer oil from tank to a clean container or drain tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 8. Remove, disassemble, clean, and inspect system components.

18. Run machine at slow idle. To move air and contaminants back through machine’s oil filter, operate each circuit a minimum of 2 minutes in each direction.

9. Repair or replace damaged components. Install all components.

19. Cycle cylinders an additional 10 times to be sure that air is eliminated from circuit.

IMPORTANT: Oil cooler and accumulators cannot be cleaned of contamination and must be replaced.

20. Operate all functions for 3—5 minutes in each direction. 21. Filter oil until Super Caddy™ shuts off and contaminant value is to specification. Refer to operator's manual included with Super Caddy™ or see Super Caddy™ in Service ADVISOR™ for operating procedure.

System manifolds cannot always be cleaned of contamination and must be replaced. 10. Replace oil cooler and system accumulators. Some manifolds cannot be cleaned. Replace manifolds as required.

22. Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing affects results.

11. Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Ultra Clean process must have all T-fittings disconnected. Lines or hoses with T-fittings must be cleaned individually. 12. Locate and disconnect all circuit hoses and lines from pumps, motors, valves, manifolds, and T-fittings. To minimize contamination, close all openings of lines and components with caps and plugs. 13. Clean all lines and hoses using Ultra Clean hose kit. Install all removed lines and hoses.

23. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must be taken from system before oil passes through the return filter when oil is warm. 24. Check Hydraulic System Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 25. Return machine to service. 26. After 100 hours of service obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Confirm oil is within specification.

Super Caddy is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-2

NM95233,00005D1 -19-18MAR15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=478

Hydraulic System Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00005D1 -19-18MAR15-2/2

Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir ESSENTIAL TOOLS D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit TX1188477A —UN—20MAR15

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Disconnect vent hose (1) from hydraulic oil reservoir fill tube (2). 3. Connect D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit or equivalent to hydraulic oil reservoir where vent hose was removed. 4. Refer to pump instructions for operating information. 1— Vent Hose

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Fill Tube

2— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Fill Tube NM95233,00005C5 -19-13JUN18-1/1

Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install 33 kg 73 lb.

Cap Screw Torque

215 N·m 159 lb.-ft.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Pump Weight (approximate)

High-Pressure Fluids

position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-3

NM95233,00005CE -19-15MAY15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=479

Hydraulic System

5. Remove front floor mat. 6. Remove cap screws (1) and floor access plate (2). 7. Remove rear drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.) 2— Floor Access Plate

TX1188605A —UN—24MAR15

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Floor Access Plate Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-4

NM95233,00005CE -19-15MAY15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=480

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (3) and flanges (4). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (5—9). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use an appropriate lifting device. 10. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydraulic pump (113). 11. Remove cap screws (10) and hydraulic pump. TX1188604A —UN—24MAR15

Specification Hydraulic Pump—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 33 kg 73 lb.

NOTE: Internal pump components are not serviceable, complete pump must be replaced. Only seal kits and O-rings are serviceable. 12. Repair or replace hydraulic pump as necessary.

Hydraulic Pump Access From Inside Cab

13. Install new O-ring between hydraulic pump and transmission. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, install pump and cap screws (10). Tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................215 N·m 159 lb.-ft.

15. Connect hoses (5—8). 16. Install flanges and cap screws (3). TX1188601A —UN—24MAR15

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydraulic pump. Whenever hydraulic pump or hydraulic reservoir have been drained, refill hydraulic pump case before start up. 17. Fill hydraulic pump case with hydraulic oil through case drain fitting (11). See Hydraulic Oil. (Operator's Manual.) 18. Connect case drain hose (9). Hydraulic Pump Access From Under Machine

19. Install rear drive shaft. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install. (Group 0225.) 20. Fill hydraulic reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 21. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Flange (2 used) 5— Backhoe, Loader, and Stabilizer Functions Supply Hose (canopy machines) 6— Attenuator Supply Hose (cab machines) 7— Load Sense Hose

8— Hydraulic Low-Pressure Supply Hose 9— Case Drain Hose 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Case Drain Fitting 113— Hydraulic Pump

22. Start engine and check for leaks. NM95233,00005CE -19-15MAY15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=481

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 8.13 N·m 72 lb·in

Cap Screw Torque

9 1 7

5 8

11 13

14 15 6

10 12

TX1115183 TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Continued on next page

21-2160-6

NM95233,00005CF -19-07DEC17-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=482

TX1115183 —UN—23JUL12

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Pump—Exploded View 1— Drive Shaft Seal 2— Snap Ring 3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Pump Control

5— Gasket 6— Valve End Plate 7— Pump Housing 8— Cap Screw (4 used) 9— O-Ring

10— O-Ring (4 used) 11— Bearing 12— Control Piston 13— Bias Piston 14— Shim

NOTE: Internal components of hydraulic pump and rotate group are not serviced individually. Entire pump and rotate group are serviced as one assembly. Service parts available are the following: complete pump, pump control, pump seal kit, and pump control seal kit. NOTE: Drive shaft seal (1) can be removed without disassembling pump and shaft by removing snap ring (2) first. 1. Mount pump in bench vice. 2. Remove cap screws (3), pump control (4), and gasket (5). Repair or replace pump control as necessary. See Hydraulic Pump Control Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 2160.) 3. Remove snap ring (2) and drive shaft seal (1). 4. Mark orientation of valve end plate (6) to pump housing (7).

15— Seal 16— Rotate Group 17— Drive Shaft 18— Bearing

5. Remove cap screws (8), valve end plate, O-rings (9 and 10), bearing (11), control piston (12), and bias piston (13). 6. Remove shim (14), seal (15), rotate group (16), drive shaft (17), and bearing (18) as an assembly from pump housing. 7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 8. Install bearing (18), drive shaft, rotate group, seal, and shim. 9. Install bias piston, control piston, bearing (11), O-rings, valve end plate, and cap screws (8). 10. Install drive shaft seal and snap ring. 11. Install gasket (5), pump control (4), and cap screws (3). Specification Cap Screw—Torque...................................................................8.13 N·m 72 lb·in NM95233,00005CF -19-07DEC17-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=483

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Pump Control Disassemble and Assemble

1 1 2

SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (12) Torque

8.13 N·m 72 lb·in

NOTE: Pump control is serviced as complete assembly or a seal kit only.

IMPORTANT: When removing adjusting screws and O-rings make note to retain current settings. 1. Remove hydraulic pump control from hydraulic pump housing. 2. Remove complete adjustment screw assemblies by removing fittings (4 and 23) with all adjusting parts in place. Replace O-rings (5 and 21).

23 4 5

3. Install adjustment assemblies in housing. Tighten in housing (14) port.

7 17 8

4. Remove adjustment covers (1) for load sense and high pressure cut off screws (3).

5. Remove lock nuts (22) and O-rings (2) being careful not to lose current settings. Replace O-rings.

9 15

6. Install lock nuts, O-rings, and adjustment covers.

7. Install hydraulic pump control on hydraulic pump housing.

1— Cap (adjustment screw) 2— O-rings (4 used) 3— Adjustment Screw (2 used) 4— Fitting 5— O-ring 6— Spring 7— Spring 8— Guide 9— Spool (load sense) 10— Plug 11— Plug 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

13— Plug (2 used) 14— Control Housing 15— Spool (high pressure cut-off) 16— Guide 17— Spring 18— Spring 19— Spacer 20— Spacer 21— O-ring 22— Hex Nut (2 used) 23— Fitting

TX1188825 —UN—25MAR15

Specification Cap Screw (12)—Torque..............................................................................8.13 N·m 72 lb·in

Hydraulic Pump Control Exploded View NM95233,00005D0 -19-07DEC17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=484

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Reservoir Remove and Install 40 kg 88 lb

Cap Screw Torque

4 N·m 35 lb·in

TX1188966A —UN—26MAR15

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Weight (approximate)

Hood Cowling 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

2— Hood Cowling

2. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

5. Remove cab or canopy. See Operator’s Station Remove and Install. (Group 1800.)

3. Switch battery disconnect (if equipped) to OFF or disconnect the battery ground cable. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

6. Remove cap screws (1) and hood cowling (2).

4. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-9

NM95233,00005C9 -19-13JUN18-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=485

Hydraulic System

7. Machines With Engines 4045HT082, 4045HT083, and 4045HT096 Only: Remove cap screws (3 and 5), engine control unit (ECU) mounting plate (4), aftertreatment modules (6), and disconnect aftertreatment connector (X5039). Set parts aside. 8. Install identification tag and disconnect hydraulic reservoir vent hose (7). 9. Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (if equipped) (B10). TX1188967A —UN—26MAR15

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to hydraulic components. Make sure all hydraulic hoses are disconnected before removing hydraulic oil reservoir. Depending on the machine, the number of hydraulic hoses and their location on the hydraulic oil reservoir may differ. 10. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Engine Control Unit

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydraulic oil reservoir (10). Remove cap screws (9) and hydraulic oil reservoir. Specification Hydraulic Oil Reservoir—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb

12. Repair or replace as necessary. TX1188968A —UN—26MAR15

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 3— Cap Screw (3 used) 4— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Mounting Plate 5— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Aftertreatment Module (2 used) 7— Hydraulic Reservoir Vent Hose

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-10

8— Hydraulic Hose (8 used) 9— Cap Screw (4 used) 10— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir B10— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (if equipped) X5039—Aftertreatment Connector

NM95233,00005C9 -19-13JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=486

Hydraulic System

• When installing the sight glass (25), tighten cap screws (26) to specification.

XJ1229432A —UN—29NOV16

Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................4 N·m 35 lb·in

• Fill hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

• Switch battery disconnect (if equipped) to ON or connect •

the battery ground cable. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) Start engine and check for leaks.

25— Sight Glass

26— Cap Screw (2 used)

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Sight Glass

NM95233,00005C9 -19-13JUN18-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=487

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install

Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

39 11 11

4 8 8 120

2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

TX1116099 —UN—20JUN12

5 1

3 5

3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

5 120 2

4. Drain coolant. See Draining the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers

5. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) and coolant hoses (3 and 4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove cap screws (5) and lower hydraulic oil cooler (120).

1— Hydraulic Oil Filter Return Hose 2— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose 3— Coolant Hose 4— Coolant Hose 5— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Return Hose 7— Coolant Supply Hose

8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Coolant Return Hose 10— Transmission Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 11— Cap Screw (3 used) 39— Transmission Oil Cooler 120— Hydraulic Oil Cooler (2 used)

8. Repair or replace as necessary. 4. Fill coolant system. See Filling the Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install 1. Install hydraulic oil cooler and cap screws (5). 2. Connect hydraulic (1 and 2) and coolant hoses (3 and 4).

5. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

3. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-12

NM95233,00005CB -19-13JUN18-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=488

Hydraulic System Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove—If Equipped 1. Remove lower hydraulic oil cooler. See Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove.

2. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (2 and 6) and coolant hoses (3 and 7). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

39 11 11

3. Remove cap screws (8 ) and upper hydraulic oil cooler.

4. Repair or replace as necessary.

4 8 8

1. Install upper hydraulic oil cooler and cap screws (8). 2. Connect hydraulic (2 and 6) and coolant hoses (3 and 7).

120

3. Install lower hydraulic oil cooler. See Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install. 1— Hydraulic Oil Filter Return Hose 2— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose 3— Coolant Hose 4— Coolant Hose 5— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Return Hose 7— Coolant Supply Hose

8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Coolant Return Hose 10— Transmission Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 11— Cap Screw (3 used) 39— Transmission Oil Cooler 120— Hydraulic Oil Cooler (2 used)

3 5 5 120 2 Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

5 TX1116099 —UN—20JUN12

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install

21-2160-13

NM95233,00005CB -19-13JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=489

Hydraulic System Transmission Oil Cooler Remove 1. Remove upper and lower hydraulic oil coolers. See Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and see Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove—If Equipped.

6 10

2. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant hoses (4 and 9). Close all openings using caps or plugs.

39 11 11

NOTE: If hose clamps are inaccessible from underneath machine, remove front floor mat and floor access panel to access hose clamps.

4 8 8

120

4. Remove cap screws (11) and transmission oil cooler (39).

TX1116099 —UN—20JUN12

3. Install identification tags and disconnect transmission hoses (10). Close all openings using caps or plugs.

3 5

5. Repair or replace as necessary.

Transmission Oil Cooler Install

120 2

1. Install transmission oil cooler and cap screws (11). Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers

2. Connect transmission hoses. 3. Connect coolant hoses (4 and 9). 4. Install upper and lower hydraulic oil coolers. See Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install and see Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install. 5. Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Hydraulic Oil Filter Return Hose 2— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose 3— Coolant Hose 4— Coolant Hose 5— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Return Hose 7— Coolant Supply Hose

8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Coolant Return Hose 10— Transmission Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 11— Cap Screw (3 used) 39— Transmission Oil Cooler 120— Hydraulic Oil Cooler (2 used)

NM95233,00005CB -19-13JUN18-3/3

Hydraulic Filter Assembly Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

Avoid High Pressure Fluids

5. Remove front floor mat.

4. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir or apply vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-14

NM95233,00005CA -19-27MAR15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=490

Hydraulic System

6. Remove cap screws (1) and floor access panel (2). 2— Floor Access Panel

TX1115287A —UN—07JUN12

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Floor Access Panel (310K floor access panel shown) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-15

NM95233,00005CA -19-27MAR15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=491

Hydraulic System

7. Rotate hydraulic oil filter (118) counterclockwise to remove. 8. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (3—6). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

B12

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic filter restriction switch (B12) connector is hidden. To prevent possible damage to wiring and switch, support filter assembly when removing cap screws.

10. Disconnect electrical connector from hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and remove hydraulic filter assembly.

3 5

118

11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 12. Connect electrical connector to hydraulic oil filter restriction switch. 13. Install hydraulic oil filter assembly and cap screws.

TX1113982 —UN—06JUN12

9. Support hydraulic filter assembly and remove cap screws (7).

Hydraulic Filter Assembly

14. Connect hoses. 15. Install floor access panel and cap screws. 16. Install front floor mat. 17. Apply clean hydraulic oil to filter seal. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise until seal touches base and tighten additional 3/4 turn. 18. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil 19. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic System Oil Level. (Operator's Manual) TX1114027A —UN—06JUN12

20. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 21. Start engine and check for leaks. 3— Backhoe Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Filter Hose 4— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Filter Hose 5— Hydraulic Oil Filter-toHydraulic Oil Cooler Hose 6— Hydraulic Oil Filter-toHydraulic Oil Reservoir Hose

7— Cap Screw (4 used) 118— Hydraulic Oil Filter B12— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch

Hydraulic Filter Assembly (view from access panel)

NM95233,00005CA -19-27MAR15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=492

Hydraulic System

Load Sense Generation Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATION 73 N·m 54 lb·ft X9811 —UN—23AUG88

Cap Screw Torque

NOTE: Malfunctioning load sense generation valve may cause loss of hydraulic power or engine stalling when applying hydraulic load. The load sense generation valve is serviced as a complete valve assembly which includes the solenoid cartridge. If load sense generation valve is not functioning properly due to solenoid malfunction, replace complete valve with solenoid. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

High-Pressure Fluid

2. Release hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) NM95233,00005D5 -19-29JUN16-1/2

5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic pump load sense pressure sensor (B62) and control solenoid (Y56) electrical connectors. 7. Remove cap screws (2) and load sense generation valve (122). 8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 9. Install load sense generation valve and cap screws. TX1189391A —UN—31MAR15

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

10. Connect electrical connectors. 11. Connect hydraulic hoses (1). 12. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil reservoir. 13. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 14. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

Load Sense Generation Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose (4 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 122— Load Sense Generation Valve

B62— Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Pressure Sensor Y56— Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid

15. Start machine and check for leaks. 16. Perform Load Sense Generation Valve Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) NM95233,00005D5 -19-29JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-17

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=493

Hydraulic System

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

21-2160-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=494

Contents

Section 31 Loader

Page Page

Group 3102—Bucket Loader Bucket Remove and Install ..................................................... 31-3102-1 Welded Bucket Cutting Edges Replacement Procedure........................ 31-3102-2

Loader Auxiliary Accumulator Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................................. 31-3160-22 Loader Boom Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-23 Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-24 Loader Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 31-3160-25 Ride Control Valve Remove and Install ................................................... 31-3160-26 Ride Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 31-3160-27 Ride Control Accumulator Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-28 Ride Control Valve Solenoid Disassemble and Assemble ................ 31-3160-29

Group 3104—Attachment Coupler Loader Coupler Remove and Install ..................................................... 31-3104-1 Loader Coupler Manifold Disassemble and Assemble .................. 31-3104-2 Loader Coupler Cylinder Remove and Install .............................................. 31-3104-8 Loader Coupler Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble .................. 31-3104-8 Group 3115—Controls Linkage Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Single Lever...................................................... 31-3115-1 Loader Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment............................................. 31-3115-2 Group 3140—Frames Loader Boom Remove and Install.............. 31-3140-1 Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install .............................................. 31-3140-4 Group 3160—Hydraulic System Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install................................ 31-3160-1 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 31-3160-3 Loader and Stabilizer Relief Valves Remove and Install.............................. 31-3160-15 Loader Boom Anticavitation Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 31-3160-17 Loader Boom Raise and Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 31-3160-18 Loader Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation Disassemble and Assemble ................ 31-3160-19 Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped ............................................. 31-3160-20 Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug Disassemble and Assemble ................ 31-3160-20 Loader Auxiliary Manifold Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-21

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 3102

Bucket Loader Bucket Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

53 kg 117 lb.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Lower loader to ground.

TX1189492A —UN—01APR15

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. If equipped with multipurpose bucket, disconnect hydraulic hoses (9). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Loader Bucket (multipurpose bucket shown)

5. Remove snap rings (1) and washers (2) from pins (3). 1— Snap Ring (2 used) 2— Washer (as needed) 3— Pin (2 used) 4— Bucket Cylinder 5— Bucket Linkage (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. When removing bucket linkage pins, bucket cylinder and links can fall forward and cause bodily injury. If necessary, support bucket linkage using blocks.

6— Lock Nut (2 used) 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Pin (2 used) 9— Hydraulic Hose (2 used, if equipped)

9. Remove loader bucket. 6. Attach appropriate lifting device and support bucket cylinder (4). Remove pins (3) from bucket cylinder and bucket linkage (5). Specification Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg 117 lb.

10. Repair or replace bucket as needed. 11. Align loader arms with bucket pin bosses. 12. Install pins (8), cap screws, and lock nuts. 13. Align bucket cylinder rod with bucket. Install pin (3), washers, and snap ring.

7. Remove lock nuts (6), cap screws (7), and pins (8).

14. Align bucket linkage with bucket and install pin (3), washers, and snap ring.

8. Properly secure bucket cylinder and linkage to front of machine.

15. Connect hydraulic hoses, if equipped. NM95233,00005D6 -19-09JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3102-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=497

Bucket

Welded Bucket Cutting Edges Replacement Procedure 1. Perform welding in an environment with a minimum ambient temperature of 10°C (50°F). 2. Clean all joints to be welded of all foreign matter such as dirt, rust, mill scale, oil, etc. with grinders and/or solvents.

5. Tack weld preheated plates starting at center of bucket and working toward the outside ends. 6. Final weld preheated plates starting at the center of the front edge of the bucket backing plate and working toward the outside ends. Repeat this operation at back edge of loader blade. Tack welds may be incorporated into the final weld, providing they have been made with electrodes that meet the requirements of the final welds and no cracking has occurred in the weld metal. Tack welds not meeting these requirements must be completely removed by grinding or air arc gouging just prior to making the final weld in that area.

3. Use dry AWS-E7018 low hydrogen electrodes or either of the following equivalent low hydrogen wire feed electrodes: gas metal arc welding (CO 2 or argon CO 2) AWS-E70S6 or flux cored arc welding AWS-E70T1. 4. Preheat parts to be welded (both tack and final welds) to minimum of 204°C (400°F). PREHEAT TEMPERATURE MUST BE THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE THICKNESS OF THE PARTS JOINED AND AT LEAST 51 mm (2 in) BACK FROM THE JOINT. Maintain preheat throughout the entire welding operation. A Tempilstik® should be used if possible.

7. Do not remove bucket from welding environment until weld metal temperature has dropped to the ambient temperature. Do not force cooling rate of weld metal.

Tempilstik is a trademark of LA-CO Industries, Inc. NM95233,00005D7 -19-13JUN17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3102-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=498

Group 3104

Attachment Coupler Loader Coupler Remove and Install SPECIFICATION Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

53 kg 117 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove loader bucket or front attachment. TX1189510A —UN—01APR15

3. Place loader coupler (7) in horizontal position. 4. Stop engine. 5. Release all hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 6. Release hydraulic pressure from loader coupler hydraulic system as follows: 1. Turn key to ON position or press engine START switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) once. 2. 310L Machines: Press and hold the loader coupler switch for at least 2 seconds. 310SL, 310SL HL, and 410L Machines: Press and hold the loader coupler switch on the SSM for at least 2 seconds. 3. Wait 5 seconds to allow cylinder pressure to release. 4. Turn key OFF or press engine STOP switch on the SSM. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. When removing bucket linkage pins, bucket cylinder and links can fall forward and cause bodily injury. If necessary, support bucket linkage using blocks. 8. Attach appropriate lifting device and support bucket cylinder (2). Remove pins (4—6).

Loader Coupler 1— Loader Auxiliary Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 2— Bucket Cylinder 3— Loader Coupler Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 4— Bucket Cylinder Linkage Pin

5— Loader Arm Attachment Pin (2 used) 6— Bucket Cylinder Rod End Pin 7— Loader Coupler

Specification Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg 117 lb

9. Remove loader coupler (7). 10. Repair or replace loader coupler as necessary. 11. Install loader coupler and align with loader arms, bucket cylinder, and bucket linkage. 12. Install pins (4—6). 13. Connect hydraulic hoses (1 and 3). 14. Check hydraulic fluid level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) 15. Start the machine and check for leaks. 16. Install loader bucket or front attachment. NM95233,00005D8 -19-30NOV16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=499

Attachment Coupler

Loader Coupler Manifold Disassemble and Assemble 1 2

1 3

6 5 8

8 18

16 15 13

9 8

TX1228576 —UN—17NOV16

11 10 TX1228576 Loader Coupler Manifold (310L and 310SL machines only) (S.N. —304844)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-2

NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-1/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=500

Attachment Coupler 1— Nut (2 used) 2— Solenoid 3— Solenoid 4— Solenoid Valve 5— Solenoid Valve 6— Check Valve

7— Check Valve 8— O-Ring (4 used) 9— O-Ring (2 used) 10— Plug 11— Orifice (2 used)

12— Plug 13— Manifold 14— Backup Ring (4 used) 15— O-Ring (2 used) 16— Backup Ring (4 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-3

17— O-Ring (3 used) 18— Backup Ring (4 used)

NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-2/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=501

Attachment Coupler

1 2

TX1227963 —UN—02DEC16

TX1227963 Loader Coupler Pressure Manifold (310L and 310SL machines only) (S.N. 304845— ) 1— Nut 2— Solenoid 3— Solenoid Valve

4— Manifold 5— O-Ring

6— O-Ring 7— Backup Ring

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-4

NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-3/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=502

Attachment Coupler NOTE: For machines with (S.N. —304844), loader coupler unlock manifold is only used on 310SL HL and 410L. For machines with (S.N. 304845—

), loader coupler unlock manifold is used on all models equipped with the loader coupler. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-5

NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-4/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=503

Attachment Coupler

1 2

4 7 5 13 12 11

TX1228577 —UN—02DEC16

TX1228577 Loader Coupler Unlock Manifold

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-6

NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-5/6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=504

Attachment Coupler 1— Nut 2— Solenoid 3— Solenoid Valve 4— Check Valve 5— O-Ring (2 used)

6— O-Ring 7— Plug (2 used) 8— Manifold 9— O-Ring 10— O-Ring (2 used)

11— Backup Ring (3 used) 12— Backup Ring (2 used) 13— Backup Ring (2 used)

DISASSEMBLE

Assemble components as shown.

NOTE: There are three different loader coupler manifolds. Reference appropriate figure based on which manifold is equipped on machine.

Other Materials

• Loctite® 272™

- Apply to orifice (11) threads.

Remove and disassemble components as shown. Inspect, repair, or replace components as necessary. Additional Information Apply Loctite® 272™ to orifices (11) before assembly.

Torque Specifications Specification Orifice—Torque...............................................................................7 N·m 61 lb.-in.

ASSEMBLE Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation NM95233,00005DB -19-19DEC16-6/6

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=505

Attachment Coupler

Loader Coupler Cylinder Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

2. Remove loader bucket or front attachment. 3. Stop engine. 4. Release all hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 5. Release hydraulic pressure from loader coupler hydraulic system as follows: High-Pressure Fluid

TX1116969A —UN—29JUN12

1. Turn key to ON position or press engine START switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) once. 2. 310L Machines: Press and hold the loader coupler switch for at least 2 seconds. 310SL, 310SL HL, and 410L Machines: Press and hold the loader coupler switch on the SSM for at least 2 seconds. 3. Wait 5 seconds to allow cylinder pressure to release. 4. Turn key OFF or press engine STOP switch on the SSM. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Loader Coupler Cylinder

7. Remove lock nuts (2), washers (3), and cap screws (4). 1— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 2— Lock Nut (2 used) 3— Washer (2 used)

8. Remove loader coupler cylinder (5).

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Loader Coupler Cylinder

9. Repair or replace coupler cylinder as necessary. 10. Install loader coupler cylinder. 14. Start engine and check for leaks.

11. Install cap screws, washers, and lock nuts.

15. Install loader bucket or front attachment.

12. Connect hydraulic hoses. 13. Check hydraulic fluid level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

NM95233,00005D9 -19-30NOV16-1/1

Loader Coupler Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble For loader coupler cylinder repair information, see Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NM95233,00005DA -19-03NOV16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3104-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=506

Group 3115

Controls Linkage Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Single Lever

TX1117983 —UN—13JUL12

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove floor mat. 3. Remove cap screws (1) and middle floor panel (2). 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

2— Middle Floor Panel

Middle Floor Panel NM95233,00005DC -19-09JUN15-1/5

4. Remove cap screws (3), washers (4), and cover (5). 5— Cover

TX1116376A —UN—18JUL12

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Washer (4 used)

Loader Control Cover NM95233,00005DC -19-09JUN15-2/5

5. Remove cap screw (6), washer (7), and floor plate (8). 6. Remove cap screws (9) and cover (10). 9— Cap Screw (2 used) 10— Cover

TX1116377A —UN—18JUL12

6— Cap Screw 7— Washer 8— Floor Plate

Loader Control Linkage Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3115-1

NM95233,00005DC -19-09JUN15-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=507

Controls Linkage

7. Remove pin retainers (11), pin fasteners (12), and loader control valve linkages from loader and stabilizer control valve spools. 12— Pin Fastener (2 used) TX1118349A —UN—18JUL12

11— Pin Retainer (2 used)

Loader Linkage Clips NM95233,00005DC -19-09JUN15-4/5

8. Remove lock nuts (13), ball joints (14), and loader control valve linkages (15).

TX1118350A —UN—26JUL12

9. Repair or replace loader control valve linkage as necessary. 10. Install loader control valve linkages, ball joints, and lock nuts. 11. Install loader control valve linkages onto loader and stabilizer control valve spools and secure with pin fasteners and pin retainers. 12. Adjust linkage to allow full operating range of loader, if necessary.

Control Linkage Removal

13. Install cover (10) and cap screws (9). 14. Install floor plate (8), cap screw (6), and washer (7).

13— Lock Nut (3 used) 14— Ball Joint (2 used)

15— Loader Control Valve Linkage (2 used)

15. Install cover (5), washers (4), and cap screws (3). 16. Install middle floor panel (2) and cap screws (1). 17. Install floor mat. NM95233,00005DC -19-09JUN15-5/5

Loader Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment See Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment. (Group 9025-20). SL78608,000064E -19-02NOV16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3115-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=508

Group 3140

Frames Loader Boom Remove and Install 399 kg 880 lb.

Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

36 kg 79 lb.

TX1117075A —UN—03JUL12

SPECIFICATIONS Loader Boom Weight (approximate)

Boom Cylinder Pin 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Pin Retainer Plate (2 used)

2. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

12— Pin (2 used) 13— Lift Arm (2 used)

CAUTION: Be careful when removing bucket linkage pins. Linkage can fall and cause bodily injury. If necessary, support bucket linkage using blocks.

7. Remove cap screws (10) and pin retainer plates (11).

3. Remove loader linkage. See Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3140.)

8. Using appropriate lifting device, support boom cylinder and remove pin (12) from lift arm (13). Lower rod end of boom cylinder and allow it to rest on the block.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

4. Remove loader bucket cylinder. See Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

Specification Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 79 lb.

5. Remove loader bucket. See Loader Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3102.) 6. On both sides of machine, position a block on the front axle directly under boom cylinder.

9. Repeat for opposite cylinder.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3140-1

NM95233,00005E0 -19-09JUN15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=509

Frames

10. Install lifting straps at rear lifting points (1) and front lifting points (3). Make sure lifting straps are installed as follows:

• Attach lifting straps to rear lifting points (1) using choker method.

• Attach lifting straps to front lifting points (3) just in front of cross tube (2).

3— Front Lifting Point (2 used)

TX1190228A —UN—10APR15

1— Rear Lifting Point (2 used) 2— Cross Tube

Loader Lifting Points Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3140-2

NM95233,00005E0 -19-09JUN15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=510

Frames

11. Disconnect return-to-dig switch (S12) connector. 12. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (8 and 9). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 13. Support weight of loader boom with appropriate lifting device. 14. Remove snap rings (5), washers (6), and pins (7). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. TX1190229A —UN—10APR15

15. Lift and remove loader boom using appropriate lifting device. Specification Loader Boom—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 399 kg 880 lb.

16. Repair or replace loader boom as necessary. Boom Pin Removal

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

5— Snap Ring (2 used) 6— Washer (as needed) 7— Pin (2 used)

17. Using appropriate lifting device, install loader boom and align pin bushings. Specification Loader Boom—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 399 kg 880 lb.

18. Install pins (7), washers, and snap rings. 19. Connect hydraulic hoses. 20. Connect return-to-dig switch (S12) connector. 21. Install pins (12) into lift arms (13). 22. Install pin retainer plates and cap screws.

8— Hydraulic Hose 9— Hydraulic Hose S12— Return-to-Dig Switch

23. Install loader bucket. See Loader Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3102.) 24. Install bucket cylinder. See Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 25. Install bucket linkage. See Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3115.) 26. Connect and adjust bucket self-leveling linkage. See Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment. (Group 9025-20.) NM95233,00005E0 -19-09JUN15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3140-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=511

Frames

Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

53 kg 117 lb

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01045AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Lower all equipment to ground and stop engine.

TX1190345A —UN—09JUN15

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve pressure in system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Remove snap ring (2) and self leveling rod (1) from bucket linkage, if equipped. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling cylinder. Bucket cylinder falls when linkages are removed. Attach appropriate lifting device to support bucket cylinder before removing parts.

Loader Bucket Cylinder Linkage 1— Self-Leveling Rod (if equipped) 2— Snap Ring (if equipped) 3— Bucket Link (2 used) 4— Snap Ring (8 used) 5— Washer (as needed)

5. Attach appropriate lifting device to loader bucket cylinder. Specification Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg 117 lb

6— Pin 7— Pin 8— Pin 9— Bucket Link (2 used)

Graphite deteriorates synthetic bushings. Excessive use of grease to joint attracts dirt and sand that causes excessive wear to bushings.

6. Remove snap rings (4), washers (5), and bucket links (3 and 9) from machine.

11. Install bucket links (9) to bucket and bucket cylinder with pin (7), washers (5), and snap rings (4).

7. Inspect links. Repair or replace as needed. 8. Clean and inspect bushings and cylinder trunnions. NOTE: If fit of bushings to cylinder trunnions is still tight, then reuse the bushings. If fit is not tight or bushings are damaged, replace as needed. 9. Remove bushings using D01045AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set. 10. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of bushings and cylinder trunnions before assembly

12. Install bucket links (3) to loader boom and bucket cylinder with pin (6), washers (5), and snap rings (4). 13. Align bucket links with cylinder and attach links to cylinder using washers and snap rings. Use shims as required to reduce looseness on bucket links and bucket links to cylinder. 14. Install self leveling rod with snap ring, if equipped.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a graphite-based grease on the synthetic bushings when assembling. NM95233,00005DF -19-18MAY18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3140-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=512

Group 3160

Hydraulic System Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Weight (approximate)

37 kg 82 lb.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

3. Release hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

TX1117338 —UN—06JUL12

2. Remove right rear wheel. See Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.)

4. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Cover

5. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir or apply vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.)

1— Cap Screw (3 used)

6. Remove cap screws (1) and loader and stabilizer control valve cover (2).

2— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Cover

Lever or see Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Two Lever. (Group 3115.)

7. Remove loader control valve linkage. See Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Single Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-1

NM95233,00005E1 -19-01JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=513

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cotter pins (3) and disconnect stabilizer linkages (4) from loader and stabilizer control valve (190).

9. Install identification tags and disconnect all hydraulic hoses. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

4 5

190

10. Disconnect electrical connector from return-to-dig switch (S12).

TX1117339 —UN—06JUL12

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Attach appropriate lifting device to loader and stabilizer control valve.

S12

Specification Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb.

Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve

12. Remove cap screws (5) and loader and stabilizer control valve. 13. Repair or replace loader and stabilizer control valve as necessary. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 14. Install loader and stabilizer control valve and cap screws (5). 15. Connect electrical connector to return-to-dig switch. 16. Connect hydraulic hoses to loader and stabilizer control valve. 17. Install stabilizer linkages and cotter pins. 18. Install loader control valve linkage. See Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Single Lever or see Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install—Two Lever. (Group 3115.)

3— Cotter Pin (2 used) 4— Stabilizer Linkage (2 used) 5— Cap Screw (3 used)

190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve S12— Return-to-Dig Switch

19. Fill hydraulic reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 20. Connect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 21. Start machine and check for leaks. 22. Install loader and stabilizer control valve cover and cap screws (1). 23. Install right rear wheel. See Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0110.) NM95233,00005E1 -19-01JUN15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=514

Hydraulic System

Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble 9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) Torque

9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

TX1190655A —UN—17APR15

SPECIFICATIONS Spool End Cap Screw Torque

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength)

Stabilizer Valve Spool Bellcrank

Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ 1— Lock Nut (3 used) 2— Cap Screw 3— Bellcrank (2 used)

Stabilizer Spool Disassemble and Assemble NOTE: For machines with (S.N. —292973), left stabilizer thermal relief valve is located in the top of the valve. The right stabilizer thermal relief valve is located in the bottom of valve. For machines with (S.N. 292974— ), left and right thermal relief valves are located in the top of the valve.

191— Left Stabilizer Valve Spool 192— Right Stabilizer Valve Spool

NOTE: Stabilizer spool disassemble and assemble is identical for left and right stabilizers. Left stabilizer is shown in illustrations. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Clean valve assembly to remove any dirt and debris. 3. Remove lock nuts (1), cap screw (2), and bellcranks (3) from stabilizer valve spools (191 and 192). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-3

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-1/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=515

Hydraulic System

6 5 8

191

192

190 18 17 16 14 15 13

12 11 TX1190659

TX1190659 —UN—17APR15

Stabilizer Valve Spool

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-4

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-2/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=516

Hydraulic System 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Base 6— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Plate 9— Spool Wiper Seal

10— Lip Seal 11— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Cap 13— Spool End Cap Screw 14— Retainer (2 used)

15— Spring 192— Right Stabilizer Valve 16— Plate Spool 17— Seal 18— Seal 190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 191— Left Stabilizer Valve Spool

4. Remove cap screws (4) and base (5).

9. Remove plate (16).

5. Remove retaining cap screws (6) and plate (8).

10. Remove left stabilizer valve spool (191) from loader and stabilizer control valve (190).

6. Use an O-ring pick to remove spool wiper seal (9) and lip seal (10). 7. Remove retaining cap screws (11) and cap (12). 8. Remove spool end cap screw (13), retainers (14), and spring (15).

11. Use an O-ring pick to remove seals (17 and 18). 12. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-5

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-3/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=517

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Do not damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer must be used to install lip seal (10). Lube seals with hydraulic oil prior to installation.

13. Use JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer and place lip seal (10) on end of tool driver (30) with open side of seal away from tool driver.

NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress seal for installation. 14. Carefully slide tool sleeve (28) over lip seal and tool driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not press seal through tool sleeve.

TX1133504 —UN—16APR13

15. Place tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. 16. Push tool driver to install lip seal into valve housing. 17. Spin tool driver 180 degrees and hold-down for several seconds. This allows the air to escape and seal to seat in the valve counterbore.

Installation Tool

18. Install spool wiper seal (9).

10— Lip Seal 28— Tool Sleeve

19. Repeat steps 12—19 for opposite end of spool.

30— Tool Driver

20. Install left stabilizer valve spool (191). 25. Install plate (8) and retaining cap screws (6). Tighten to specification.

21. Install plate (16), retainers (14), and spring (15). 22. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) and Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ to threads of spool and cap screws.

Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

23. Install spool end cap screw (13). Tighten to specification.

26. Install base (5) and cap screws (4).

Specification Spool End Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

27. Install bellcranks (3), cap screws (2), and lock nuts (1). 28. Check for correct seal installation by pushing down on stabilizer spool. Spool must return to neutral position.

24. Install cap (12) and retaining cap screws (11). Tighten to specification. Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-6

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-4/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=518

Hydraulic System Boom Spool Disassemble and Assemble

13 13

193

19 20

21 15

190

18 12

15 11

10 3

9 8

XJ1258140 —UN—12JUN18

2 XJ1258140 Boom Valve Spool

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-7

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-5/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=519

Hydraulic System 1— Filter 2— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Cap 4— Spool End Cap Screw 5— Valve Seat Insert 6— Spring

14— Plate 15— Lip Seal (2 used) 16— Spool Wiper Seal 18— O-Ring 19— Seat 20— O-Ring 21— Spring

7— Valve Seat Insert 8— Ball (4 used) 9— Cam 10— Spring 11— Sleeve 12— Sleeve 13— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used)

1. Check filter (1) and replace if necessary.

22— Poppet 190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 193— Loader Boom Spool

2. Remove retaining cap screws (2) and cap (3).

9. Use an O-ring pick to remove lower lip seal (15) and O-ring (18) from loader and stabilizer control valve.

3. Remove spool end cap screw (4) from valve seat insert (5).

10. Remove seat (19), O-ring (20), spring (21), and poppet (22) from loader and stabilizer control valve.

4. Remove spring (6) from both valve seat inserts (5 and 7).

11. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

5. Remove balls (8), cam (9), and spring (10) from sleeves (11 and 12).

12. Install seat, O-ring (20), spring (21), and poppet to loader and stabilizer control valve.

6. Remove retaining cap screws (13) and plate (14).

13. Install sleeve (12) and O-ring (18) to loader and stabilizer control valve.

7. Remove loader boom spool (193). 8. Use an O-ring pick to remove spool wiper seal (16) and upper lip seal (15) from loader and stabilizer control valve (190).

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-8

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-6/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=520

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Do not damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer must be used to install lip seal (15). Lube seals with hydraulic oil prior to installation.

14. Use JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer and place lip seal (15) on end of tool driver (24) with open side of seal away from tool driver.

NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress seal for installation. 15. Carefully slide tool sleeve (23) over seal and tool driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not press seal through tool sleeve.

TX1194972 —UN—01JUN15

16. Place tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. 17. Push tool driver to install lip seal into sleeve (11). 18. Spin tool driver 180 degrees and hold-down for several seconds. This allows the air to escape and seal to seat in valve counterbore.

Installation Tool

19. Install spool wiper seal (16).

15— Lip Seal 23— Tool Sleeve

20. Repeat steps 14—18 for opposite end of spool. 21. Install loader boom spool in loader and stabilizer control valve.

24— Tool Driver

25. Install spring into both valve seat inserts.

22. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) and Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ to threads of spool and cap screws.

26. Install spool end cap screw. Tighten to specification. Specification Spool End Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

23. Install plate and retaining cap screws (13). Tighten cap screws to specifications. Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

NOTE: There should be a 1/8” gap between cap and loader and stabilizer control valve.

27. Install cap and retaining cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

24. Install sleeves, spring (10), cam, and balls. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-9

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-7/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=521

Hydraulic System Bucket Spool Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove lock nut (1), cap screw (2), and tube (3) from loader bucket spool (194).

6 4 4

1 3 2

194

24 8

26 27

190

28 21

22 20 11

19 10

18 17

15 14 TX1190661

TX1190661 —UN—30SEP15

16 9

Bucket Valve Spool Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-10

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-8/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=522

Hydraulic System 1— Lock Nut 2— Cap Screw 3— Tube 4— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Plate 6— Spacer 7— Spool Wiper Seal 8— Lip Seal (2 used)

9— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 10— Magnet Housing 11— Magnet Assembly 14— Clapper 15— Spool End Cap Screw 16— Plate

17— Spacer 18— Spring Seat 19— Ring 20— Spring 21— Plate 22— Spring Seat 24— Fitting Plug 25— O-Ring 26— Spring

27— Poppet 28— Spacer 190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 194— Loader Bucket Spool

2. Remove retaining cap screws (4), plate (5), and spacer (6).

8. Use an O-ring pick remove spool wiper seal (7) and lip seals (8) from loader and stabilizer control valve.

3. Remove retaining cap screws (9), magnet housing (10), and magnet assembly (11).

9. Remove fitting plug (24), O-ring (25), spring (26), and poppet (27).

4. Remove spacer (28), clapper (14), spool end cap screw (15), and plate (16).

10. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

5. Remove spacer (17), spring seat (18), and ring (19).

11. Install poppet, spring (26), O-ring (25), and fitting plug.

6. Remove spring (20), plate (21), and spring seat (22). 7. Remove loader bucket spool from loader and stabilizer control valve (190). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-11

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-9/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=523

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Do not damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer must be used to install lip seal.

Lube seals with hydraulic oil prior to installation. 12. Use JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer and place lip seal (8) on end of tool driver (29) with open side of seal away from tool driver.

NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress seal for installation. 13. Carefully slide tool sleeve (28) over seal and tool driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not press seal through tool sleeve.

TX1134984 —UN—16APR13

14. Place tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. 15. Push tool driver to install lip seal into valve housing. 16. Spin tool driver 180 degrees and hold-down for several seconds. This allows the air to escape and seal to seat in valve counterbore. 17. Install spool wiper seal (7).

Installation Tool 8— Lip Seal 28— Tool Sleeve

18. Repeat steps 14—18 for opposite end of spool. 19. Install loader bucket spool into loader and stabilizer control valve.

29— Tool Driver

Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

20. Install spring seat (22), plate (21), and spring (20). 21. Install ring (19), spring seat (18), and spacer (17). 22. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) and Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ to threads of spool and the spool end cap screw (15).

25. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) and Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ to threads of spool and cap screws.

23. Install plate (16), spool end cap screw (15), clapper (14), and spacer (28). Tighten spool end cap screw to specification.

26. Install spacer (6), plate (5), and retaining cap screws (4). Tighten to specification.

Specification Spool End Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

27. Install tube, cap screw (2), and lock nut.

24. Install magnet assembly, magnet housing, and retaining cap screws (9). Tighten to specification. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-12

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-10/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=524

Hydraulic System Auxiliary Spool Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped

1 1 2

195

3 16 17

13 14

190

4 12 11

10 9 8 7

5 5 TX1190662

TX1190662 —UN—17APR15

Auxiliary Valve Spool Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-13

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-11/12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=525

Hydraulic System 1— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Cap 3— O-Ring 4— O-Ring 5— Retaining Cap Screw (2 used)

6— Cap 7— Spool End Cap Screw 8— Retainer 9— Spring 10— Retainer 11— O-Ring

1. Remove retaining cap screws (1), cap (2), and O-ring (3). 2. Remove retaining cap screws (5) and cap (6). 3. Remove spool end cap screw (7), retainers (8 and 10), and spring (9).

12— Seal 13— Plug 14— O-Ring 15— Plug 16— O-Ring 17— Spring 18— Poppet 190— Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve

195— Loader Auxiliary Spool

Specification Spool End Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

4. Remove seal (12) and O-rings (4 and 11).

14. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Lock and Sealer (high strength) and Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ to threads of spool and cap screws.

5. Remove loader auxiliary spool (195) from loader and stabilizer control valve (190).

15. Install cap and retaining cap screws (5). Tighten to specification.

6. Remove plug (13) and O-ring (14). 7. Remove plug (15), O-ring (16), spring (17), and poppet (18).

Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

8. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

16. Install cap (2) and retaining cap screws (1). Tighten to specification.

9. Install poppet, spring (17), O-ring (16), and plug (15).

Specification Retaining Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

10. Install O-ring (14) and plug (13). 11. Install loader auxiliary spool. 12. Install O-rings (4 and 11) and seal (12). 13. Install retainers (10 and 8), spring (9), and spool end cap screw (7). Tighten spool end cap screw to specification. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

NM95233,00005E2 -19-13JUN18-12/12

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=526

Hydraulic System

Loader and Stabilizer Relief Valves Remove and Install

253

45 N·m 33 lb·ft

Relief Valve (26.00 mm [1.06 in]) Torque

61 N·m 45 lb·ft

System Relief Valve Torque

45 N·m 33 lb·ft

196— Load Sense Drain Regulator 249— Lockout Valve (2 used) 250— Lockout Valve (2 used, with thermal relief) 251— Boom Circuit Relief Valve (no anticavitation)

250

249

255

SPECIFICATIONS Relief Valve (22.35 mm [0.88 in]) Torque

251

252— Boom Anticavitation Check Valve 253— Bucket Circuit Relief Valve (no anticavitation) 254— Bucket Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation) 255— Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve (2 used, with anticavitation)

252 255

249 250

254

TX1227977 —UN—10NOV16

196

Loader Control Valve Relief Valves (S.N. —292973) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-15

JA92389,000021E -19-28JUL17-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=527

Hydraulic System

1. To remove loader and stabilizer control valve, see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

253

251

250

255

NOTE: Relief valves must be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function. 2. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on relief valve and corresponding control valve port. 3. Remove relief valves as needed. 4. Repair or replace relief valves as necessary.

• See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)

• See Loader Boom Anticavitation Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)

• See Loader Boom Raise and Bucket Curl Circuit

• •

196

252 255

6. Apply petroleum jelly to new O-rings and backup rings. Install new O-rings and backup rings.

Loader Control Valve Relief Valves (S.N. 292974— ) 196— Load Sense Drain Regulator 249— Lockout Valve (2 used) 250— Lockout Valve (2 used, with thermal relief) 251— Boom Circuit Relief Valve (no anticavitation)

NOTE: Relief valves must be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function. Relief valve installation torque is port size specific. Verify diameter of port with specifications listed below.

249

254

5. Remove and inspect O-rings and backup rings for damage. If damaged, check housing for cause. IMPORTANT: Avoid O-ring or component damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts before assembly and petroleum jelly to O-rings and backup rings before installation.

TX1215511 —UN—17MAY16

•

Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) See Loader Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) See Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3160.) See Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)

System Relief Valve—Torque...............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft

8. To install loader and stabilizer control valve, see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

7. Install relief valves. Tighten relief valves to specification. Specification Relief Valve (22.35 mm [0.88 in])—Torque..........................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Relief Valve (26.00 mm [1.06 in])—Torque..........................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible hydraulic system damage, relief valves MUST be adjusted anytime they are disassembled or replaced. 9. Adjust circuit relief valve pressures. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.) JA92389,000021E -19-28JUL17-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=528

Hydraulic System

Loader Boom Anticavitation Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Anticavitation Check Valve Torque 58—72 N·m 43—52 lb.-ft.

1. Remove valve body (1), O-ring (2), and spring (3). 2. Remove O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and poppet (6). 3. Repair or replace as necessary. 4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 5. Install poppet, backup ring, and O-ring (4). 6. Install spring, O-ring (2), and valve body. Tighten to specification.

Specification

1— Valve Body 2— O-Ring 3— Spring

TX1121559 —UN—29AUG12

Anticavitation Check Valve—Torque....................................................................... 58—72 N·m 43—52 lb.-ft.

4 3

4— O-Ring 5— Backup Ring 6— Poppet

2 1 Loader Boom Anticavitation Check Valve

TX1122060 —UN—07SEP12

Cross Section of Anticavitation Check Valve NM95233,00005EF -19-13APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-17

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=529

Hydraulic System

Loader Boom Raise and Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Circuit Relief Valve 26 mm (1.06 in.) Torque

58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft.

1. Remove lock nut (1), adjustment screw (2), O-ring (3), and spring (4). NOTE: If parts (1, 2, 7, and 8) need service, replace entire assembly. NOTE: If seals are damaged, inspect port on control valve for wear or damage. 2. Remove seal (5), O-ring (6), poppet (7), and relief valve body (8). TX1119231 —UN—30JUL12

3. Remove O-ring (9), backup ring (10), and O-ring (11). 4. Repair or replace as necessary. 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 6. Install O-ring (11), backup ring, O-ring (9), and relief valve body (8). 7. Install poppet (7), O-ring (6), seal, and spring. Circuit Relief Valve

8. Install O-ring (3), adjustment screw, and lock nut. Tighten to specification. Specification Circuit Relief Valve 26 mm (1.06 in.)—Torque........................................................... 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft.

1— Lock Nut 2— Adjustment Screw 3— O-Ring 4— Spring 5— Seal 6— O-Ring

7— Poppet 8— Relief Valve Body 9— O-Ring 10— Backup Ring 11— O-Ring

NM95233,00005E5 -19-13APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=530

Hydraulic System

Loader Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation 26 mm (1.06 in.) Torque

58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft.

1. Remove lock nut (1), adjustment screw (2), O-ring (3), and pilot spring (4). NOTE: If parts (1, 2, 4—6,8,11—13,16, and 17) need service, replace entire assembly. If seals are damaged, inspect port on control valve for wear or damage. 2. Remove pilot poppet (5), valve body (6), O-rings (7), anticavitation spring (8), and backup rings (9). TX1119353 —UN—31JUL12

3. Remove O-ring (10), main spring (11), piston (12), poppet (13), and O-ring (14). 4. Remove backup ring (15), main poppet (16), and valve body (17). 5. Repair or replace as necessary. 6. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 7. Install valve body (17), main poppet, backup ring (15), and O-ring (14). 8. Install poppet, piston, main spring, and O-ring (10). 9. Install backup rings (9), anticavitation spring, O-rings (7), valve body (6), and pilot poppet. 10. Install pilot spring, O-ring (3), and adjustment screw. IMPORTANT: Relief valves must be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function. IMPORTANT: Relief valve installation torque is port size specific. Verify diameter of port with specifications listed below. 11. Install lock nut and tighten to specification.

Loader Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation 1— Lock Nut 2— Adjustment Screw 3— O-Ring 4— Pilot Spring 5— Pilot Poppet 6— Valve Body 7— O-Ring (2 used) 8— Anticavitation Spring 9— Backup Ring (2 used)

10— O-Ring 11— Main Spring 12— Piston 13— Poppet 14— O-Ring 15— Backup Ring 16— Main Poppet 17— Valve Body

Specification Circuit Relief Valve With Anticavitation 26 mm (1.06 in.)—Torque.................................................................. 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft.

NM95233,00005E6 -19-13APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-19

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=531

Hydraulic System

Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped

13 12

SPECIFICATIONS 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb·ft

1. Remove valve body (1), spring (2), retaining rings (3), and O-ring (4).

2. Remove backup rings (5), O-ring (6), backup ring (7), and adjusting screw (8).

3. Remove spring (9), flat washers (10), poppet (11), valve sleeve (12), and O-ring (13).

4. Repair or replace as necessary.

5. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all parts before assembly. 6. Install O-ring (13), valve sleeve, poppet, flat washers, and spring (9).

7. Install adjusting screw, backup ring (7), O-ring (6), and backup rings (5).

4 TX1215627 —UN—13MAY16

Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Torque

8. Install O-ring (4), retaining rings, spring (2), and valve body.

9. Install loader auxiliary circuit relief valve. Tighten to specification.

Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve

Specification Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve—Torque............................................................. 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb·ft

1— Valve Body 2— Spring 3— Retaining Ring (2 used) 4— O-Ring 5— Backup Ring (2 used) 6— O-Ring 7— Backup Ring

8— Adjusting Screw 9— Spring 10— Flat Washer (4 used) 11— Poppet 12— Valve Sleeve 13— O-Ring

JA92389,000021F -19-09JUN16-1/1

Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft. T127068 —UN—05JAN00

Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug Torque

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG1328 Seal Installer 1— Shutoff Plug

2— Seal

Shutoff Plug Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-20

NM95233,00005E8 -19-13APR15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=532

Hydraulic System

1. Remove shutoff plug (1) from shutoff plug location (3). 2. Remove seal (2) if necessary. 3. Apply clean hydraulic oil on seal before assembly. TX1121435 —UN—28AUG12

4. Install seal using JDG1328 Seal Installer. 5. Install shutoff plug. Torque to specification. Specification Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug—Torque......................................................................... 58—72 N·m 43—53 lb.-ft.

3 Loader Auxiliary Shutoff Plug Location

3— Shutoff Plug Location

NM95233,00005E8 -19-13APR15-2/2

Loader Auxiliary Manifold Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Y21

2. For location of loader auxiliary manifold (197), see Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

Y20 197

3. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir or apply a vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (1—3). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

5. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from loader auxiliary solenoid 1 (Y20) and loader auxiliary solenoid 2 (Y21).

TX1115106 —UN—01JUN12

6. Remove cap screws (4) and loader auxiliary manifold. 7. Repair or replace parts if necessary. Loader Auxiliary Manifold

8. Install loader auxiliary manifold and cap screws. 9. Connect electrical connectors to solenoids. 10. Connect hoses. 11. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 12. Start machine and operate auxiliary function. 13. Check for leaks.

1— Accumulator (manual controls) or Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold (pilot controls)-to-Loader Auxiliary Manifold Hose 2— Loader Auxiliary Manifold-to-Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Hose (2 used) 3— Loader Auxiliary Manifold-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hose 4— Cap Screw (2 used)

197— Loader Auxiliary Manifold Y20— Loader Auxiliary Solenoid 1 Y21— Loader Auxiliary Solenoid 2

NM95233,00005F0 -19-01JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-21

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=533

Hydraulic System

Loader Auxiliary Accumulator Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Loader Auxiliary Accumulator 24 N·m Supply Line (from backhoe control 212 lb·in valve port P) (1) Torque Loader Auxiliary Manifold (port P) Supply Line (from loader auxiliary accumulator) (2) Torque

37 N·m 27 lb·ft

MACHINE PREPARATION

TX1218963A —UN—11JUL16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluids under pressure, stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure in system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir or apply vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) REMOVAL

Loader Auxiliary Accumulator 1— Loader Auxiliary Accumulator Supply Line (from backhoe control valve port P) 2— Loader Auxiliary Manifold (port P) Supply Line (from loader auxiliary accumulator)

3— Cap Screw (2 used) 198— Loader Auxiliary Accumulator

3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

Specification Loader Auxiliary Accumulator Supply Line (from backhoe control valve port P) (1)—Torque...................................................................................24 N·m 212 lb·in Loader Auxiliary Manifold (port P) Supply Line (from loader auxiliary accumulator) (2)—Torque...................................................................................37 N·m 27 lb·ft

INSTALLATION

• If necessary, charge loader auxiliary accumulator.

1. Install identification tags and remove loader auxiliary accumulator supply line (1) and loader auxiliary manifold (port P) supply line (2) from loader auxiliary accumulator (198). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 2. Remove loader auxiliary accumulator. NOTE: Loader auxiliary accumulator has no serviceable internal parts.

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

See Loader Auxiliary Accumulator Charge Procedure. (Group 9025-20.)

• Tighten supply lines (1 and 2) to specification. SK32938,0000A63 -19-20JUL16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-22

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=534

Hydraulic System

Loader Boom Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 310L, 310L EP, 310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, 410L Loader Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

36 kg 80 lb

325SL Loader Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

46 kg 101 lb

710L Loader Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

54 kg 120 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1191241A —UN—23APR15

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove clamp (5).

Loader Boom Cylinder 1— Snap Ring 2— Washer 3— Pin 4— Hydraulic Hose 5— Clamp

5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (4 and 6) from boom cylinder (202). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Attach appropriate lifting device to boom cylinder. Specification 310L, 310L EP, 310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, 410L Loader Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 80 lb 325SL Loader Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 46 kg 101 lb 710L Loader Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 54 kg 120 lb

7. Remove snap ring (1) and washer (2). 8. While supporting rod end of boom cylinder, remove cap screw (8), plate (9), and pin (7). Lower rod end of

6— Hydraulic Hose 7— Pin 8— Cap Screw 9— Plate 202— Boom Cylinder

cylinder away from loader arm and slide boom cylinder off pin (3). 9. Inspect and repair loader boom cylinder as necessary. See Loader Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 10. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings before installing cylinder. CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Attach appropriate lifting device to boom cylinder. 12. Slide head end of boom cylinder onto pin (3). Install washer and snap ring. 13. Align hole in rod end of boom cylinder with pin boss holes in loader arm. Install pin (7), plate, and cap screw. 14. Connect hydraulic hoses to boom cylinder and install clamp. Tighten securely. 15. Connect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. NM95233,00005E9 -19-11MAY16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-23

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=535

Hydraulic System

Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 310L, 310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, 410L Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

53 kg 117 lb

325SL Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

68 kg 150 lb

710L Loader Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

76 kg 168 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1195534A —UN—09JUN15

2. Disconnect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove clamp (3). CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

Loader Bucket Cylinder and Linkage

4. Release pressure in hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 5. Install identification tags and disconnect head end and rod end hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) from loader bucket cylinder (203). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Attach appropriate lifting device to loader bucket cylinder. Specification 310L, 310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, 410L Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg 117 lb

1— Bucket Cylinder Head End Hydraulic Hose 2— Bucket Cylinder Rod End Hydraulic Hose 3— Clamp 4— Snap Ring (2 used) 5— Washer (6 used) 6— Loader Bucket Cylinder Pivot 7— Loader Bucket Cylinder Rear Link (2 used)

325SL Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 68 kg 150 lb 710L Loader Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 76 kg 168 lb

7. Remove loader bucket linkage. See Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3140.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

8— Grease Fitting 9— Washer 10— Snap Ring (2 used) 11— Washer (2 used) 12— Loader Bucket Cylinder Rear Link-to-Loader Pin 13— Loader Bucket Leveling Linkage 203— Loader Bucket Cylinder

31-3160-24

NM95233,00005EA -19-08JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=536

Hydraulic System

8. Remove snap ring (18) and loader bucket cylinder front link-to-loader bucket pin (19). 9. Remove loader bucket cylinder. 10. Repair or replace loader bucket cylinder as necessary. See Loader Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) 11. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings before assembly.

TX1116948A —UN—29JUN12

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Attach appropriate lifting device to loader bucket cylinder. 13. Move loader bucket cylinder into position and install loader bucket cylinder front link-to-loader bucket pin (19) and snap ring (18). 14. Install loader bucket linkage. See Loader Bucket Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3140.) 15. Connect head end and rod end hydraulic hoses to loader bucket cylinder and install clamp. Tighten securely.

Loader Bucket Cylinder 5— Washer (6 used) 18— Snap Ring

19— Loader Bucket Cylinder Front Link-to-Loader Bucket Pin 203— Loader Bucket Cylinder

16. Connect battery negative (–) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position.

NM95233,00005EA -19-08JUN16-2/2

Cylinder Identification

Loader Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble For loader cylinders identification and repair, see Hydraulic Cylinders. (CTM120519.)

Loader Boom Cylinder

120 Series

Loader Bucket Cylinder

120 Series

Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder

100/120 Series NM95233,00005EE -19-03JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=537

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Ride Control Valve Mounting Cap Screw Torque

37 N·m 27 lb.-ft.

Ride Control Valve Hydraulic Hose 63 N·m 46 lb.-ft. Torque

TX1192419A —UN—06MAY15

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) NOTE: Before performing service on ride control valve, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9025-05.) See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. 2. Relieve pressure in ride control system. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-20.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure in system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) NOTE: Ride control valve is located inside battery box. 4. Disconnect battery cables and remove battery box. See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.) 5. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from ride control solenoids 1 and 2 (Y50 and Y51). 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from ride control valve. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove ride control valve mounting cap screws (2) and ride control valve (204). 8. Repair or replace ride control valve as necessary. See Ride Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.)

Ride Control Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose (6 used) 2— Ride Control Valve Mounting Cap Screw (2 used) 204— Ride Control Valve

Y50— Ride Control Solenoid 1 Y51— Ride Control Solenoid 2

9. Install ride control valve with ride control valve mounting cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Ride Control Valve Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................37 N·m 27 lb.-ft.

10. Connect hydraulic hoses to ride control valve. Tighten to specification. Specification Ride Control Valve Hydraulic Hose—Torque...............................................................................63 N·m 46 lb.-ft.

11. Connect electrical connectors to ride control solenoids 1 and 2. 12. Install battery box and connect battery cables. See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.) 13. Charge ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure. (Group 9025-20.) NM95233,00005EB -19-11MAY15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=538

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble

1 3

1. Disassemble parts as needed. Inspect O-rings (1 and 2) for damage.

IMPORTANT: Prevent component or O-ring damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts before assembling and apply petroleum jelly to all O-rings before installation. 3. Apply petroleum jelly to all new O-rings. Install new O-rings.

2. If necessary, remove ride control solenoids 1 and 2 (Y50 and Y51) from ride control valve (204) and replace O-rings.

1 4

2 2 1

Y50

1— O-Ring (7 used) 2— O-Ring (4 used) 3— Hydraulic Fitting (2 used) 4— Hydraulic Fitting (2 used)

5— Hydraulic Fitting 204— Ride Control Valve Y50— Ride Control Solenoid 1 Y51— Ride Control Solenoid 2

204 Y51

5 1

TX1192551 —UN—07MAY15

4. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. Assemble all parts. Tighten securely.

Ride Control Valve NM95233,00005EC -19-07MAY15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-27

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=539

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Accumulator Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Ride Control Accumulator-to-Ride Control Valve Hydraulic Hose Torque

63 N·m 46 lb.-ft.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1192871A —UN—09JUN15

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. 2. Relieve pressure in ride control system. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-20.) 3. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) NOTE: Ride control accumulator is located inside battery box attached to left frame rail.

Ride Control Accumulator 1— Hydraulic Hose 2— Clamp (2 used)

205— Ride Control Accumulator

4. Disconnect battery cables and remove battery box. See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.) 8. Connect hydraulic hose and tighten to specification. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve hydraulic pressure in system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hose (1) from ride control accumulator (205). 6. Remove clamps (2) and ride control accumulator. NOTE: Ride control accumulator has no serviceable internal parts.

Specification Ride Control Accumulator-to-Ride Control Valve Hydraulic Hose—Torque...............................................................................63 N·m 46 lb.-ft.

9. Install battery box and connect battery cables. See Battery Box Remove and Install. (Group 1913.) 10. Charge ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure. (Group 9025-20.)

7. Inspect and replace ride control accumulator if necessary. NM95233,00005ED -19-09JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-28

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=540

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Valve Solenoid Disassemble and Assemble 41 N·m 30 lb.-ft.

Ride Control Solenoid Nut Torque

5 N·m 48 lb.-in.

TX1116137A —UN—23AUG12

SPECIFICATIONS Solenoid Valve Spool Torque

NOTE: Ride control valve solenoids can be serviced with ride control valve installed on machine. NOTE: To remove ride control valve, see Ride Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 1. Remove nuts (4). 2. Remove ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) from solenoid valve spools (3). 3. Remove solenoid valve spools from ride control valve (204). 4. Remove O-rings (1 and 2). 5. Inspect and clean all orifices (5). IMPORTANT: Prevent O-ring or component damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts before assembly and petroleum jelly to O-rings before installation. 6. Apply petroleum jelly to new O-rings. Install new O-rings. 7. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. Install solenoid valve spool in ride control valve. Tighten to specification.

Ride Control Valve Solenoid 1— O-Ring (2 used) 2— O-Ring (2 used) 3— Solenoid Valve Spool (2 used) 4— Nut (2 used)

5— Orifice (2 used) 204— Ride Control Valve Y50— Ride Control Solenoid 1 Y51— Ride Control Solenoid 2

Specification Solenoid Valve Spool—Torque...............................................................................41 N·m 30 lb.-ft.

8. Install ride control solenoids and nuts. Tighten to specification. Specification Ride Control Solenoid Nut—Torque....................................................................................5 N·m 48 lb.-in.

9. To install ride control valve (if removed), see Ride Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) JA92389,000023D -19-21JUL16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-29

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=541

Hydraulic System

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

31-3160-30

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=542

Contents

Section 33 Backhoe

Page Page

Group 3302—Bucket Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install................................ 33-3302-1 Backhoe Bucket Tooth Tips Remove and Install................................ 33-3302-1 Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install ..................................................... 33-3302-1 Backhoe Bucket Cutting Edge Remove and Install................................ 33-3302-4

Dipperstick Extension Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................... 33-3340-8 Swing Frame Remove and Install............ 33-3340-10 Group 3360—Hydraulic System Backhoe Control Valve Remove and Install .............................................. 33-3360-1 Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble .................. 33-3360-2 Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install................................ 33-3360-3 Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install .................... 33-3360-6 Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble........................................ 33-3360-7 Backhoe Swing Section Disassemble and Assemble .................. 33-3360-8 Backhoe Boom Section Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-11 Backhoe Bucket Section Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-14 Backhoe Crowd Section Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-17 Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped ....................... 33-3360-20 Backhoe Auxiliary Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped ............................................. 33-3360-24 Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped ................ 33-3360-27 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Valve Remove and Install ................................................... 33-3360-29 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 33-3360-30 Backhoe Swing Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-32 Backhoe Boom Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-34 Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-36 Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-38 Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Remove and Install................ 33-3360-40 Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-41 Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 33-3360-43

Group 3304—Attachment Coupler Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Remove and Install................................ 33-3304-1 Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Disassemble and Assemble .................. 33-3304-2 Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold Remove and Install ................. 33-3304-4 Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 33-3304-6 Group 3315—Control Linkage Backhoe Lever Linkage Remove and Install—Two Lever .......................... 33-3315-1 Backhoe Lever Linkage Disassemble and Assemble—Two Lever........................... 33-3315-2 Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions ............................................... 33-3315-5 Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Disassemble and Assemble—Fifth and Sixth Functions ............................................... 33-3315-6 Backhoe Boom Lock Remove and Install ..................................................... 33-3315-8 Backhoe Boom Lock Lever Linkage Remove and Install................................ 33-3315-9 Stabilizer Lever Linkage Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3315-13 Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install.............................. 33-3315-15 Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3315-17 Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install.............................. 33-3315-21 Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3315-25 Group 3340—Frames Backhoe Boom Remove and Install ..................................................... 33-3340-1 Dipperstick Remove and Install ................. 33-3340-3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 3302

Bucket Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install NOTE: Procedure applies to backhoe bucket or backhoe coupler (if equipped). Tools

• D01072AA Bearing and Seal Driver Starter Set - Use to install bushings.

Weight Specifications CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification Power Link—Weight..................................................................... 29.9 kg 66 lb.

TX1188572A —UN—24MAR15

Machine Preparation 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Lower bucket to ground. Additional Information Remove driver link before removing power link. Inspect bushings and replace as necessary.

Backhoe Bucket Links

NOTE: To aid in bushing removal, weld three straight beads along inside length of bushing. Do not penetrate outer diameter of bushing with weld. Allow bushing to cool completely before removal.

1— Driver Link (2 used) 2— Power Link 3— Pin (5 used)

4— Washer (as needed) 5— Snap Ring (4 used) 6— Cotter Pin (4 used) JA92389,00000EF -19-21MAY15-1/1

Backhoe Bucket Tooth Tips Remove and Install

For removal and installation information see one of the following:

There are two types of teeth used on the backhoe bucket.

• Replacing Bucket Teeth—TK Series.

(Operator’s

Manual.)

JA92389,00000F0 -19-20DEC16-1/1

Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install 1.

T7535AG —UN—07JUN91

Remove top and bottom welds using air arc equipment or cutting torch.

Top Weld Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-1

JA92389,00000F1 -19-19MAR15-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=545

Bucket

T7535AF —UN—07JUN91

2. Grind all surfaces to a smooth finish.

Bottom Weld JA92389,00000F1 -19-19MAR15-2/5

T92511 —UN—31OCT88

IMPORTANT: Shanks and cutting edge must be preheated to 177°C (350°F) to prevent under bead cracking in shank and brittleness in cutting edge. Preheat each shank and cutting edge area just before welding. Use low hydrogen E-7018 dry rods or E-70T-4 flux core process. Position shanks on cutting edge. Preheat area to be welded just before welding to 177°C (350°F).

Smooth All Surfaces Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-2

JA92389,00000F1 -19-19MAR15-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=546

TX1114944 —UN—31MAY12

Bucket

Welding Front of Tooth Shank 1— Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld 2— Angle Weld

3— Bevel Weld 4— Weld Free Area

5— Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld 6— Angle Weld

4. Start welds on top of shank, the long part. On corner shanks, weld area with a bevel weld (1). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Fill entire area between shank and side cutter level with top of shank. Cap this area with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld (1). Weld all the way to edge of cutting edge.

7. On center shanks, weld areas with a bevel weld (5). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld (5).

5. Weld area of corner shank with an angle weld (2), 6 mm (0.24 in.) deep and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face.

8. Weld area with an angle weld (6), 6 mm (0.24 in.) deep and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face.

face. Cap that weld with a 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld. Leave area (4) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.).

6. Weld area of corner shank with a bevel weld (3). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-3

JA92389,00000F1 -19-19MAR15-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=547

Bucket

9. Turn bucket over and weld bottom of shank to cutting edge. On corner shank, weld area with bevel weld (7). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld (7). Weld all the way to edge of cutting edge. 10. Weld area with bevel weld (8). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld (8). 11. Weld area of corner shank with bevel weld (9). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld (9). Leave area (10) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.). 12. On center shanks, weld areas with bevel weld (11). Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld (11). Leave area (10) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.).

7— Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld 8— Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld 9— Bevel Weld and Fillet Weld

TX1114945 —UN—31MAY12

13. Weld area with angle weld (12). Penetrate 6 mm (0.24 in.) and leave a 11 mm (0.43 in.) face. 10— Weld Free Area 11— Bevel Weld and Fillet 12— Angle Weld

Welding Back of Tooth Shank JA92389,00000F1 -19-19MAR15-5/5

Backhoe Bucket Cutting Edge Remove and Install

T7535AL —UN—07JUN91

1. Remove tooth shanks in corners. Remove all shanks if they are to be reused. See Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) 2. Use air arc equipment or cutting torch to remove welds. Remove all welds from cutting edge to side cutters. 3. Remove weld from cutting edge to bottom joint.

Remove Welds Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-4

JA92389,00000F2 -19-19MAR15-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=548

Bucket

4. Turn bucket over and remove weld from cutting edge to bottom. Do not blow through bottom.

T7535AK —UN—07JUN91

5. Cut new cutting edge to proper length for bucket, approximately 11 mm (0.43 in.) protruding beyond side cutter on each side.

Remove Weld from Cutting Edge to Bottom JA92389,00000F2 -19-19MAR15-2/4

T7535AL —UN—07JUN91

IMPORTANT: Cutting edge must be preheated to 177°C (350°F) to prevent brittleness in cutting edge. Preheat area just before welding. Use low hydrogen E-7018 dry rods or E-70T-4 flux core process. 6. Set bucket on bottom and weld top first. Position cutting edge and clamp. Preheat cutting edge to 177°C (350°F). Start at center of cutting edge and weld toward side cutters. Use a 6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld. 7. Make 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld outside bucket at cutting edge to side cutter joint. Continue weld down back edge.

Weld Top First JA92389,00000F2 -19-19MAR15-3/4

8. Turn bucket over and weld cutting edge to bottom with 6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld.

T7535AK —UN—07JUN91

9. Install shanks. See Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

Weld Cutting Edge to Bottom JA92389,00000F2 -19-19MAR15-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=549

Bucket

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3302-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=550

Group 3304

Attachment Coupler Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Remove and Install MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Start engine to allow hydraulic system pressure to build. 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove bucket or rear attachment.

TX1230367A —UN—04JAN17

4. Remove hydraulic thumb (if equipped). See Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3800.) 5. Place backhoe coupler (6) in horizontal position on ground. CAUTION: Procedure must be followed to release hydraulic pressure from backhoe coupler circuit. Bucket curl function must be operated before any other hydraulic function after engine is stopped.

Backhoe Coupler

6. Release hydraulic pressure from backhoe coupler system as follows:

1— Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Manifold Lock Pressure Hose 2— Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Manifold Unlock Pressure Hose 3— Backhoe Coupler Plumbing Manifold 4— Dipperstick-to-Backhoe Coupler Pin

a. Rotate operator's seat to backhoe position. b. Press engine START switch on sealed switch module (SSM) once (switched power ON, engine OFF). c. Press and hold the backhoe coupler switch on SSM for at least 2 seconds. d. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to unlock position (if equipped with pilot controls). e. Activate bucket curl function. f. Move control levers in all directions until all hydraulic pressure is released. g. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to locked position (if equipped with pilot controls). h. Press engine STOP switch on the SSM.

5— Power Link-to-Backhoe Coupler Pin 6— Backhoe Coupler 7— Nut

2. Remove hydraulic hose clamp nut (7) and ensure hydraulic hoses are free from clamp. 3. Remove dipperstick-to-backhoe coupler pin (4). 4. Remove power link-to-backhoe coupler pin (5). 5. Remove backhoe coupler. 6. Repair or replace backhoe coupler as necessary. INSTALLATION

REMOVAL

Installation is the reverse of removal procedure.

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

• Start machine and check for leaks.

1. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) from backhoe coupler plumbing manifold (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. JM46292,0000052 -19-10JAN17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=551

Attachment Coupler

Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Disassemble and Assemble DISASSEMBLE 1. Remove backhoe coupler from machine. See Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Remove and Install. (Group 3304.) 2. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (14) from backhoe coupler cylinder manifold (1). 3. Remove quick lock pin (2) and pin (3). TX1230370A —UN—12DEC16

4. Remove cotter pin (7). 5. Remove pin (8) and carefully lay backhoe coupler cylinder (9) aside. 6. Remove lock plate (4). 7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 7— Cotter Pin 8— Pin 9— Backhoe Coupler Cylinder 14— Hydraulic Hose (2 used)

Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Hoses

TX1230371A —UN—12JAN17

1— Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Manifold 2— Quick Lock Pin 3— Pin 4— Lock Plate 5— Backhoe Coupler

Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Pin Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-2

JM46292,0000057 -19-12JAN17-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=552

Attachment Coupler ASSEMBLE Assembly is the reverse of disassembly procedure.

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

• Start machine and check for leaks. 11— Bushing 12— Spring 13— Spacer

TX1230372A —UN—12DEC16

8— Pin 9— Backhoe Coupler Cylinder 10— Mechanical Lock

Backhoe Coupler Cylinder Components JM46292,0000057 -19-12JAN17-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=553

Attachment Coupler

Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold Remove and Install MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Start engine to allow hydraulic system pressure to build. 2. Engage backhoe boom lock. 3. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1230334A —UN—04JAN17

CAUTION: Procedure must be followed to release hydraulic pressure from backhoe coupler circuit. Bucket curl function must be operated before any other hydraulic function after engine is stopped. 4. Release hydraulic pressure from backhoe coupler system as follows: a. Rotate operator's seat to backhoe position. b. Press engine START switch on sealed switch module (SSM) once (switched power ON, engine OFF).

Backhoe Coupler Solenoid

c. Press and hold the backhoe coupler switch on SSM for at least 2 seconds. d. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to unlock position (if equipped with pilot controls). e. Activate bucket curl function. f. Move control levers in all directions until all hydraulic pressure is released.

TX1230333A —UN—04JAN17

g. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to locked position (if equipped with pilot controls). h. Press engine STOP switch on the SSM. REMOVAL 1. Install identification tag and disconnect electrical connector from backhoe coupler solenoid (Y31). CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold 1— Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold Hose (2 used) 3— Backhoe Coupler Plumbing Manifold Hose (2 used) 4— Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold

2. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 3). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

5— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Nut (2 used) Y31— Backhoe Coupler Solenoid

3. Remove cap screws (5) and nuts (7). Remove backhoe coupler valve manifold (4).

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic

INSTALLATION

• Start machine and check for leaks.

Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. JM46292,0000053 -19-12JAN17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=554

Attachment Coupler

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=555

Attachment Coupler

Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold Disassemble and Assemble

3 5 4

3 12

TX1228415

TX1228415 —UN—17NOV16

14 9

Backhoe Coupler Valve Manifold

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-6

JM46292,0000054 -19-05JAN17-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=556

Attachment Coupler 1— Manifold 2— Check Valve (3 used) 3— Solenoid Valve 4— Nut 5— Solenoid

6— Plug (3 used) 7— O-Ring (3 used) 8— O-Ring (3 used) 9— Backup Ring (6 used)

DISASSEMBLE Remove and disassemble components as shown. Inspect, repair, or replace components as necessary. ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown. Torque Specifications

10— O-Ring 11— Backup Ring (2 used) 12— O-Ring 13— Backup Ring (2 used)

14— O-Ring 15— Backup Ring (2 used) 16— O-Ring

Specification Check Valve (2)—Torque...................................................................................72 N·m 53 lb·ft Solenoid Valve (3)—Torque...................................................................................72 N·m 53 lb·ft Nut (4)—Torque...............................................................................8 N·m 72 lb·in JM46292,0000054 -19-05JAN17-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=557

Attachment Coupler

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3304-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=558

Group 3315

Control Linkage Backhoe Lever Linkage Remove and Install—Two Lever 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove rear floor mat.

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1117062 —UN—02JUL12

3. Remove cap screws (1) and console cover (2). 2— Console Cover

2 Control Console

JA92389,00000F3 -19-20DEC16-1/3

4. Remove retainers (3) and pins (4). 3— Retainer (4 used)

4— Pin (4 used)

TX1117066 —UN—02JUL12

Lower Linkage Mounting Points Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-1

JA92389,00000F3 -19-20DEC16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=559

Control Linkage

5. Remove nuts (5), spacers (6), and control lever assemblies (7). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Backhoe Lever Linkage Disassemble and Assemble—Two Lever. (Group 3315.)

7. Install control lever assemblies, spacers, and nuts. 8. Install pins and retainers. 9. Adjust valve linkage. See Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment. (Group 9025-20.) 10. Install console cover and cap screws. 11. Install rear floor mat. 5— Nut (2 used) 6— Spacer (2 used)

TX1117065 —UN—02JUL12

6 5

7— Control Lever Assembly (2 used)

Upper Linkage Mounting Points JA92389,00000F3 -19-20DEC16-3/3

Backhoe Lever Linkage Disassemble and Assemble—Two Lever Linkage Remove and Install NOTE: Follow same procedure to disassemble and assemble left control lever linkage.

3 7

1. Remove nuts (1) and linkage assemblies (2) from lever base (3). 2. Replace parts as necessary. See Linkage Assembly Disassemble and Assemble at the end of this procedure.

3. Remove nut (4), link (5), washer (6), and cap screw (7) from lever base.

6 2

4. Replace parts as necessary. See Link Disassemble and Assemble at the end of this procedure. 5. Install cap screw, washer, link, and nut (4). 6. Install linkage assemblies and nuts (1). 1— Nut (2 used) 2— Linkage Assembly (2 used) 3— Lever Base 4— Nut

Control Lever Linkage (right lever shown)

5— Link 6— Washer 7— Cap Screw

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1117446 —UN—06JUL12

33-3315-2

JA92389,00000F4 -19-13JUN18-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=560

Control Linkage Linkage Assembly Disassemble and Assemble

1. Loosen lock nuts (10).

2. Remove ball joint (8), yoke (9), and lock nuts (10) from rod (11). 3. Replace parts as necessary.

4. Install nuts, yoke, and ball joint to rod.

9 1— Nut 8— Ball Joint 9— Yoke

10— Lock Nut (2 used) 11— Rod

TX1117448 —UN—06JUL12

Linkage Assembled

8 10

TX1117449 —UN—06JUL12

Linkage Disassembled Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-3

JA92389,00000F4 -19-13JUN18-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=561

Control Linkage Link Assembly Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove nut (12) from link (5). 2. Replace parts as necessary.

3. Install nut (12) to link. 7— Cap Screw 12— Nut

TX1117450 —UN—06JUL12

4— Nut 5— Link 6— Washer

Link Assembled

TX1117452 —UN—06JUL12

Link Disassembled JA92389,00000F4 -19-13JUN18-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=562

Control Linkage

Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions NOTE: Pedal remove and install is the same for fifth and sixth function pedal assemblies. This procedure utilizes the fifth function pedal to describe remove and install steps. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove rear floor mat.

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Console Cover

3— Fifth Function Pedal Assembly 4— Sixth Function Pedal Assembly

TX1117951 —UN—12JUL12

3. Remove cap screws (1) and console cover (2).

Control Lever Console JA92389,0000220 -19-17MAY16-1/2

4. Remove retainer (5) and pin (6). 5. Remove nut (7) and pedal linkage assembly. 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Disassemble and Assemble—Fifth and Sixth Functions. (Group 3315.) 7. Install pedal linkage assembly and nut. 8. Install pin and retainer. 9. Install console cover and cap screws.

5— Retainer 6— Pin

TX1215698A —UN—16MAY16

10. Install rear floor mat. 7— Nut

Pedal Linkage (fifth function pedal assembly shown) JA92389,0000220 -19-17MAY16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=563

Control Linkage

Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Disassemble and Assemble—Fifth and Sixth Functions Pedal Disassemble and Assemble NOTE: Pedal disassemble and assemble is the same for fifth and sixth function pedal assemblies. This procedure utilizes the fifth function pedal to describe disassemble and assemble steps.

2. Replace linkage assembly parts as necessary. See Linkage Disassemble and Assemble at end of this procedure. 1— Nut 2— Linkage Assembly

TX1117490 —UN—09JUL12

1. Remove nut (1) and linkage assembly (2) from pedal (3).

3— Pedal

Pedal Assembly JA92389,000021D -19-09JUN16-1/3

3. Remove nut (4), spring washers (5), bushings (6), washer (7), and cap screw (8) from pedal (3). 4. Remove grommet (9) from pedal. 5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX1117493 —UN—01AUG12

6. Install grommet to pedal.

9 3

7. Install cap screw, washer, bushings, spring washers, and nut (4) to pedal.

8. Tighten nut (4) until spring washers are to specification.

Specification

Spring Washer—Clearance.............................................................................................. 1.5 mm 0.06 in

Pedal (assembled)

9. Install linkage assembly and nut (1). 7— Washer 8— Cap Screw 9— Grommet

8 7 6 4

3 6 5

TX1117494 —UN—09JUL12

3— Pedal 4— Nut 5— Spring Washer (2 used) 6— Bushing (2 used)

Pedal (disassembled) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-6

JA92389,000021D -19-09JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=564

Control Linkage Linkage Disassemble and Assemble 1. Loosen lock nuts (20). 2. Remove ball joint (18), yoke (19), and lock nuts from rod (21).

18 21

4. Install lock nuts (20), yoke, and ball joint to rod. 18— Ball Joint 19— Yoke

TX1117492 —UN—09JUL12

3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

20 19

20— Lock Nut (2 used) 21— Rod

20 21 20 19

TX1117491 —UN—09JUL12

Linkage (assembled)

Linkage (disassembled) JA92389,000021D -19-09JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=565

Control Linkage

Backhoe Boom Lock Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. For 310L, 310SL, and 310SL HL machines: Remove retaining rings (1), pins (2), and springs (3).

5 4

For 410L and 710L machines: Remove cotter pins (10) and pins (2).

4. Remove spring pins (7), pivot rods (8), and locks (9). 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

6. Install locks, pivot rods, and spring pins.

7. Install rod, nuts, and yokes as one assembly.

TX1120813 —UN—29AUG12

3. Remove yokes (4), nuts (5), and rod (6) as one assembly.

Backhoe Boom Lock (310L, 310SL, and 310SL HL shown)

8. For 310L, 310SL, and 310SL HL machines: Install springs, pins, and retaining rings. For 410L and 710L machines: Install pins (2) and cotter pins (10). 9. After assembly of backhoe boom lock, adjust backhoe boom lock. See Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 6— Rod 7— Spring Pin (2 used) 8— Pivot Rod (2 used) 9— Lock (2 used) 10— Cotter Pin (2 used)

TX1188689 —UN—26MAR15

1— Retaining Ring (4 used) 2— Pin (2 used) 3— Spring (2 used) 4— Yoke (2 used) 5— Nut (2 used)

Backhoe Boom Lock (410L and 710L shown) JA92389,000011A -19-09JUN16-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=566

Control Linkage

Backhoe Boom Lock Lever Linkage Remove and Install Manual Controls 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove rear floor mat. 3. Remove cap screws (1) and console cover (2). 2— Console Cover

TX1120880 —UN—20AUG12

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Console Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-9

JA92389,0000223 -19-24MAY16-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=567

Control Linkage

4. Remove retainer (3) and pin (4).

3 4

6. Disconnect spring (8) from frame.

7. Remove cap screws (9), clamps (11), and boom lock linkage (10). 8. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

6 7

9. Install boom lock linkage, clamps, and cap screws (9). 10. Connect spring (8) to frame. 11. Install boom lock control lever, bushings, and cap screws (5).

12. Install pin and retainer.

TX1120883 —UN—21AUG12

5. Remove cap screws (5), bushings (6), and boom lock control lever (7).

Boom Lock Control Lever (top view)

13. Install console cover and cap screws (1). 14. Install rear floor mat. 8— Spring 9— Cap Screw (2 used) 10— Boom Lock Linkage 11— Clamp (2 used)

TX1188950 —UN—26MAR15

3— Retainer 4— Pin 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Bushing (4 used) 7— Boom Lock Control Lever

Boom Lock Linkage (bottom view) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-10

JA92389,0000223 -19-24MAY16-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=568

Control Linkage Pilot Controls 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove rear floor mat. 3. Remove boom lock control lever knob (1). 4. Remove cap screws (2).

1— Boom Lock Control Lever Knob 2— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1215923A —UN—18MAY16

5. Remove boom lock lever linkage cover (3) by sliding it off boom lock control lever (4). 3— Boom Lock Lever Linkage Cover 4— Boom Lock Control Lever

Boom Lock Lever Linkage Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-11

JA92389,0000223 -19-24MAY16-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=569

Control Linkage

6. Remove retainer (7) and pin (8). 7. Remove cap screws (9), support blocks (10), and boom lock control lever (4). 8. Disconnect spring (11) from frame. 9. Remove cap screws (12), clamps (14), and boom lock linkage (13).

TX1215724A —UN—20MAY16

10. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 11. Install boom lock linkage, clamps, and cap screws (12). 12. Connect spring to frame. 13. Install boom lock control lever, support blocks, and cap screws (9). 14. Install pin and retainer. 15. Install boom lock lever linkage cover and cap screws (2).

Boom Lock Control Lever (top view)

16. Install boom lock control lever knob. 17. Install rear floor mat. 11— Spring 12— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— Boom Lock Linkage 14— Clamp (2 used) TX1189274 —UN—31MAR15

4— Boom Lock Control Lever 7— Retainer 8— Pin 9— Cap Screw (4 used) 10— Support Block (2 used)

Boom Lock Linkage (bottom view) JA92389,0000223 -19-24MAY16-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=570

Control Linkage

Stabilizer Lever Linkage Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2), and stabilizer linkage access cover (4). 3. Remove cap screws (3) from control plate. 3— Cap Screw (3 used) 4— Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover

TX1188969 —UN—26MAR15

1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Washer (3 used)

Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-13

JA92389,000011C -19-24JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=571

Control Linkage

4. Remove retaining rings (5) from the pivot shaft (6). 5. Remove cotter pins (7) from the push/pull stabilizer cables (8). 6. Remove pivot shaft (6) from stabilizers levers (9) and stabilizer lever mounting tower (10). 7. Remove stabilizers levers and repair or replace as necessary. 8. Install stabilizers levers to stabilizer lever mounting tower with pivot shaft. 9. Install push/pull stabilizer cables and stabilizers levers with cotter pins. TX1116610A —UN—26JUN12

10. Install retaining rings to pivot shaft. 11. Install cap screws (3) to control plate. 12. Install stabilizer linkage access cover, cap screws (1), and washers. 8— Push/Pull Stabilizer Cable (2 used) 9— Stabilizer Lever (2 used) 10— Stabilizer Lever Mounting Tower

Stabilizer Levers (S.N. —292973)

XJ1218174A —UN—25AUG16

5— Retaining Ring (2 used) 6— Pivot Shaft 7— Cotter Pin (2 used)

Stabilizer Levers (S.N. 292974— ) JA92389,000011C -19-24JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=572

Control Linkage

TX1189058 —UN—31MAR15

Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install

Right Pilot Control Tower 1— Upper Control Tower Cover 2— Lower Control Tower Cover

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Washer (4 used) 5— Cap Screw 6— Washer

7— Adjustable Lever 8— Cap Screw 9— Washer 10— Wrist Support Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-15

11— Boot S52— Pilot Enable Switch

JA92389,00000F7 -19-30JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=573

Control Linkage

Tools

• JDG1385 Snap-to-Connect (STC)® Hose and Line Fitting Tool - Use to disconnect halves of STC connection.

Machine Preparation 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1189060 —UN—26MAR15

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

Pilot Control Valve 13— Pilot Control Valve 14— STC Fitting

15— Cap Screw (4 used)

Additional Information Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines to aid in assembly. IMPORTANT: Do not pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting could result. Do not force release sleeve beyond normal range of travel, otherwise release sleeve could fall off when hose is disconnected. If damaged fitting is connected without the release sleeve installed, fitting will not disconnect again.

To disconnect STC connector: 1. Insert JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting. 2. Gently push, do not pry, release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the STC fitting. 3. Pull hydraulic hose to disconnect. 4. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Snap-to-Connect (STC) is a trademark of Eaton Corporation JA92389,00000F7 -19-30JUN15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=574

Control Linkage

Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —303523) SPECIFICATIONS Hex Nut-to-Universal Joint Torque 34 N·m 25 lb·ft Universal Joint-to-Housing Torque 45 N·m 33 lb·ft Adapter-to-Housing Torque

24 N·m 18 lb·ft

Nut-to-Handle Torque

41 N·m 30 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-17

JA92389,00000F8 -19-02DEC16-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=575

Control Linkage

22 9

9 8

6 18 17 5 16 15

4 14

13 3 TX1119393 —UN—01AUG12

2 2

1 TX1119393 Backhoe Pilot Control Valve (S.N. —303523) 1— Fitting 2— O-Ring (5 used) 3— Adapter (5 used) 4— O-Ring (5 used) 5— Orifice (2 used) 6— Housing

7— Spring (4 used) 8— Spool (4 used) 9— Retainer Ring (8 used) 10— Spring (4 used) 11— Seat (4 used)

12— Plunger (4 used) 13— O-Ring (4 used) 14— Bearing (4 used) 15— Seal (4 used) 16— Plate 17— Washer (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-18

18— Cap Screw (4 used) 19— Universal Joint 20— Plate 21— Nut 22— Handle

JA92389,00000F8 -19-02DEC16-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=576

Control Linkage

TX1122044 —UN—07SEP12

14 13 12

Plunger Assembly (S.N. —303523) 12— Plunger 13— O-Ring (4 used)

14— Bearing 15— Seal (4 used)

8. Install handle, nut, plate, and universal joint. 9. Install washers, cap screws, and plate. 10. Install bearings, O-rings (13), plungers, seats (11), and springs (10).

NOTE: There is one orifice used for each pilot control valve. Left pilot control valve uses an orifice in work port 2 and right pilot control valve uses an orifice in work port 3.

11. Install retainer rings, spools, springs (7), and housing.

The orifices function one-way, they restrict flow only for oil returning to the pilot control valve. Flow out of the pilot control valve is free flowing.

12. Install orifice (5) in proper work port as needed, depending on right or left side valve. 13. Install O-rings (4), adapters, O-rings (2), and fitting.

1. Remove fitting (1), O-rings (2), adapters (3), O-rings (4), and orifice (5).

14. Tighten nut (21), adapters (3), and universal joint (19) to specification.

2. Remove housing (6), springs (7), spools (8), retainer rings (9), and springs (10).

Specification Nut-to-Universal joint—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m 25 lb·ft Universal Joint-toHousing—Torque...........................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Adapter-toHousing—Torque...........................................................................24 N·m 18 lb·ft

3. Remove seats (11), plungers (12), O-rings (13), and bearings (14). 4. Remove seals (15), plate (16), cap screws (18), washers (17), and universal joint (19). 5. Remove plate (20), nut (21), and handle (22). 6. Lubricate all seals and O-rings with hydraulic oil before assembly. 7. Install seals (15), bearings (14), and O-rings (13).

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-19

JA92389,00000F8 -19-02DEC16-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=577

Control Linkage Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 303524— )

9 8

6 17

5 4

3 15

3 2 2

14 13 13 12 12

1 TX1228159 —UN—14NOV16

11 11 10 10 TX1228159 Backhoe Pilot Control Valve (S.N. 303524— )

JA92389,00000F8 -19-02DEC16-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-20

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=578

Control Linkage 1— Housing 2— Spring (4 used) 3— Seat (4 used) 4— Spring (4 used) 5— Seat (4 used)

6— Spool (3 used) 7— Spool (with orifice) 8— Washer (4 used) 9— Spring (4 used)

10— Plunger (4 used) 11— O-Ring (4 used) 12— Bearing Plunger (4 used) 13— Seal (4 used)

NOTE: The spool (7) in work port 4 contains an orifice. The orifice restricts flow only for oil returning to the pilot control valve. Flow out of the pilot control valve is free flowing.

14— Plate 15— Universal Joint 16— Wobble Plate 17— Nut 18— Handle

7. Install springs (2), seats (3), springs (4), and seats (5). NOTE: The spool (with orifice) must be installed into the work port 4 section of the housing (1).

1. Remove handle (18), nut (17), and wobble plate (16).

8. Install spools (6), spool with orifice (7), washers (8), springs (9), and plungers (10).

2. Remove universal joint (15) and plate (14). 3. Remove seals (13), bearing plungers (12), and O-rings (11). 4. Remove plungers (10), springs (9), washers (8), spool (with orifice) (7), and spools (6). 5. Remove seats (5), springs (4), seats (3), and springs (2). 6. Lubricate all seals and O-rings with hydraulic oil before assembly.

9. Install O-rings (11), bearing plungers (12), and seals (13). 10. Install plate (14) and universal joint (15). 11. Install wobble plate (16), nut (17), and handle (18). Tighten nut to specification. Specification Nut-to-Handle—Torque.................................................................41 N·m 30 lb·ft JA92389,00000F8 -19-02DEC16-5/4

Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install Right Pilot Control Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1215727A —UN—17MAY16

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the OFF position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir or apply vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 5. Remove rear floor mat.

Floor Plate, Boom Lock Lever, and Auxiliary Controls 1— Backhoe Boom Lock Control Lever Knob 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Console Cover

4— Backhoe Boom Lock Control Lever 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Rear Floor Access Plate

6. Remove backhoe boom lock control lever knob (1).

8. Remove console cover (3) by sliding it over backhoe boom lock control lever (4).

7. Remove cap screws (2).

9. Remove cap screws (5) and rear floor access plate (6). Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-21

JA92389,0000222 -19-20JUN16-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=579

Control Linkage

10. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (9). Disconnect Snap-to-Connect (STC)® fitting lines by performing the following: a. Clean around the STC fittings. IMPORTANT: Do not pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting could result.

TX1193812A —UN—18MAY15

Do not force release sleeve beyond normal range of travel, otherwise release sleeve could fall off when hose is disconnected. If damage fitting is connected without the release sleeve installed, fitting will not disconnect again. b. Insert JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting. c. Gently push, do not pry, release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the STC fitting. d. Pull hydraulic line to disconnect. Right Pilot Control Tower

11. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 12. Disconnect pilot enable switch harness connector (X53).

9— Hydraulic Hose (6 used) 10— Cap Screw (4 used)

11— Right Pilot Control Tower X53— Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector

13. Remove cap screws (10) and right pilot control tower (11). 14. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 15. Install right pilot control tower and cap screws (10). 16. Connect pilot enable switch harness connector. 17. Connect hydraulic hoses. 18. Install rear floor access plate, console cover, and cap screws (2 and 5).

21. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 22. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) 23. Start machine and check for leaks.

19. Install backhoe boom lock control lever knob. 20. Install rear floor mat. Snap-to-Connect (STC) is a trademark of Eaton Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-22

JA92389,0000222 -19-20JUN16-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=580

Control Linkage Left Pilot Control Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1215727A —UN—17MAY16

Floor Plate, Boom Lock Lever, and Auxiliary Controls 1— Backhoe Boom Lock Control Lever Knob 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Console Cover

5. Remove rear floor mat.

4— Backhoe Boom Lock Control Lever 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Rear Floor Access Plate

6. Remove backhoe boom lock control lever knob (1). 7. Remove cap screws (2).

9. Remove cap screws (5) and rear floor access plate (6).

8. Remove console cover (3) by sliding it over backhoe boom lock control lever (4). JA92389,0000222 -19-20JUN16-3/5

10. Remove cap screws (9) and washers (10). NOTE: Stabilizer linkage access cover removal provides access to left pilot control tower mounting cap screws. 11. Remove cap screws (11) and stabilizer linkage access cover (12). 11— Cap Screw (3 used) 12— Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover

TX1194080A —UN—19MAY15

9— Cap Screw (3 used) 10— Washer (3 used)

Stabilizer Linkage Access Cover Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-23

JA92389,0000222 -19-20JUN16-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=581

Control Linkage

12. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (13). Disconnect STC fitting lines by performing the following: a. Clean around the STC fittings. IMPORTANT: Do not pry against release sleeve or damage to fitting could result.

TX1193825A —UN—18MAY15

13. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 14. Remove cap screws (14) and left pilot control tower (15).

13— Hydraulic Hose (6 used) 14— Cap Screw (4 used)

15— Left Pilot Control Tower

15. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 16. Install left pilot control tower and cap screws (14). 17. Connect hydraulic hoses. 18. Install stabilizer linkage access cover, washers, and cap screws (9 and 11).

22. Connect battery negative (-) ground cable or turn battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to the ON position. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

19. Install rear floor access plate, console cover, and cap screws (2 and 5).

23. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir or remove vacuum. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

20. Install backhoe boom lock control lever knob.

24. Start machine and check for leaks.

21. Install rear floor mat. JA92389,0000222 -19-20JUN16-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-24

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=582

Control Linkage

Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble Right Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —303523) 1. Remove pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

2. Remove plastic fasteners (1) and hose guide (2).

4. Remove pilot enable switch harness (W31). 1— Plastic Fastener (2 used) 2— Hose Guide

2 3 TX1120637 —UN—16AUG12

3. Remove hydraulic hoses (3).

3— Hydraulic Hose (6 used) W31—Pilot Enable Switch Harness (right control tower only)

W31

Hydraulic Hoses and Guide (S.N. —303523) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-1/16

5. Remove adjustment lever (4) and washer (5). 6. Remove cap screw (6), washer (7), spring washer (8), nut (9), and wrist support (10). 8— Spring Washer 9— Nut 10— Wrist Support

TX1193850A —UN—18MAY15

4— Adjustment Lever 5— Washer 6— Cap Screw 7— Washer

Wrist Support Removal (S.N. —303523) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-25

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-2/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=583

Control Linkage

7. Remove ball studs (12) and cylinder (11). 12— Ball Stud (2 used)

TX1193856A —UN—18MAY15

11— Cylinder

Cylinder Removal (S.N. —303523) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-3/16

8. Remove snap ring (19), washer (20), arm (26), and bearings (21). 9. Remove cap screws (23), spacers (24), washers (27), and nuts (25). 10. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 11. Install washers (27), spacers, cap screws (23), and nuts (25). 12. Install bearings, arm, washer (20), and snap ring.

TX1193859A —UN—19MAY15

NOTE: Cylinder should be installed rod end down to extend cylinder life. 13. Install cylinder (11) and ball studs (12). 14. Install wrist support, spring washer, washer (7), cap screw (6) and nut (9). 15. Install washer (5) and adjustment lever. 16. Install pilot enable switch harness (W31).

Arm Removal (S.N. —303523)

17. Install hydraulic hoses. 18. Install hose guide and plastic fasteners. 19. Install pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

19— Snap Ring 20— Washer 21— Bearing (2 used) 22— Bushing 23— Cap Screw (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-26

24— Spacer (2 used) 25— Nut (2 used) 26— Arm 27— Washer (2 used)

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-4/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=584

Control Linkage Left Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —303523) 1. Remove pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.) 2. Remove plastic fasteners (1) and hose guide (2). 3. Remove hydraulic hoses (3).

1 3— Hydraulic Hose (6 used)

2 3

TX1120682 —UN—17AUG12

1— Plastic Fastener (2 used) 2— Hose Guide

Hydraulic Hoses and Guide (S.N. —303523) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-5/16

4. Remove adjustment lever (4) and washer (5). 5. Remove cap screw (6), washer (7), spring washer (8), nut (9), and wrist support (10). 8— Spring Washer 9— Nut 10— Wrist Support

TX1193868A —UN—18MAY15

4— Adjustment Lever 5— Washer 6— Cap Screw 7— Washer

Wrist Support Removal (S.N. —303523) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-27

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-6/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=585

Control Linkage

6. Remove ball studs (12) and cylinder (11). 12— Ball Stud (2 used)

TX1193870A —UN—18MAY15

11— Cylinder

Cylinder Removal (S.N. —303523) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-7/16

7. Remove snap ring (17), washer (18), arm (19), and bearings (20). 8. Remove cap screws (21), spacers (22), washers (23), and nuts (24). 9. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

TX1193876A —UN—04JUN15

10. Install washers (23), spacers, cap screws (21), and nuts (24). 11. Install bearings, arm, washer (18), and snap ring. NOTE: Cylinder should be installed rod end down to extend cylinder life. 12. Install cylinder and ball studs. 13. Install wrist support, spring washer, washer (7), cap screw (6), and nut (9).

Arm Removal (S.N. —303523)

14. Install washer (5) and adjustment lever. 15. Install hydraulic hoses, hose guide, and plastic fasteners. 16. Install pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

17— Snap Ring 18— Washer 19— Arm 20— Bearing (2 used) 21— Cap Screw (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-28

22— Spacer (2 used) 23— Washer (2 used) 24— Nut (2 used) 25— Bushing

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-8/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=586

Control Linkage Right Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 303524— ) 1. Remove pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.) 2. Remove plastic fasteners (1) and hose guide (2). 3. Remove hydraulic hoses (3).

4. Remove pilot enable switch harness (W31). 3— Hydraulic Hose (6 used) W31—Pilot Enable Switch Harness (right control tower only)

2 3 TX1120637 —UN—16AUG12

1— Plastic Fastener (2 used) 2— Hose Guide

W31

Hydraulic Hoses and Guide (S.N. 303524— ) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-9/16

5. Remove adjustment lever (4) and washer (5). 6. Remove cap screw (6), washer (7), spring washer (8), and wrist support (10). 7— Washer 8— Spring Washer 10— Wrist Support

TX1228120A —UN—11NOV16

4— Adjustment Lever 5— Washer 6— Cap Screw

Wrist Support Removal (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-29

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-10/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=587

Control Linkage

7. Remove ball studs (12) and cylinder (11). 12— Ball Stud (2 used)

TX1228122A —UN—11NOV16

11— Cylinder

Cylinder Removal (S.N. 303524— ) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-11/16

8. Remove snap ring (17), washer (18), arm (19), and bearings (20). 9. Remove cap screw (21), spacer (22), and washer (23). 10. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 11. Install washer (23), spacer, and cap screw (21). 12. Install bearings, arm, washer (18), and snap ring. NOTE: Cylinder should be installed rod end down to extend cylinder life. TX1228125A —UN—11NOV16

13. Install cylinder (11) and ball studs (12). 14. Install wrist support, spring washer, washer (7), and cap screw (6). 15. Install washer (5) and adjustment lever. 16. Install pilot enable switch harness (W31). 17. Install hydraulic hoses. Arm Removal (S.N. 303524— )

18. Install hose guide and plastic fasteners. 19. Install pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

17— Snap Ring 18— Washer 19— Arm 20— Bearing (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-30

21— Cap Screw 22— Spacer 23— Washer

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-12/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=588

Control Linkage Left Pilot Control Tower Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 303524— ) 1. Remove pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.) 2. Remove plastic fasteners (1) and hose guide (2). 3. Remove hydraulic hoses (3).

1 3— Hydraulic Hose (6 used)

2 3

TX1120682 —UN—17AUG12

1— Plastic Fastener (2 used) 2— Hose Guide

Hydraulic Hoses and Guide (S.N. 303524— ) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-13/16

4. Remove adjustment lever (4) and washer (5). 5. Remove cap screw (6), washer (7), spring washer (8), and wrist support (10). 7— Washer 8— Spring Washer 10— Wrist Support

TX1228121A —UN—11NOV16

4— Adjustment Lever 5— Washer 6— Cap Screw

Wrist Support Removal (S.N. 303524— ) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-31

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-14/16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=589

Control Linkage

6. Remove ball studs (12) and cylinder (11). 12— Ball Stud (2 used)

TX1228123A —UN—11NOV16

11— Cylinder

Cylinder Removal (S.N. 303524— ) JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-15/16

7. Remove snap ring (19), washer (20), arm (26), and bearings (21). 8. Remove cap screw (23), spacer (24), and washer (27). 9. Inspect parts for excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 10. Install washer (27), spacer, and cap screw (23). 11. Install bearings, arm, washer (20), and snap ring. NOTE: Cylinder should be installed rod end down to extend cylinder life. TX1228124A —UN—11NOV16

12. Install cylinder and ball studs. 13. Install wrist support, spring washer, washer (7), and cap screw (6). 14. Install washer (5) and adjustment lever. 15. Install hydraulic hoses, hose guide, and plastic fasteners. 16. Install pilot control valve and shields. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

Arm Removal (S.N. 303524— ) 19— Snap Ring 20— Washer 21— Bearing (2 used) 23— Cap Screw

24— Spacer 26— Arm 27— Washer

JA92389,00000FA -19-20JUN17-16/16

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3315-32

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=590

Group 3340

Frames Backhoe Boom Remove and Install

310SL HL Boom With Cylinders—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 520 kg 1150 lb 315SL and 325SL Boom With Cylinders—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 445 kg 980 lb 410L Boom With Cylinders—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 590 kg 1300 lb 710L Boom With Cylinders—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 920 kg 2020 lb

SPECIFICATIONS 310L and 310SL Boom With Cylinders Weight (approximate)

410 kg 900 lb

310SL HL Boom With Cylinders Weight (approximate)

520 kg 1150 lb

315SL and 325SL Boom With Cylinders Weight (approximate)

445 kg 980 lb

410L Boom With Cylinders Weight 590 kg 1300 lb (approximate) 710L Boom With Cylinders Weight 920 kg 2020 lb (approximate) Pivot Pin Cap Screw Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

REMOVAL

7. Remove backhoe boom locks (2). See Backhoe Boom Lock Remove and Install. (Group 3315.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Stop engine. Place transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and set park brake.

8. Remove boom cylinder rod end pin and secure boom cylinder to boom. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 9. Remove pivot pins and boom.

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information

3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025.)

Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to pivot pin cap screw threads before tightening to specification.

4. Remove dipperstick. See Dipperstick Remove and Install. (Group 3340.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Pivot Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft

5. Attach appropriate lifting device to support boom. Specification 310L and 310SL Boom With Cylinders—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 410 kg 900 lb

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-1

JA92389,00000FE -19-13JUN18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=591

Frames

4— Pivot Pin (2 used) 5— Boom

TX1195716A —UN—11JUN15

1— Hydraulic Line (4 used) 2— Boom Lock (2 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

Boom Remove and Install (310L shown) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,00000FE -19-13JUN18-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=592

Frames

Dipperstick Remove and Install

310SL Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 210 kg 460 lb 310SL HL Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 226 kg 500 lb 315SL Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 215 kg 470 lb 410L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 290 kg 640 lb 710L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 450 kg 990 lb

Standard Dipperstick SPECIFICATIONS 310L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

190 kg 420 lb

310SL Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

210 kg 460 lb

310SL HL Dipperstick With Bucket 226 kg 500 lb Cylinder Weight (approximate) 315SL Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

215 kg 470 lb

410L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

290 kg 640 lb

710L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

450 kg 990 lb

Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting Pin Cap Screw Torque

130 N·m 96 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

2. Remove hydraulic thumb and thumb cylinder (if equipped) (6). See Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3800.) See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3860.)

5. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

3. Remove backhoe bucket and bucket linkage. Secure bucket cylinder (5) to dipperstick (7). See Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to hydraulic hoses, hose clamps, and fittings. Any hydraulic hoses attached to dipperstick must be disconnected and detached from dipperstick before separating dipperstick from boom. 6. Install identification tags and disconnect bucket cylinder hydraulic lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

4. Extend boom and dipperstick to a horizontal position. Support outer end of boom with floor stand. Support dipperstick using appropriate lifting device. Specification 310L Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 190 kg 420 lb

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-3

JA92389,000012A -19-09JUN16-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=593

TX1195459A —UN—09JUN15

Frames

Dipperstick (extendable dipperstick with thumb shown) 1— Hydraulic Hose Clamp Block (2 used) 2— Crowd Cylinder-toDipperstick Pin

3— Dipperstick-to-Boom Pin 4— Auxiliary Hydraulic Hose Mounting Bracket (2 used, if equipped)

7. Remove auxiliary hydraulic hose mounting brackets (if equipped) (4). 8. Remove bucket cylinder hydraulic hoses, auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if equipped), and hydraulic thumb hoses (if equipped) from hydraulic hose clamp blocks (1) and hose guides.

5— Bucket Cylinder 6— Thumb Cylinder (if equipped) 7— Dipperstick

10. Remove dipperstick-to-boom pin (3), washers, and shims. Remove dipperstick using appropriate lifting device. 11. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

9. Remove crowd cylinder-to-dipperstick pin (2) and separate crowd cylinder rod end from dipperstick. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-4

JA92389,000012A -19-09JUN16-2/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=594

Frames

11 3 12

10 13 9

TX1195467 —UN—09JUN15

TX1195467 Dipperstick Adjustment 3— Dipperstick-to-Boom Pin 8— Cap Screw

9— Washer 10— Shim (as required)

11— Washer 12— Pin Boss 13— Shim (as required)

12. Install dipperstick to boom with dipperstick-to-boom pin (3).

15. Align crowd cylinder rod end to dipperstick pin bosses and install pin.

13. Adjust dipperstick-to-boom pin:

16. Install hydraulic thumb and thumb cylinder (if equipped) (6). See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3860.)

• Use shims to position end of pin flush with pin boss (12).

• Use shims (10) if dipperstick-to-boom pin does not •

17. Install bucket cylinder hydraulic hoses, auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if equipped), and hydraulic thumb hoses (if equipped) into hydraulic hose clamp blocks and hose guides.

extend to end of pin boss. Use shims (13) if dipperstick-to-boom pin extends beyond end of pin boss.

NOTE: Washer (9) should be installed with breakout side facing the bolt head.

18. Install auxiliary hydraulic hose mounting brackets (if equipped) (4).

14. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to dipperstick-to-boom connecting pin cap screw (8). Install dipperstick-to-boom connecting pin cap screw and washer (9). Tighten cap screw to specification. Specification Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m 96 lb·ft

19. Connect bucket cylinder hydraulic lines. 20. Install backhoe bucket and bucket linkage. See Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-5

JA92389,000012A -19-09JUN16-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=595

Frames 315SL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 420 kg 930 lb 410L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 570 kg 1260 lb 710L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 775 kg 1700 lb

Extendable Dipperstick SPECIFICATIONS 310L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

370 kg 820 lb

310SL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

430 kg 950 lb

310SL HL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

450 kg 990 lb

315SL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

420 kg 930 lb

410L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

570 kg 1260 lb

710L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

775 kg 1700 lb

Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting Pin Cap Screw Torque

130 N·m 96 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

IMPORTANT: Any hydraulic hoses attached to dipperstick must be disconnected and detached from dipperstick before separating dipperstick from boom.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove hydraulic thumb and thumb cylinder (if equipped). See Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3800.) See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3860.)

6. Install identification tags and disconnect bucket cylinder hydraulic lines and extendable dipperstick hydraulic lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

3. Remove backhoe bucket and bucket linkage. Secure bucket cylinder to dipperstick. See Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

7. Remove auxiliary hydraulic hose mounting brackets (if equipped) (4).

4. Extend boom and dipperstick to a horizontal position. Support outer end of boom with floor stand. Support dipperstick using an appropriate lifting device.

8. Remove bucket cylinder hydraulic hoses, auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if equipped), hydraulic thumb hoses (if equipped), and extendable dipperstick hydraulic hoses from hydraulic hose clamp blocks (1) and hose guides.

Specification 310L Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 370 kg 820 lb 310SL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 430 kg 950 lb 310SL HL Extendable Dipperstick With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 450 kg 990 lb

9. Remove crowd cylinder-to-dipperstick pin (2) and separate crowd cylinder rod end from dipperstick. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 10. Remove dipperstick-to-boom pin (3), washers, and shims. Remove dipperstick using an appropriate lifting device. 11. Repair or replace as necessary.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-6

JA92389,000012A -19-09JUN16-4/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=596

Frames

11 3 12

10 13 9

TX1195467 —UN—09JUN15

TX1195467 Dipperstick Adjustment 3— Dipperstick-to-Boom Pin 8— Cap Screw

9— Washer 10— Shim (as required)

12. Install dipperstick to boom with dipperstick-to-boom pin (3). 13. Adjust dipperstick-to-boom pin:

• Use shims to position end of pin flush with pin boss (12).

• Use shims (10) if dipperstick-to-boom pin does not •

extend to end of pin boss. Use shims (13) if dipperstick-to-boom pin extends beyond end of pin boss.

NOTE: Washer (9) should be installed with breakout side facing the bolt head. 14. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to dipperstick-to-boom connecting pin cap screw (8). Install dipperstick-to-boom connecting pin cap screw and washer (9). Tighten cap screw to specification. Specification Dipperstick-to-Boom Connecting Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................130 N·m 96 lb·ft

11— Washer 12— Pin Boss 13— Shim (as required)

15. Align crowd cylinder rod end to dipperstick pin bosses and install pin. 16. Install hydraulic thumb and thumb cylinder (if equipped). See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3860.) 17. Install bucket cylinder hydraulic hoses, auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if equipped), hydraulic thumb hoses (if equipped), and extendable dipperstick hydraulic hoses into hydraulic hose clamp blocks and hose guides. 18. Install auxiliary hydraulic hose mounting brackets (if equipped) (4). 19. Connect bucket cylinder hydraulic lines and extendable dipperstick hydraulic lines. 20. Install backhoe bucket and bucket linkage. See Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,000012A -19-09JUN16-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=597

Frames

Dipperstick Extension Remove and Install—If Equipped 180 kg 400 lb

310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, and 325SL Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

230 kg 510 lb

410L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

265 kg 580 lb

710L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

375 kg 830 lb

Bucket Cylinder Head End Hose Torque

103 N·m 76 lb·ft

Bucket Cylinder Rod End Hose Torque

103 N·m 76 lb·ft

Internal Wear Plate Cap Screw Torque

22—27 N·m 192—240 lb·in

External Wear Plate Cap Screw Torque

47—54 N·m 35—40 lb·ft

TX1192892A —UN—14MAY15

SPECIFICATIONS 310L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

Dipperstick Extension (410L shown) 1— Bucket Cylinder 2— Dipperstick Extension 3— Extension Locking Pin

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL

4— Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Rod End Pin 5— Auxiliary Hydraulic Hose Mounting Bracket (2 used) 6— Hydraulic Hose Clamp Block (2 used)

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Extend boom and extendable dipperstick to maximum reach with bucket dumped and lowered to ground.

9. Remove auxiliary hydraulic hose mounting brackets (5) if equipped.

3. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

10. Remove bucket cylinder hoses, auxiliary hydraulic hoses (if equipped), and hydraulic thumb hoses (if equipped) from hydraulic hose clamp blocks (6).

4. Remove hydraulic thumb and thumb cylinder if equipped. See Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3800.) See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3860.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Make sure lifting device is properly attached to dipperstick extension and extension is secured. When extendable dipperstick cylinder head or rod end pin is removed, dipperstick extension can drop suddenly.

5. Remove bucket, backhoe coupler (if equipped), and bucket links. See Backhoe Bucket and Linkage Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) See Hydraulic Backhoe Coupler Remove and Install. (Group 3304.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve pressure in system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 6. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses from bucket cylinder (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Secure bucket cylinder to dipperstick.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-8

JA92389,0000100 -19-12DEC16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=598

Frames 11. Install proper lifting device to dipperstick extension (2). Support dipperstick extension. Specification 310L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 180 kg 400 lb 310SL, 310SL HL, 315SL, and 325SL Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 230 kg 510 lb 410L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 265 kg 580 lb 710L Dipperstick Extension With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 375 kg 830 lb

NOTE: To assist in dipperstick extension removal, raise boom and move dipperstick toward machine with extension supported on ground and by appropriate lifting device. 14. Remove dipperstick extension. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install shims as required to fill clearance and remove one shim to maintain clearance.

• Apply a light film of grease to wear plates. • Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® •

242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to wear plate fasteners. Tighten bucket cylinder hydraulic hoses to specification.

Specification Bucket Cylinder Head End Hose—Torque......................................................................103 N·m 76 lb·ft Specification Bucket Cylinder Rod End Hose—Torque.............................................................................103 N·m 76 lb·ft

12. Remove extension locking pin (3) and extendable dipperstick cylinder rod end pin (4). 13. Extend stabilizers fully, raise boom, and place dipperstick extension in vertical position. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,0000100 -19-12DEC16-2/3

• Tighten internal and external wear plate cap screws to

specification.

Specification

Specification External Wear Plate Cap Screw Torque—Torque.......................................................... 47—54 N·m 35—40 lb·ft

Additional Information IMPORTANT: It is necessary to maintain running clearance between plates, inner, and outer members of extension. Do not damage shims. Only install enough shims to fill clearance, then remove one shim. To allow adequate thread engagement, remove a washer from under head of cap screws for every three shims added.

TX1122038 —UN—14SEP12

Internal Wear Plate Cap Screw Torque—Torque.......................................................... 22—27 N·m 192—240 lb·in

16 14

16 16

19 Wear Plates

14— Lock Nut (3 used per wear plate) 15— Washer (3 used per wear plate) 16— Cap Screw (3 used per wear plate)

17— External Wear Plate (2 used) 18— Shim (as needed) 19— Internal Wear Plate (2 used)

JA92389,0000100 -19-12DEC16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=599

Frames

Swing Frame Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Swing Frame Weight (approximate)

130 kg 290 lb.

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove dipperstick. See Dipperstick Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)

TX1189633 —UN—07APR15

3. Remove boom. See Backhoe Boom Remove and Install. (Group 3340.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Attach appropriate lifting device and support swing frame (1). Specification Swing Frame—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 130 kg 290 lb.

Swing Frame

5. Remove boom lock rod (2) from boom lock hook (3). 6. Remove cap screws (4) and washers (5). TX1114917A —UN—20JUN12

7. Remove hose guard (6) from swing frame. 8. Remove snap rings (7), pins, and washers (8) from swing frame. 9. Remove upper and lower pivot locking cap screws (9 and 11) and lock nuts (10) from the swing frame. 10. Remove pivot pins (12), thrust washer (13), and shims (14) from main frame pivot bosses.

Lower Pivot Joint

11. Remove swing frame. 12. Repair or replace as necessary. NOTE: Weight of backhoe is supported at the lower pivot. There must be clearance between upper main frame pivot boss and the ears of the swing frame.

1— Swing Frame 2— Boom Lock Rod 3— Boom Lock Hook 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Washer (4 used) 6— Hose Guard 7— Snap Ring (4 used)

NOTE: Install swing frame pins so that cross-drilled holes align with holes in swing frame to ease hardware installation.

8— Pin and Washer (2 used) 9— Upper Pivot Locking Cap Screw 10— Lock Nut (2 used) 11— Lower Pivot Locking Cap Screw 12— Pivot Pin (2 used) 13— Thrust Washer 14— Shim (as needed)

13. Position swing frame and install upper pivot pin. Secure pin with upper pivot locking cap screw and lock nut.

17. Install hose guard, washers, and cap screws.

14. Install and align thrust washer and shims.

19. Install boom. See Backhoe Boom Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)

15. Install lower pivot pin and secure in position with lower pivot locking cap screw and lock nut. 16. Align swing cylinders and install pins (8), washers, and snap rings.

18. Install boom lock rod into boom lock hook.

20. Install dipperstick. See Dipperstick Remove and Install. (Group 3340.) JA92389,0000129 -19-12JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3340-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=600

Group 3360

Hydraulic System Backhoe Control Valve Remove and Install Tools

• JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool

- Use to disconnect Snap-to-Connect (STC)® fittings.

Weight Specifications CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1190268A —UN—14APR15

Specification Backhoe Control Valve Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 70 kg 155 lb.

Torque Specifications Specification Frame Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................129 N·m 95 lb.-ft.

Backhoe Control Valve Assembly and PEPS Manifold

Machine Preparation 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Hose Guide (2 used)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or switch battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to OFF. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Drain or apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.) 5. Remove rear window, if equipped. See Non-Fixed Window Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) 6. Remove fifth and sixth function control pedals, if equipped. See Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions. (Group 3315.) Additional Information

3— Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 4— Backhoe Control Valve

when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines to aid in assembly. Backhoe control valve is accessed by removing floor plate at rear of cab. Remove hose guides and pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold before removing backhoe control valve assembly. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) To disconnect STC connector: 1. Insert JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting. 2. Gently push, do not pry, release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the STC fitting. 3. Pull hydraulic hose to disconnect. 4. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

IMPORTANT: Prevent hydraulic system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential Snap-to-Connect (STC) is a trademark of Eaton Corporation JA92389,0000128 -19-30JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=601

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble 4

145 14 13

14 13

12 7

12 6 1

13 12

1 12

TX1190636

TX1190636 —UN—20APR15

Backhoe Control Valve (pilot shown)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-2

JA92389,0000131 -19-03JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=602

Hydraulic System 1— Nut (6 used) 2— Tie Rod (3 used) 3— Inlet Section 4— Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (if equipped)

5— Auxiliary Section (if equipped) 10— Extendable Dipperstick 13— Poppet (7 used) Section or Auxiliary Section 14— Spring (7 used) 6— Swing Section (if equipped) 7— Boom Section 145— Backhoe Control Valve 11— Outlet Section 8— Bucket Section 12— O-Ring (7 used) 9— Crowd Section

Weight Specifications CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification Backhoe Control Valve Assembly—Weight (manual controls, approximate)................................................................................... 42 kg 93 lb. Backhoe Control Valve Assembly—Weight (pilot controls, approximate)..................................................................... 48 kg 105 lb.

For complete section disassembly and assembly, see corresponding procedures: Inlet Section (3)

See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (4)

See Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

Auxiliary Section (5)

See Backhoe Auxiliary Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

Swing Section (6)

See Backhoe Swing Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Boom Section (7)

See Backhoe Boom Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Bucket Section (8)

See Backhoe Bucket Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Crowd Section (9)

See Backhoe Crowd Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Torque Specifications Specification Tie Rod Nut—Torque.....................................................................91 N·m 67 lb.-ft.

Additional Information IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to backhoe control valve. Keep all components for an individual section together as a set.

Extendable Dipperstick Section or See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section Disassemble Auxiliary Section (10) and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

Mark individual sections to aid in assembly. Assemble sections in marked order. Ensure O-rings, load checks, and springs remain in correct position.

JA92389,0000131 -19-03JUN15-2/2

Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install

1. Clean valve assembly to remove any dirt and debris. 2. Remove cap screws (5) and retainer plate (4) from top of valve section.

3. Using an O-ring pick, remove spool wiper ring (3) and lip seal (2). 4— Retainer Plate 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

1 T213604 —UN—22AUG05

1— Spool 2— Lip Seal 3— Spool Wiper Ring

3 2

Wiper Ring and Lip Seal Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-3

JA92389,0000103 -19-27JUL16-1/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=603

Hydraulic System

4. Remove retaining screws (6) and cap (14) from bottom of valve section. 5. Remove spool end cap screw (12) to remove spring seats (13), spring (9), and retainer plate (10).

6. Using an O-ring pick, remove spool wiper ring (8) and lip seal (7). 6— Retaining Screw (2 used) 7— Lip Seal 8— Spool Wiper Ring 9— Spring 10— Retainer Plate

11 8

11— Spool 12— Spool End Cap Screw 13— Spring Seat (2 used) 14— Cap

T213605 —UN—22AUG05

12 14

Valve Spool Seal Repair JA92389,0000103 -19-27JUL16-2/5

IMPORTANT: Do not damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer must be used to install lip seal.

Lube seals with hydraulic oil prior to installation. 7. Use JDG734 Hydraulic Valve Seal Replacer to install new lip seal at each end of spool.

8. Place lip seal (16) on end of tool driver (17) with open side of seal away from tool driver. NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is cone-shaped to compress lip seal for installation.

17 T213606 —UN—22AUG05

9. Carefully slide tool sleeve (15) over lip seal (16) and tool driver (17) with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not push lip seal (16) through tool sleeve (15). 10. Place tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. 11. Push tool driver (17) to install lip seal (16) into valve housing.

Installation Tool

12. Spin tool driver 180 degrees and hold down for several seconds. This will allow air to escape and seal will seat in valve counter bore.

15— Tool Sleeve 16— Lip Seal

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-4

17— Tool Driver

JA92389,0000103 -19-27JUL16-3/5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=604

Hydraulic System

13. Install spool wiper ring (8). 14. Repeat steps (7—13) for opposite end of spool. 15. Install retainer plate (10), spring seats (13), and spring (9).

Specification Spool End Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

17. Install cap (14) and retaining screws (6). Torque screws to specification.

T213605 —UN—22AUG05

12 14

Specification Retaining Screw—Torque...........................................................................13.6 N·m 120 lb·in 6— Retaining Screw (2 used) 7— Lip Seal 8— Spool Wiper Ring 9— Spring 10— Retainer Plate

16. Torque spool end cap screw (12) to specification.

11— Spool 12— Spool End Cap Screw 13— Spring Seat (2 used) 14— Cap

Valve Spool Seal Repair

JA92389,0000103 -19-27JUL16-4/5

18. Install retainer plate (4) and cap screws (5). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque...................................................................13.6 N·m 120 lb·in

19. Check for correct installation of seals by pushing down on spool (1). Spool must return to neutral position.

3 2

1— Spool 2— Lip Seal 3— Spool Wiper

4— Retainer Plate 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

T213604 —UN—22AUG05

Wiper Ring and Lip Seal JA92389,0000103 -19-27JUL16-5/5

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=605

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install

4 3

3 1

3 3

TX1191689 —UN—29APR15

1 4

TX1191689 Backhoe Valve Relief Valves (seven-function pilot valve shown) 1— Plug (2 used) 2— System Load Sense Relief Valve

3— Relief Valve (M20 x 1.5 thread) 4— Relief Valve (1-1/16-12 UN (7 used) thread) (3 used)

Torque Specifications

5— Relief Valve (adjustable)

For removal and installation of backhoe valve, see Backhoe Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Specification System Load Sense Relief Valve Body—Torque................................................................................45 N·m 33 lb.-ft. Specification System Load Sense Relief Valve Lock Nut—Torque..................................................................................45 N·m 33 lb.-ft. Specification Relief Valve (1-1/16-12 UN thread)—Torque......................................................................61 N·m 45 lb.-ft.

Specification Relief Valve (M20 x 1.5 thread)—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb.-ft. Specification Relief Valve (adjustable)—Torque.....................................................................45 N·m 33 lb.-ft.

NOTE: Relief valves must be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function performance. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the relief valves and corresponding control valve ports. IMPORTANT: Avoid O-ring or component damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts before assembly and petroleum jelly to O-rings and backup rings before installation. IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be adjusted when valves are disassembled or replaced. Failure to do so could cause damage to hydraulic system components. For information on adjusting relief valves, see Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump. (Group 9025-25.) For information on adjusting system load sense relief valve, see Hydraulic System Operating Pressure Test and Load Sense Relief Valve Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) For information on backhoe control valve section disassembly and assembly:

Additional Information Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-6

JA92389,0000130 -19-13JAN17-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=606

Hydraulic System

• See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble.

• See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section

•

• • •

(Group 3360.) See Backhoe Swing Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Boom Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Bucket Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Crowd Section Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

•

Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Auxiliary Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

JA92389,0000130 -19-13JAN17-2/2

Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble 1

TX1216652 —UN—02JUN16

11 10

13 12

TX1216652 Inlet Section (exploded view) 1— Inlet Section 2— Plug 3— Seal 4— Valve Body

5— Poppet 6— Washer 7— Spring 8— Washer

9— Adjusting Screw 10— O-Ring 11— Lock Nut

DISASSEMBLE

12— O-Ring 13— Nut Cap

ASSEMBLE

Jam Nut—Torque..........................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Nut Cap—Torque...........................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Assemble components as shown.

Additional Information

Torque Specifications

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydraulic components. Relief valves must be adjusted after they are disassembled or replaced.

Remove and disassemble components as shown.

Specification Valve Body—Torque......................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Lock Nut—Torque..........................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft

For information on adjusting system load sense relief valve, see Hydraulic System Operating Pressure Test and Load Sense Relief Valve Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) JA92389,0000134 -19-13JAN17-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=607

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Swing Section Disassemble and Assemble

14 15

1 9

17 10 18 11

3 20 19 4 11

21 22

5 15 8

6 7 8 13

TX1216665

TX1216665 —UN—02JUN16

Backhoe Swing Section—Pilot Controls 1— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 2— End Cap Assembly 3— Spool Cap Screw 4— Retainer (2 used)

5— Spring 6— Retainer 7— O-Ring 8— O-Ring 9— Spool 10— Swing Section 11— Relief Valve 12— End Cap Assembly

13— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Plug (2 used) 15— O-Ring 16— Spool 17— Ball 18— Orifice Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-8

19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Poppet 22— Spring

JA92389,0000135 -19-07JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=608

Hydraulic System

14 1 15 16 6

2 7

3 4

17 18

19 5

4 3 11

13 TX1216666

TX1216666 —UN—02JUN16

Backhoe Swing Section—Manual Controls

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-9

JA92389,0000135 -19-07JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=609

Hydraulic System 1— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Seal Plate 3— Wiper (2 used) 4— O-Ring (2 used) 5— Spool

6— Backhoe Swing Section 7— Relief Valve 8— Retainer 9— Spring 10— Spool Cap Screw 11— Seal Plate

DISASSEMBLE Remove and disassemble components as shown. ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown.

12— End Cap Assembly 13— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Plug (2 used) 15— O-Ring (2 used) 16— Spool

17— Ball 18— Orifice 19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Poppet 22— Spring

Specification End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification Spool Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m 84 lb·in

Other Materials

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads.

• Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

For information on relief valves, see Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Torque Specifications

Specification Relief Valve (M20 X 1.5 thread)—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,0000135 -19-07JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=610

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Boom Section Disassemble and Assemble 11 2 7 29

8 9 3

18 19

31 32

10 4

33 34

5 35

6 36

21 22

36 38

23 12 13 14 15 16

24 25 26

18 27

28 TX1216667

TX1216667 —UN—02JUN16

Backhoe Boom Section—Pilot Controls 1— Backhoe Boom Section 2— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 3— End Cap Assembly 4— Spool Cap Screw 5— Retainer (2 used) 6— Spring 7— Retainer 8— O-Ring 9— Backup Ring 10— Spool 11— Relief Valve (1-1/16-12 UN thread)

12— Lockout Valve Poppet 13— Spring 14— Washer 15— O-Ring 16— Plug 17— Relief Valve (M20 x 1.5 thread) 18— Plug (2 used) 19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— Ball 21— Orifice 22— O-Ring (2 used)

23— O-Ring 24— Poppet 25— Spring 26— O-Ring 27— End Cap Assembly 28— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 29— Valve Body 30— O-Ring 31— Spring 32— O-Ring 33— Backup Ring 34— Adjusting Screw Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-11

35— Retaining Ring (2 used) 36— Backup Ring (2 used) 37— O-Ring 38— Spring 39— Shim (as needed) 40— Poppet 41— Sleeve 42— Spool

JA92389,0000136 -19-07JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=611

Hydraulic System

2 0

3 4 5 7

26 27 28

6 9

30 24

14 0

15 0 16 0

17 0 18 0 19 0 TX1216668 —UN—02JUN16

20 0 21 0

22 0

22 TX1216668

Backhoe Boom Section—Manual Controls 1— Backhoe Boom Section 2— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Seal Plate 4— Wiper 5— O-Ring 6— Spool 7— Relief Valve (1-1/16-12 UN thread)

8— Lockout Valve Poppet 9— Spring 10— Washer 11— O-Ring 12— Plug 13— Relief Valve (M20 x 1.5 thread) 14— Retainer 15— Spring 16— Retainer

17— Spool Cap Screw 18— O-Ring 19— Wiper 20— Seal Plate 21— End Cap Assembly 22— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 23— Plug (2 used)

Internals of sleeve assembly are not serviced individually. Relief valve is not adjustable.

DISASSEMBLE IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to relief valve. Do not disassemble sleeve assembly.

Remove and disassemble components as shown. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

24— O-Ring (2 used) 25— Spool 26— Ball 27— Orifice 28— O-Ring (2 used) 29— O-Ring 30— Poppet 31— Spring

33-3360-12

JA92389,0000136 -19-07JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=612

Hydraulic System

ASSEMBLE

Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Assemble components as shown. Other Materials

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer •

Specification Relief Valve (1 1/16-12 UN thread)—Torque......................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads. Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

Specification Relief Valve (M20 x 1.5 thread)—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,0000136 -19-07JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-13

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=613

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Bucket Section Disassemble and Assemble 15

2 2

16 10 17

18 19 11 1

5 21 20 11

22 12

7 8

TX1216716

TX1216716 —UN—02JUN16

Backhoe Bucket Section—Pilot Controls 1— Backhoe Bucket Section 2— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 3— End Cap Assembly 4— Spool Cap Screw

5— Retainer (2 used) 6— Spring 7— Retainer 8— O-Ring 9— O-Ring 10— Spool 11— Relief Valve (2 used)

12— O-Ring 13— End Cap Assembly 14— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 15— Plug (2 used) 16— O-Ring (2 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-14

17— Spool 18— Ball 19— Orifice 20— O-Ring (2 used) 21— O-Ring 22— Poppet 23— Spring JA92389,0000137 -19-06JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=614

Hydraulic System

17 2

2 3

4 5

20 21 6

23 22

24 8 25 18

11 12 13 TX1216717 —UN—02JUN16

14 15 16

16 TX1216717

Backhoe Bucket Section—Manual Controls 1— Backhoe Bucket Section 2— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Seal Plate 4— Wiper 5— O-Ring 6— Spool

7— Relief Valve (2 used) 8— Retainer 9— Spring 10— Retainer 11— Spool Cap Screw 12— O-Ring 13— Wiper

14— Seal Plate 15— End Cap Assembly 16— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Plug (2 used) 18— O-Ring (2 used)

19— Spool 20— Ball 21— Orifice 22— O-Ring (2 used) 23— O-Ring 24— Poppet 25— Spring

DISASSEMBLE

Other Materials

Remove and disassemble components as shown.

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer

ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown.

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads.

• Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-15

JA92389,0000137 -19-06JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=615

Hydraulic System

For information on relief valves, see Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Torque Specifications Specification End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification Spool Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m 84 lb·in

Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification Relief Valve—Torque.....................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Specification Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread)—Torque..........................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,0000137 -19-06JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=616

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Crowd Section Disassemble and Assemble 6 2 7 8 9 19 3

20 21

4 22 10

5 12

15 30

11 5

28 16

TX1216718 —UN—02JUN16

17 25 26 27

TX1216718 Backhoe Crowd Section—Pilot Controls 1— Backhoe Crowd Section 2— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 3— End Cap Assembly 4— Spool Cap Screw 5— Retainer (2 used)

6— Retainer 7— O-Ring 8— O-Ring 9— Spool 10— Relief Valve (2 used) 11— Poppet 12— Spring 13— Washer 14— O-Ring 15— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread)

16— O-Ring 17— End Cap Assembly 18— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 19— Plug 20— O-Ring 21— Spool 22— Ball 23— Orifice Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-17

24— O-Ring (2 used) 25— O-Ring 26— Poppet 27— Spring 28— O-Ring 29— Plug 30— Spring

JA92389,0000138 -19-06JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=617

Hydraulic System

22 23

28 1

4 5

30 9

10 11

8 7

25 24

14 15 23 22

16 17 TX1216720 —UN—02JUN16

18 19 20 21

21 TX1216720

Backhoe Crowd Section—Manual Controls 1— Backhoe Crowd Section 2— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Seal Plate 4— Wiper 5— O-Ring 6— Spool 7— Relief Valve (2 used)

8— Poppet 9— Spring 10— Washer 11— O-Ring 12— Plug 13— Retainer 14— Spring 15— Retainer 16— Spool Cap Screw

17— O-Ring 18— Wiper 19— Seal Plate 20— End Cap Assembly 21— Seal Plate Cap Screw 22— Plug 23— O-Ring (2 used)

DISASSEMBLE

24— O-Ring (2 used) 25— O-Ring 26— Poppet 27— Spring 28— Spool 29— Ball 30— Orifice

Remove and disassemble components as shown.

To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the relief valves and corresponding control valve ports.

Additional Information

ASSEMBLE Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-18

JA92389,0000138 -19-06JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=618

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Relief valves must be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function performance. Assemble components as shown.

Other Materials

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads.

• Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

For information on relief valves, see Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Torque Specifications Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Specification Relief Valve—Torque.....................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,0000138 -19-06JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-19

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=619

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped

Y24

Y25

12 16 17

14 24

1 23

19 20 5 6 5 21

24 16

TX1228220 —UN—14NOV16

TX1228220 Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section—Pilot Controls (325SL and 310SL HL only) 1— Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section 2— Solenoid Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Solenoid End Cap Assembly

5— Retainer (2 used) 6— Spring 7— Spool Cap Screw 8— O-Ring 9— O-Ring 10— End Cap Assembly 11— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Spool 13— O-Ring

14— O-Ring (3 used) 16— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) (2 used) 17— O-Ring (2 used) 18— Compensator Spool 19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Poppet 22— Spring Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-20

23— Seal (2 used) 24— Plug (1-1/16-12 UN thread) (2 used) Y24— Dipperstick Extend Solenoid Y25— Dipperstick Retract Solenoid

JM46292,0000051 -19-15NOV16-1/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=620

Hydraulic System

27 28

Y25

Y24

29 1 30

31 9

33 10

34 35

5 11 12 13 14 7

19 21 36 37

15 16 17 22

23 24

TX1216723 —UN—02JUN16

TX1216723 Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section—Pilot Controls (410L only) 1— Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section 2— Solenoid Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Solenoid End Cap Assembly 5— O-Ring 6— O-Ring (3 used) 7— Spool

8— Plug (1-1/16-12 UN thread) 9— Seal 10— Poppet 11— Spring 12— Washer 13— O-Ring 14— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) 15— Backup Ring 16— O-Ring 17— O-Ring 18— Plug (M20 x 1.5 thread) 19— O-Ring

20— O-Ring 21— Retainer 22— Spring 23— Retainer 24— Spool Cap Screw 25— End Cap Assembly 26— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 27— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) 28— O-Ring 29— Spool 30— Ball Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-21

31— Orifice 32— O-Ring 33— O-Ring 34— Poppet 35— Spring 36— O-Ring 37— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) Y24— Dipperstick Extend Solenoid Y25— Dipperstick Retract Solenoid JM46292,0000051 -19-15NOV16-2/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=621

Hydraulic System

2 27 1

4 5

7 30

32 9 10

34 35

11 12

16 17

28 27

21 22 23 TX1216724 —UN—02JUN16

24 25 26

TX1216724 Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section—Manual Controls (410L only) 1— Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Section 2— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Plate 4— Wiper 5— Seal 6— Spool 7— Plug (1-1/16-12 UN thread) 8— Seal

9— Poppet 10— Spring 11— Washer 12— O-Ring 13— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) 14— Backup Ring 15— O-Ring 16— O-Ring 17— Plug (M20 x 1.5 thread) 18— Retainer

19— Spring 20— Retainer 21— Spool Cap Screw 22— O-Ring 23— Wiper 24— Plate 25— End Cap Assembly 26— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 27— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) (2 used)

DISASSEMBLE IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to relief valve. Do not disassemble sleeve assembly. TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

28— O-Ring (2 used) 29— Spool 30— Ball 31— Orifice 32— O-Ring (2 used) 33— O-Ring 34— Poppet 35— Spring

Internals of sleeve assembly are not serviced individually. Relief valve is not adjustable. Continued on next page

33-3360-22

JM46292,0000051 -19-15NOV16-3/4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=622

Hydraulic System

Remove and disassemble components as shown. ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown.

Specification Spool Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m 84 lb·in Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Other Materials

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads.

• Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

For information on relief valves, see Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Torque Specifications Specification Solenoid Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................2 N·m 18 lb·in Specification Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Specification Plug (1-1/16-12 UN thread)—Torque............................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft Specification Plug (M20 x 1.5 thread)—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft Specification Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread)—Torque..........................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Specification End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JM46292,0000051 -19-15NOV16-4/4

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-23

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=623

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Auxiliary Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped 15 2

Y22

Y23

16 17

24 3

1 26

4 27

19 28

31 32

7 17

8 16

34 TX1216725 —UN—02JUN16

11 35

TX1216725 Backhoe Auxiliary Section—Pilot Controls 1— Backhoe Auxiliary Section 2— Solenoid Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Solenoid End Cap Assembly 5— Retainer (2 used) 6— Spring 7— Spool Cap Screw 8— O-Ring

9— O-Ring 10— End Cap Assembly 11— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Spool 13— O-Ring 14— O-Ring (3 used) 15— Relief Valve (2 used) 16— Plug (2 used) 17— O-Ring (2 used) 18— Compensator Spool

19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Poppet 22— Spring 23— Body 24— O-Ring 25— Sleeve 26— Spring 27— Adjusting Screw 28— O-Ring 29— Backup Ring 30— Retaining Ring (2 used) 31— Backup Ring (2 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-24

32— O-Ring 33— Spring 34— Shim (as needed) 35— Poppet Y22— Backhoe Auxiliary Solenoid 1 (work port A) Y23— Backhoe Auxiliary Solenoid 2 (work port B)

JA92389,000013A -19-07JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=624

Hydraulic System

2 3 4

26 27

17 18

28 6

30 31

21 22

8 7

15 14

31 33

3 11 12 13

TX1216726

TX1216726 —UN—07JUN16

Backhoe Auxiliary Section—Manual Controls 1— Seal Plate Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Seal Plate 3— Wiper (2 used) 4— O-Ring (2 used) 5— Spool 6— Backhoe Auxiliary Section 7— Relief Valve (2 used) 8— Retainer (2 used)

9— Spring 10— Spool Cap Screw 11— Seal Plate 12— End Cap Assembly 13— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Plug (2 used) 15— O-Ring (2 used) 16— Spool

17— Ball 18— Orifice 19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Poppet 22— Spring 23— Body 24— O-Ring 25— Sleeve 26— Spring 27— Adjusting Screw 28— O-Ring

29— Backup Ring 30— Retaining Ring (2 used) 31— Backup Ring (2 used) 32— O-Ring 33— Spring 34— Shim (as needed) 35— Poppet

DISASSEMBLE Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-25

JA92389,000013A -19-07JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=625

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to relief valve. Do not disassemble sleeve assembly. Internals of sleeve assembly are not serviced individually. Relief valve is not adjustable. Remove and disassemble components as shown. ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown. Other Materials

Specification Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification Spool Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................9 N·m 84 lb·in

• Loctite® Kleen ‘N Prime™ Primer

- Use to clean spool cap screw threads.

• Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) - Use to lock spool cap screw threads.

Specification Seal Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Specification Relief Valve—Torque.....................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JA92389,000013A -19-07JUN16-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=626

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped 29 2

32 22

Y53

34 24

3 8 35

1 4 25 9

37 38 39

27 11 21 28

40 12

14 15

43 16

18 46 TX1216727

TX1216727 —UN—02JUN16

Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-27

JA92389,000013B -19-06JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=627

Hydraulic System 1— Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section 2— Solenoid Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Solenoid End Cap Assembly 5— Spool 6— O-Ring 7— O-Ring (2 used) 8— Relief Valve 9— O-Ring 10— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread)

11— Seal 12— Plug (1-1/16-12 UN thread) 13— O-Ring 14— Valve Seat Insert 15— Spring 16— O-Ring 17— End Cap Assembly 18— End Cap Assembly Cap Screw (2 used) 19— Drain Plug 20— Plug (M22 x 1.5 thread) (2 used) 21— O-Ring (2 used)

DISASSEMBLE

22— Spool 23— Ball 24— Orifice 25— O-Ring (2 used) 26— O-Ring 27— Poppet 28— Spring 29— Adjustment Screw 30— Nut 31— O-Ring 32— Pilot Poppet 33— Pilot Spring 34— Relief Valve Plug 35— O-Ring 36— Spring 37— Backup Ring

38— O-Ring 39— Main Spring 40— Piston 41— Backup Ring 42— O-Ring 43— Main Relief Valve Poppet 44— Anticavitation Poppet 45— Relief Valve Body 46— O-Ring Y53— Selective Flow Control Solenoid

Additional Information

Specification End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in

Mark orientation of adjustment screw (29) to relief valve body (45) and note number of revolutions when removing adjustment screw to aid assembly.

Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................104 N·m 77 lb·ft

ASSEMBLE

Specification Drain Plug—Torque.......................................................................24 N·m 216 lb·in

Remove and disassemble components as shown.

Assemble components as shown. For information on relief valves, see Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Torque Specifications Specification Solenoid Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................2 N·m 18 lb·in

Specification Nut—Torque....................................................................................5 N·m 48 lb·in Specification Relief Valve Body—Torque................................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft

Specification Solenoid End Cap Assembly Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in JA92389,000013B -19-06JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-28

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=628

Hydraulic System

Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Valve Remove and Install Tools

• JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool

- Use to disconnect Snap-to-Connect (STC)® fittings.

Torque Specifications Specification PEPS Manifold Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..................................................................... 73 N·m 54 lb.-ft. TX1192755A —UN—11MAY15

Machine Preparation 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Disconnect battery negative (-) ground cable or switch battery disconnect switch (if equipped) to OFF. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Valve Manifold 1— Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Valve Manifold 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Nut (2 used)

component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

4. Drain or apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil. (Operator's Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. (Group 2160.)

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines to aid in assembly.

5. Remove fifth and sixth function control pedals, if equipped. See Backhoe Auxiliary Pedal Remove and Install—Fifth and Sixth Functions. (Group 3315.)

1. Insert JDG1385 STC Hose and Line Fitting Tool between release sleeve and shoulder of fitting.

6. Remove floor plate at rear of operator's station.

2. Gently push, do not pry, release sleeve away from shoulder to disconnect the STC fitting.

Additional Information

To disconnect STC connector:

3. Pull hydraulic hose to disconnect.

IMPORTANT: Prevent hydraulic system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean

4. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Snap-to-Connect (STC) is a trademark of Eaton Corporation JA92389,000010C -19-15JUN15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-29

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=629

Hydraulic System

Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove cap screws (1) and pilot enable solenoid (Y52). 2. Remove nuts (2), pattern select solenoids (Y58 and Y59), and spools (3). 3. Remove pilot control pressure reducing valve (138). 4. Remove check valve (4). 5. Remove pilot control accumulator (140) and O-ring (5). 138— Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve 140— Pilot Control Accumulator Y52— Pilot Enable Solenoid Y58— Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Y59— Pattern Select Solenoid 2

TX1119165A —UN—31JUL12

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Nut (2 used) 3— Spool (2 used) 4— Check Valve 5— O-Ring 137— Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold

Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-30

JA92389,000010D -19-02JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=630

Hydraulic System

6. Inspect O-rings and seals for damage. Replace as necessary.

TX1119169A —UN—30JUL12

7. Inspect and test solenoids. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-15.) Replace as necessary. 8. Install O-ring (5) and pilot control accumulator. 9. Install check valve. 10. Install pilot control pressure reducing valve. 11. Install spools, pattern select solenoids, and nuts. 12. Install pilot enable solenoid and cap screws. Y52— Pilot Enable Solenoid Y58— Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Y59— Pattern Select Solenoid 2

TX1119168A —UN—31JUL12

2— Nut (2 used) 3— Spool (2 used) 4— Check Valve 138— Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve

Pilot Enable Solenoid

TX1119167A —UN—31JUL12

Pattern Select Solenoid

TX1119170A —UN—31JUL12

Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve

Check Valve JA92389,000010D -19-02JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-31

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=631

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Swing Cylinder Remove and Install 39 kg 86 lb

315SL, 325SL Swing Cylinder Weight (approximate)

41 kg 91 lb

310SL, 310SL HL, 410L Swing Cylinder Weight (approximate)

46 kg 102 lb

710L Swing Cylinder Weight (approximate)

66 kg 146 lb

710L Trunnion Weight (approximate)

48 kg 106 lb

Swing Cylinder Hydraulic Fitting Torque

70 N·m 52 lb·ft

Trunnion Cap Screw Torque (310L, 310SL, 310SL HL, 410L, and 710L)

620 N·m 457 lb·ft

TX1195144A —UN—04JUN15

SPECIFICATIONS 310L Swing Cylinder Weight (approximate)

Swing Cylinder (310L and 710L hose guard side)

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Swing backhoe to one side and lower backhoe bucket to ground. 3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025.)

TX1195143A —UN—04JUN15

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 4. Remove cap screws (1), pins (3), and hose guard (2). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device and support swing cylinder.

Swing Cylinder (hose guard side) 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Hose Guard

Specification 310L Swing Cylinder—Weight (approximate) ................................................................................. 39 kg 86 lb 315SL, 325SL Swing Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 41 kg 91 lb 310SL, 310SL HL, 410L Swing Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 46 kg 102 lb

710L Swing Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 66 kg 146 lb 710L Trunnion—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 48 kg 106 lb

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

3— Pin (1 or 2 used)

33-3360-32

JA92389,0000116 -19-16JUN16-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=632

Hydraulic System

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (9). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove cap screws (10) and washers (11). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1118231A —UN—16JUL12

8. Attach appropriate lifting device to trunnion (12). Remove trunnion and swing cylinder (13). 9. Repair or replace swing cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 9— Hydraulic Hose (4 used) 10— Cap Screw (4 used) 11— Washer (8 used)

12— Trunnion 13— Swing Cylinder

TX1216758A —UN—03JUN16

Swing Cylinder (trunnion side)

Swing Cylinder (710L trunnion side) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-33

JA92389,0000116 -19-16JUN16-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=633

Hydraulic System

10. Inspect swing cylinder bushings (14). Replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

TX1190613A —UN—21APR15

Specification Trunnion Cap Screw (310L, 310SL, 310SL HL, 410L, and 710L)—Torque.............................................................................620 N·m 457 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Be sure hydraulic fittings in swing cylinder are tightened to specification. Cylinder movement and hydraulic pressure can loosen fittings and cause a leak.

• If hydraulic fittings were removed from cylinder, install

Swing Cylinder Bushing

and tighten fittings to specification.

Specification Swing Cylinder Hydraulic Fitting—Torque..............................................................................70 N·m 52 lb·ft

14— Swing Cylinder Bushing (2 used)

• Align grease passages in trunnion and frame with passage in bushing.

JA92389,0000116 -19-16JUN16-3/3

Backhoe Boom Cylinder Remove and Install 77 kg 170 lb.

310SL, 315SL, 325SL Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

87 kg 192 lb.

310SL HL, 410L Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

136 kg 300 lb.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS 310L Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

High-Pressure Fluid

3. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position or remove battery negative (-) cables. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

2. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-34

BE78919,000013A -19-08JUN15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=634

Hydraulic System

4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) from backhoe boom cylinder (162). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to backhoe boom cylinder.

TX1190919A —UN—23APR15

Specification 310L Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 77 kg 170 lb. 310SL, 315SL, 325SL Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 87 kg 192 lb. 310SL HL, 410L Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 136 kg 300 lb.

Backhoe Boom Cylinder

6. Remove snap rings (4) and washers (5) from head end pin (3). 7. Remove head end pin. 4— Snap Ring (2 used) 5— Washer (4 used) 162— Backhoe Boom Cylinder

TX1117272A —UN—05JUL12

1— Hydraulic Hose (head end) 2— Hydraulic Hose (rod end) 3— Head End Pin

Backhoe Boom Cylinder and Hydraulic Hoses Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-35

BE78919,000013A -19-08JUN15-2/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=635

Hydraulic System

8. Remove boom lock pivot. See Backhoe Boom Lock Remove and Install. (Group 3315.) 9. Remove snap rings (6) and washer (7) from backhoe boom cylinder rod end pin (8). 10. Remove rod end pin. 11. Remove backhoe boom cylinder. 12. Repair or replace backhoe boom cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

TX1195026A —UN—08JUN15

13. Install backhoe boom cylinder. 14. Install rod and head end pins. 15. Install washers and snap rings. 16. Install backhoe boom lock pivot and pins. 17. Connect backhoe boom cylinder hydraulic hoses. 18. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON or connect battery negative (-) cables.

Boom Lock Pivot

19. Operate backhoe to check for leaks and proper backhoe boom cylinder operation.

6— Snap Ring 7— Washer

8— Backhoe Boom Cylinder Rod End Pin BE78919,000013A -19-08JUN15-3/3

Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install 41 kg 91 lb

310SL Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

51 kg 113 lb

310SL HL, 315SL, 325SL, and 410L Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

63 kg 139 lb

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS 310L Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

High-Pressure Fluid

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-36

JA92389,0000110 -19-07JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=636

Hydraulic System Machine Preparation 1. Extend bucket to bucket dump position and lower to the ground. TX1194382A —UN—22MAY15

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position or remove battery negative (-) cables. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Removal

5. Remove hose clamp (1) and backhoe bucket cylinder hydraulic hose (2) from backhoe bucket cylinder (163). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Install appropriate lifting device to backhoe bucket cylinder using lifting straps. Specification 310L Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 41 kg 91 lb 310SL Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 51 kg 113 lb 310SL HL, 315SL, 325SL, and 410L Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 63 kg 139 lb

7. Remove rod end pin (3).

1— Hose Clamp 2— Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Hose 3— Rod End Pin

4— Head End Pin 163— Backhoe Bucket Cylinder

8. Remove head end pin (4). 9. Remove backhoe bucket cylinder. Additional Information Install identification tags to all hydraulic hoses to aid in assembly. IMPORTANT: Prevent hydraulic system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all opening using caps and plugs. Repair or replace backhoe bucket cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) JA92389,0000110 -19-07JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-37

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=637

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Remove and Install 62 kg 137 lb

310SL Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Weight (approximate)

72 kg 159 lb

315SL, 325SL Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Weight (approximate)

73 kg 161 lb

310SL HL, 410L Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Weight (approximate)

83 kg 183 lb

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS 310L Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Weight (approximate)

1. Fully raise dipperstick and move backhoe bucket to full load position. 2. Lower boom to rest on proper supporting device or block. 3. Lower dipperstick to rest bucket on ground.

High-Pressure Fluid

6. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position or remove battery negative (-) cables. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

4. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 5. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-38

JA92389,0000112 -19-08MAY18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=638

Hydraulic System

7. Install identification tags and disconnect backhoe crowd cylinder (164) hydraulic hoses (1 and 2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1195091A —UN—04JUN15

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Attach appropriate lifting device to crowd cylinder. Specification 310L Backhoe Crowd Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 62 kg 137 lb 310SL Backhoe Crowd Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 72 kg 159 lb 315SL, 325SL Backhoe Crowd Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 73 kg 161 lb 310SL HL, 410L Backhoe Crowd Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 83 kg 183 lb

TX1190814A —UN—29APR15

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Removal

9. Remove snap ring (6) and washers (5) from rod end pin (7). 10. Remove rod end pin, retainer (9), and spacers (8). 11. Remove snap rings, washers, and crowd cylinder pivots (3) from head end pin (4). 12. Remove head end pin.

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder 1— Hydraulic Hose (head end) 2— Hydraulic Hose (rod end) 3— Crowd Cylinder Pivot (2 used) 4— Head End Pin 5— Washer (as needed)

6— Snap Ring (3 used) 7— Rod End Pin 8— Spacer (2 used) 9— Retainer 164— Backhoe Crowd Cylinder

13. Remove backhoe crowd cylinder. 14. Repair or replace backhoe crowd cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 15. Install backhoe crowd cylinder. 16. Install rod end pin, spacers, and retainer.

19. Connect backhoe crowd cylinder hydraulic hoses (1 and 2). 20. Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position or connect battery negative (-) cables. 21. Operate backhoe to check for leaks and proper backhoe crowd cylinder operation.

17. Install washers and snap ring. 18. Install head end pin, washers, and snap rings.

JA92389,0000112 -19-08MAY18-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-39

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=639

Hydraulic System

Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 310 Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Weight (approximate)

30 kg 66 lb

310SL, 315SL, 325SL Extendable 35 kg 77 lb Dipperstick Cylinder Weight (approximate) 410L Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Weight (approximate)

49 kg 108 lb

710L Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Weight (approximate)

55 kg 121 lb

Extendable Dipperstick Hydraulic Hose Torque

63 N·m 47 lb·ft

TX1190467A —UN—16APR15

1. Remove backhoe extendable dipperstick (160). See Dipperstick Extension Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3340.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position or remove battery negative (-) cables. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Removal 1— Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Head End Pin 2— Hose Clamp (2 used)

4. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 5. Remove hose clamps (2).

160— Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick 165— Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder

710L Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 55 kg 121 lb

6. Install identification tags and disconnect extendable dipperstick cylinder (165) hydraulic hoses. Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

8. Remove backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder head end pin (1) and slowly remove cylinder.

7. Attach appropriate lifting device to backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder.

9. Repair or replace backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder as necessary.

Specification 310 Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 66 lb 310SL, 315SL, 325SL Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 35 kg 77 lb 410L Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 49 kg 108 lb

10. Install backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder and backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder head end pin. 11. Connect backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder hydraulic hoses and install hose clamps. Tighten to specification. Specification Extendable Dipperstick Hydraulic Hose—Torque...............................................................................63 N·m 47 lb·ft

12. Install backhoe extendable dipperstick. See Dipperstick Extension Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3340.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-40

JA92389,0000118 -19-16JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=640

Hydraulic System

13. Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position or install battery negative (-) cables.

14. Operate backhoe to check for leaks and proper backhoe extendable dipperstick operation. JA92389,0000118 -19-16JUN16-2/2

Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Remove and Install 310L, 310SL Standard Stabilizer Cylinder Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

310SL Extended Leg, 310SL HL, 410L Standard Stabilizer Cylinder Weight (approximate)

40 kg 88 lb

710L Stabilizer Cylinder Weight (approximate)

66 kg 146 lb

Stabilizer Cylinder Hydraulic Fitting Torque

37 N·m 28 lb·ft

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

SPECIFICATIONS

High-Pressure Fluid

1. Lower stabilizer arm to the ground. On machines equipped with reversible feet, remove the foot before lowering stabilizer arm to the ground. 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)

4. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position or remove battery negative (-) cables. See Battery Disconnect—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-41

JA92389,0000114 -19-16JUN16-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=641

Hydraulic System

5. Remove hose clamp (6) from stabilizer cylinder (201). 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses from stabilizer cylinder. Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1190448A —UN—15APR15

7. Install appropriate lifting device to stabilizer cylinder using lifting straps. Specification 310L, 310SL Standard Stabilizer Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb 310SL Extended Leg, 310SL HL, 410L Standard Stabilizer Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb 710L Stabilizer Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 66 kg 146 lb

Stabilizer Cylinder

8. Remove snap rings (1) and head end pin (2) from stabilizer cylinder. NOTE: 710L does not use spacer (5). TX1190456 —UN—15APR15

9. Remove snap rings (3), rod end pin (4), and spacer (5) from stabilizer cylinder. 10. Remove stabilizer cylinder. 11. Repair or replace stabilizer cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 12. Install stabilizer cylinder.

Stabilizer Cylinder (exploded view)

13. Install spacer, pins, and snap rings to stabilizer cylinder. 14. Connect stabilizer cylinder hydraulic hoses and install hose clamp. Tighten fittings to specification. Specification Stabilizer Cylinder Hydraulic Fitting—Torque..............................................................................37 N·m 28 lb·ft

1— Snap Ring (2 used) 2— Head End Pin 3— Snap Ring (2 used) 4— Rod End Pin

5— Spacer 6— Hose Clamp 201— Stabilizer Cylinder

16. Operate backhoe to check for leaks and proper stabilizer cylinder operation.

15. Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position or install battery negative (-) cables. JA92389,0000114 -19-16JUN16-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-42

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=642

Hydraulic System Cylinder Identification

Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble For backhoe cylinders identification and repair, see Hydraulic Cylinders. (CTM120519.)

Backhoe Boom Cylinder

125 Series

Backhoe Bucket Cylinder

120 Series

Backhoe Crowd Cylinder

125 Series

Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder

120 Series

Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder

120 Series

Backhoe Swing Cylinder

120 Series BE78919,0000130 -19-09APR15-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-43

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=643

Hydraulic System

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

33-3360-44

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=644

Contents

Section 38 Grapple

Page

Group 3800—Removal and Installation Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................... 38-3800-1 Group 3860—Hydraulic System Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped ........................ 38-3860-1 Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped ............................................... 38-3860-2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

38-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

38-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 3800

Removal and Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

Hydraulic Thumb Remove and Install—If Equipped

D01072AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set

SPECIFICATIONS 34 kg 75 lb.

Thumb Weight (approximate)

86 kg 190 lb.

TX1047346A —UN—20AUG08

Thumb Cylinder Weight (approximate)

TX1047345A —UN—20AUG08

Hydraulic Thumb-to-Thumb Cylinder Pin Retaining Bolt

TX1047347A —UN—20AUG08

Hydraulic Thumb and Cylinder

Hydraulic Thumb-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Retaining Bolt 1— Cap Screw 2— Thumb Cylinder-toDipperstick Pin 3— Hose

4— Thumb Cylinder 5— Hose 6— Thumb 7— Thumb Cylinder-to-Hydraulic Thumb Pin

1. Lower bucket (8) to ground. Close hydraulic thumb (6) so it rests on the bucket.

8— Bucket 9— Bucket-to-Dipperstick Pin 10— Cap Screw 11— Nut

2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

12— Cap Screw 13— Nut

38-3800-1

CH82351,0000173 -19-18JUN15-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=647

Removal and Installation

3. Remove thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb retaining cap screw (12) and nut (13). CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Attach appropriate lifting device to support thumb cylinder (4). Specification Thumb Cylinderâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb.

5. Remove thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb pin (7).

8. Remove bucket-to-dipperstick retaining cap screw (10) and nut (11). 9. Remove bucket-to-dipperstick pin (9) and remove hydraulic thumb. 10. Inspect bushings and replace as necessary. For ease of removing bushings, weld three straight beads the inside length of the bushing. Allow bushing to cool before removing with a punch. Install new bushings even with outside surface of hydraulic thumb using D01072AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set. 11. Install hydraulic thumb and secure with bucket-to-dipperstick pin. 12. Install bucket-to-dipperstick retaining cap screw (10) and nut (11).

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to cylinder rod. Fully retract thumb cylinder to protect finish on the cylinder rod.

13. Align thumb cylinder with hydraulic thumb.

6. Retract thumb cylinder.

14. Install thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb pin (7).

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

15. Install thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb retaining cap screw (12) and nut (13).

7. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydraulic thumb (6). Specification Thumbâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 86 kg 190 lb. CH82351,0000173 -19-18JUN15-2/2

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

38-3800-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=648

Group 3860

Hydraulic System Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Thumb Cylinder Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01072AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set

1. Lower bucket (8) to ground. Close hydraulic thumb (6) so it rests on the bucket. 2. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb retaining cap screw (12) and nut (13). TX1047345A —UN—20AUG08

4. Remove thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb pin (7). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to cylinder rod. Fully retract thumb cylinder to protect finish on the cylinder rod. 5. Retract thumb cylinder (4). CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

Hydraulic Thumb and Thumb Cylinder

TX1047346A —UN—20AUG08

6. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (3 and 5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Thumb Cylinder to Hydraulic Thumb Retaining Cap Screw

8. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydraulic thumb cylinder (4) using a lifting strap.

1— Cap Screw 2— Thumb Cylinder-toDipperstick Pin 3— Hydraulic Hose 4— Thumb Cylinder 5— Hydraulic Hose 6— Hydraulic Thumb 7— Thumb Cylinder-toHydraulic Thumb Pin

Specification Thumb Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb.

9. Remove cap screw (1). 10. Remove thumb cylinder-to-dipperstick pin (2). 11. Repair or replace hydraulic thumb cylinder as necessary. See Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped. (Group 3860).

even with outside surface of hydraulic thumb using D01072AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set.

12. Inspect bushings and replace as necessary. For ease of removing bushings, weld three straight beads the inside length of the bushing. Allow bushing to cool before removing with a punch. Install new bushings

13. Position hydraulic thumb cylinder in place and install thumb cylinder-to-dipperstick pin (2). 14. Install cap screw (1). 15. Connect hydraulic hoses.

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

8— Bucket 9— Bucket-to-Dipperstick Pin 10— Cap Screw 11— Nut 12— Cap Screw 13— Nut

38-3860-1

CH82351,0000174 -19-13JUN18-1/2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=649

Hydraulic System

16. Align thumb cylinder rod end-to-hydraulic thumb. 17. Install thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb pin.

18. Install thumb cylinder-to-hydraulic thumb retaining cap screw (12) and nut (13). CH82351,0000174 -19-13JUN18-2/2

Hydraulic Thumb Cylinder Disassemble and Assembleâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;If Equipped For backhoe hydraulic thumb cylinder repair information, see Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) CH82351,0000175 -19-13JUN18-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

38-3860-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=650

Contents

Section 99 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Page

Group 9900â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1380 Lift Bracket................................. 99-9900-1 DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket ................................................ 99-9900-22 DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool ...................................................... 99-9900-24 DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool.............. 99-9900-25

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=1

Contents

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

050719

PN=2

Group 9900

Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1380 Lift Bracket

Material required:

Load Rating: 2268 kg (5000 lb) Item

Description

Rough Size of Stock

Square Tube

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Material

Square Tube

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Square Tube (2 used)

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Square Tube (2 used)

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Cap Plate (4 used)

3.175 mm (0.125 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel

Shackle Plate (4 used)

19.05 mm (0.75 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel

Hook Ring

22.225 mm (0.875 in) Diameter Round Rod

1018 Steel

Gusset (2 used)

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel

Hook Ring (4 used)

15.875 mm (0.625 in) Diameter Round Rod

1018 Steel

Flat Sling (4 used)

Liftex EE291 or Similar

Oblong Master Link

Columbus McKinnon CM HA100 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Shackle (4 used)

Gunnebo Industries SA-10-8 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Hook (8 used)

Gunnebo OBK-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Grab Hook (2 used)

Gunnebo OG-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Coupling Link (8 used)

Gunnebo G-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Chain (4 used)

30 Links

Grade 100

Master Ring (2 used)

Columbus McKinnon CM 554611 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Chain (4 used)

10 Links

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Sling Coupling Link (4 used)

Gunnebo SKR/SKA-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

Nylon

Assembly:

5. Cut plates (5 and 6) and hook rings (7 and 9) as shown.

1. Cut square tubes (1 and 2) and gussets (8) as shown.

6. Weld plates and hook rings to weldment (B) as shown.

2. Weld square tubes and gussets as shown.

7. Assemble items (11â&#x20AC;&#x201D;18) to weldment (C) as shown.

3. Cut square tubes (3 and 4) as shown. 4. Weld square tubes to weldment (A) as shown. Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-1

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-1/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=653

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=654

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1228626

TX1228626 —UN—12DEC16

A-A

99-9900-3

Continued on next page

Dealer Fabricated Tools

PN=655

050719

1028.17 mm (40.479 in)

2006.60 mm (79.000 in)

(120.00˚)

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

0.25 0.25

978.43 mm (38.521 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (1 of 5)

1780.84 mm (70.112 in)

976.84 mm (38.458 in)

39.69 mm (1.563 in)

2006.60 mm (79.000 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

87.99 mm 3.464 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in) 88.90 mm (3.500 in)

175.98 mm 6.928 in)

60.00˚

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-2/11

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=656

Dealer Fabricated Tools

1— Square Tube 2— Square Tube 8— Gusset (2 used)

21— Weld 1 (2 places) 22— Weld 2 (2 places)

23— Weld 3 (4 places) 24— Weld 4 (2 places) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-5

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-3/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=657

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=658

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1228627

TX1228627 —UN—12DEC16

A-A

99-9900-7

Continued on next page

Dealer Fabricated Tools

050719

PN=659

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

A 31

1782.22 mm (70.166 in)

1518.25 mm (59.774 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (2 of 5)

926.30 mm (36.468 in)

30.00˚

1080.29 mm (42.531 in)

60.00˚

1427.97 mm (56.219 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

773.11 mm (30.438 in)

30.00˚

60.00˚

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-4/11

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=660

Dealer Fabricated Tools

3— Square Tube (2 used) 4— Square Tube (2 used)

31— Weld 5 (4 places) 32— Weld 6 (4 places)

33— Weld 7 (4 places) 34— Weld 8 (4 places) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-9

A—Weldment TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-5/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=661

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=662

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1228628

TX1228628 —UN—29NOV16

203.69 mm (8.019 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

99-9900-11

Continued on next page

128.00 mm (5.039 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

Ø22.23 mm (0.875 in)

050719

3.18 mm (0.125 in)

PN=663

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

R9.53 mm (0.375 in)

50.80 mm (2.000 in)

19.05 mm (0.750 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (3 of 5)

50.80 mm (2.000 in)

101.60 mm (4.000 in)

Ø17.00 mm (0.669 in)

Ø15.88 mm (0.625 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-6/11

19.05 mm (0.750 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-12

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=664

Dealer Fabricated Tools

5— Cap Plate (4 used)

6— Shackle Plate (4 used)

7— Hook Ring 9— Hook Ring (4 used) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-13

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-7/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=665

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-14

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=666

A-A

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1228629

TX1228629 —UN—12DEC16

0.125

11.11 mm (0.438 in)

Continued on next page

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

99-9900-15

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

050719

PN=667

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

11.11 mm (0.438 in)

14.28 mm (0.562 in) 34.93 mm (1.375 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (4 of 5)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

34.93 mm (1.375 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

747.87 mm (29.444 in)

B-B

1787.72 mm (70.383 in)

0.125 0.125

1.38 mm (0.054 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

34.93 mm (1.375 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-8/11

1083.47 mm (42.656 in)

273.54 mm (10.769 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-16

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=668

Dealer Fabricated Tools

5— Cap Plate (4 used) 6— Shackle Plate (4 used) 7— Hook Ring

9— Hook Ring (4 used) 41— Weld 9 (4 places) 42— Weld 10 (4 places)

43— Weld 11 (4 places, where possible) 44— Weld 12 (2 places, where possible) Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-17

B—Weldment

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-9/11

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=669

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-18

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=670

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

TX1229743

TX1229743 —UN—12DEC16

99-9900-19

Continued on next page

1787.72 mm (70.383 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

050719

PN=671

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader

1082.67 mm (42.625 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (5 of 5)

2789.07 mm (109.806 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-10/11

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-20

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=672

Dealer Fabricated Tools

10— Flat Sling (4 used) 11— Master Link, Oblong 12— Shackle (4 used)

13— Safety Hook (8 used) 14— Choker Hook (2 used) 15— Coupling Link (8 used)

16— 3/8-in Chain, 10 Links (4 used) 17— Master Ring (2 used) 18— 3/8-in Chain, 30 Links (4 used)

C—Weldment

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-11/11

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-21

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=673

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket NOTE: If available, DFT1285 Engine Support Bracket (B) can be used to make DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket (A).

A 101.6 mm (4.00 in)

13.0 mm (0.51 in)

30.0 mm (1.18 in)

163.3 mm (6.43 in)

63.3 mm (2.50 in)

787.4 mm (31.00 in) 482.6 mm (19.00 in) 8.1 mm (0.32 in)

R4.4 mm (0.17 in)

152.4 mm (6.00 in)

25.4 mm (1.00 in)

43.7 mm (1.72 in) 63.5 mm (2.50 in)

19.0 mm (0.75 in)

25.4 mm (1.00 in) 107.9 mm (4.25 in)

25.4 mm (1.00 in)

482.6 mm (19.00 in)

6.3 mm (0.25 in)

127.0 mm (5.00 in) 31.7 mm (1.25 in)

25.4 mm (1.00 in)

787.4 mm (31.00 in) TX1200467 Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-22

19.0 mm (0.75 in)

TX1200467 —UN—07DEC15

19.0 mm (0.75 in)

BE78919,000013E -19-20OCT15-1/3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=674

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1285A Cross Bar A—DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket

B—DFT1285 Engine Support Bracket BE78919,000013E -19-20OCT15-2/3

31.7 mm (1.25 in)

54.0 mm (2.12 in)

52.3 mm (2.06 in)

6.3 mm (0.25 in)

TX1200511 —UN—18SEP15

6.3 mm (0.25 in)

TX1200511 DFT1285A Spacers

DFT1285A Engine Support Bracket supports engine while transmission is being removed and installed. MATERIALS:

• Cap Screw (10.0 mm x 1.5 mm x 80.0 mm, 8 used) • Spacer (31.7 mm x 6.3 mm x 54.0 mm, 2 used) • Spacer (31.7 mm x 6.3 mm x 52.3 mm, 2 used)

• C-Channel Steel (C4 x 7.25) BE78919,000013E -19-20OCT15-3/3

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-23

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=675

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool

95 mm (3.74 in)

25.4 mm (1 in)

Dia. 15.875 mm (.625 in)

TX1022775 —UN—30APR07

178 mm (7 in)

TX1022775 DFT1286 Backlash Measurement Tool

Used to measure backlash between ring gear and pinion. MATERIALS:

• 2 Cap Screws (7/16 x 30) • 3/8 in. 1020 Steel SL78608,0000699 -19-04MAY12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-24

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=676

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool Used to remove and install snap rings in MFWD shaft assembly. Material required: • 3 in. Inside Diameter x 6 in. Long Pipe

TX1073744 —UN—23MAR10

A—3 in. Inside Diameter x 6 in. Long Pipe

DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool SL78608,0000933 -19-05MAY12-1/1

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-25

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=677

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

99-9900-26

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=678

Index Page Page

A Adjustment Cab door hinges Cab door latch .......................................... 18-1810-15 Non-fixed window......................................... 18-1810-13 Non-fixed window latch ................................ 18-1810-14 Aftertreatment assembly Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-11 Air cleaner Remove and install ........................................ 05-0520-1 Air conditioner freeze control switch Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-10 Air conditioner system Flush and purge ............................................. 18-1830-5 Air conditioning R134a refrigerant oil information.................... 18-1830-2 R134a system charge .................................... 18-1830-7 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 18-1830-1 Air suspension seat Disassmble and assemble ............................. 18-1821-7 Alignment procedure Exhaust bellows ............................................. 05-0530-6 Anticavitation valve, loader Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-17 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 00-0001-15 Operating safely........................................... 00-0001-15 Auxiliary accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-22 Avoid static electricity risk when fueling ............ 00-0001-5 Axle Front, MFWD remove and install ................... 02-0240-1 MFWD, assemble ........................................ 02-0240-17 MFWD, disassemble...................................... 02-0240-2 Rear, assemble ............................................ 02-0250-17 Rear, disassemble ......................................... 02-0250-5 Rear, remove and install ................................ 02-0250-3 Axle steering cylinder, mechanical front wheel drive Disassemble and assemble ......................... 09-0960-14 Remove and install ...................................... 09-0960-12 Axle, rear Gear tooth contact pattern, check................ 02-0250-51

B Backhoe auxiliary section Disassemble and assemble ...33-3360-20, 33-3360-24 Backhoe auxiliary selective flow control section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-27 Backhoe boom Remove and install ........................................ 33-3340-1

Backhoe boom cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-34 Backhoe boom lock Remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-8 Backhoe boom lock control lever and linkage Remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-9 Backhoe boom section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-11 Backhoe bucket and bucket links Remove and install ........................................ 33-3302-1 Backhoe bucket cutting edge Remove and install ........................................ 33-3302-4 Backhoe bucket cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-36 Backhoe bucket section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-14 Backhoe bucket tooth tips Remove and install ........................................ 33-3302-1 Backhoe control valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3360-2 Remove and install ........................................ 33-3360-1 Spool seals, remove and install ..................... 33-3360-3 Backhoe control valve linkage two lever Remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-1 Backhoe control valve relief valve Remove and install ........................................ 33-3360-6 Backhoe crowd cylinder Remove and Install ...................................... 33-3360-38 Backhoe crowd section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-17 Backhoe cylinder Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-43 Backhoe extendable dipperstick cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-40 Backhoe fifth function pedal Remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-5 Backhoe inlet section Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3360-7 Backhoe pilot control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3315-17 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3315-15 Backhoe sixth function pedal Remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-5 Backhoe stabilizer cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-41 Backhoe swing cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-32 Backhoe swing section Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3360-8 Backover Accidents ......................................... 00-0001-12 Backup alarm Volume adjustment ........................................ 20-2004-1 Battery box Remove and install ........................................ 19-1913-1 Bellows alignment JDG11340 bellows alignment fixture.............. 05-0530-2

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-1

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=1

Index

Page

Blower mode door motor Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-12 Boom Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3340-1 Loader, remove and install............................. 31-3140-1 Boom cylinder, backhoe Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-34 Boom cylinder, loader Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-23 Brake disk and pressure plate Remove and install ........................................ 10-1011-1 Brake pedal Adjustment ..................................................... 10-1015-1 Brake system Bleeding procedure........................................ 10-1060-1 Brake valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 10-1060-6 Remove and install ........................................ 10-1060-1 Bucket Loader, remove and install............................. 31-3102-1 Bucket and bucket links Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3302-1 Bucket cutting edge Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3302-4 Bucket cutting edges Welded, replacement procedure.................... 31-3102-2 Bucket cylinder Loader, remove and install........................... 31-3160-24 Bucket cylinder,backhoe Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-36 Bucket self-leveling linkage Loader adjustment ......................................... 31-3115-2 Bucket tooth shank Remove and install ........................................ 33-3302-1 Bucket tooth tips Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3302-1

Circuit relief valve Loader auxiliary, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 31-3160-20 Loader boom raise and bucket curl, disassemble and assemble........................ 31-3160-18 Circuit relief valve with anticavitation Loader bucket dump, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 31-3160-19 Circular Connectors................................................... 16-1600-15 Cleaning procedure DEF tank ...................................................... 05-0530-28 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank ................... 05-0530-28 Cleanup procedure General oil...................................................... 21-2160-1 Hydraulic component failure .......................... 21-2160-2 Clutch packs First and third speed, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 03-0350-34 High range forward, low range forward, and reverse, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 03-0350-19 Install............................................................ 03-0350-16 Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD), disassemble and assemble........................ 03-0350-58 Remove........................................................ 03-0350-12 Second speed clutch disassemble and assemble.................................................... 03-0350-49 Compressor Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-14 Condenser Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-13 Connectors Circular......................................................... 16-1600-15 Rectangular or triangular ............................. 16-1600-16 Control lever remove and install Transmission.................................................. 16-1675-2 Control pattern Functions ....................................................... 00-0001-2 Control tower Pilot, disassemble and assemble................. 33-3315-25 Pilot, remove and install............................... 33-3315-21 Control valve Remove and install ........................................ 33-3360-1 Controllers Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-4 Coolant heater Remove and install ........................................ 05-0505-1 Cooling package Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0510-4 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0510-11 Cooling system Service safely............................................... 00-0001-17 Counterweight Remove and install ........................................ 17-1749-1 Crowd cylinder Backhoe, remove and Install........................ 33-3360-38

C Cab door hinges Cab door latch Adjustment ............................................... 18-1810-15 Cab roof Remove and install ...................................... 18-1810-17 Charge R134a system ................................................ 18-1830-7 Charge air cooler Remove and install ........................................ 05-0520-2 Charge pump Remove and install ........................................ 03-0360-1 Cinch connector Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-5 Cinch contact Installation...................................................... 16-1600-6 Cinch cp connector Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-7 Cinch cp contact Installation.................................................... 16-1600-13

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-2

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=2

Index

Page

Cylinder Backhoe crowd, remove and install ............. 33-3360-38 Backhoe extendable dipperstick, remove and install ................................................... 33-3360-40 Backhoe stabilizer, remove and install .......................................................... 33-3360-41 Backhoe swing, remove and install.............. 33-3360-32 Loader bucket, remove and install ............... 31-3160-24 Loader coupler, remove and install ................ 31-3104-8 Steering, non-powered axle disassemble and assemble............................................. 09-0960-10 Steering, non-powered axle remove and install ............................................................ 09-0960-9 Cylinder, mechanical front wheel drive axle steering Remove and install ...................................... 09-0960-12

Backhoe auxiliary section ......33-3360-20, 33-3360-24 Backhoe auxiliary selective flow control section........................................................ 33-3360-27 Backhoe boom section................................. 33-3360-11 Backhoe bucket section ............................... 33-3360-14 Backhoe control valve.................................... 33-3360-2 Backhoe crowd section ................................ 33-3360-17 Backhoe cylinder.......................................... 33-3360-43 Backhoe inlet section ..................................... 33-3360-7 Backhoe swing section .................................. 33-3360-8 Cooling package ............................................ 05-0510-4 DEF header.................................................. 05-0530-26 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header ............... 05-0530-26 Fan................................................................. 05-0510-1 Hydraulic backhoe coupler............................. 33-3304-2 Hydraulic backhoe coupler valve manifold........................................................ 33-3304-6 Hydraulic thumb cylinder If-equipped ................................................. 38-3860-2 Limited slip differential ................................. 02-0240-41 Loader cylinders........................................... 31-3160-25 Mechanical suspension seat.......................... 18-1821-2 Park brake.................................................... 02-0250-36 Transmission charge pump............................ 03-0360-5 Dryer, receiver Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18-1830-12

D Dealer fabricated tool DFT1285A engine support bracket .............. 99-9900-22 DFT1286 backlash measurement tool ............................................................. 99-9900-24 DFT163 MFWD snap ring removal and installation tool ........................................... 99-9900-25 Dealer fabricated tools DFT1380 lift bracket....................................... 99-9900-1 DEF header Disassemble and assemble ......................... 05-0530-26 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-22 DEF tank Cleaning procedure...................................... 05-0530-28 Deutsch connector Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-15 Deutsch contact Installation.................................................... 16-1600-17 DFT1380 Lift bracket ..................................................... 99-9900-1 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) decomposition tube Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-31 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-31 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-29 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header Disassemble and assemble ......................... 05-0530-26 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-22 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank Cleaning procedure...................................... 05-0530-28 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-17 Dipperstick Remove and install ........................................ 33-3340-3 Dipperstick extension Extendable, remove and install...................... 33-3340-8 Disassemble and assemble Air suspension seat........................................ 18-1821-7

E Electrical connectors Remove connector body from blade terminals....................................................... 16-1600-5 Electronic controllers Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-4 Engine Remove.......................................................... 04-0400-2 Evaporator Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-8 Exhaust bellows Alignment procedure...................................... 05-0530-6 Exhaust filter...................................................... 00-0001-8 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-14 Exhaust Filter, Safety Safety, Exhaust Filter ................................... 00-0001-20 Exhaust tube Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-16 Expansion valve Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-9 Extendable dipperstick cylinder Backhoe, remove and install........................ 33-3360-40 Extendable dipperstick extension Remove and install ........................................ 33-3340-8

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-3

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=3

Index

Page

F Fan Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0510-1 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-1 Fifth function pedal Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3315-5 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3315-6 Filter assembly Hydraulic, remove and install....................... 21-2160-14 Fire prevention................................................... 00-0001-6 Fixed window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-8 Freeze control switch, air conditioner Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-10 Front axle MFWD, assemble ........................................ 02-0240-17 MFWD, disassemble...................................... 02-0240-2 Front Axle MFWD, remove and install............................. 02-0240-1 Front console Remove and Install ........................................ 18-1810-6 Front wheel Remove and install ........................................ 01-0110-2 Front window wiper Wiper motor Remove and Install..................................... 18-1810-1 Fuel tank Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-1

hydraulic backhoe coupler Remove and install ........................................ 33-3304-1 Hydraulic backhoe coupler Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3304-2 Hydraulic backhoe coupler valve manifold Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3304-6 Remove and install ........................................ 33-3304-4 Hydraulic filter assembly Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-14 Hydraulic fitting Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 Non-restricted banjo (adjustable)................. 00-0003-18 O-ring boss with shoulder ............................ 00-0003-19 Hydraulic oil cooler Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-12 Hydraulic oil reservoir Apply vacuum ................................................ 21-2160-3 Hydraulic pump Disassemble and assemble ........................... 21-2160-6 Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-3 Hydraulic pump control Disassemble and assemble ........................... 21-2160-8 Hydraulic reservoir Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-9 Hydraulic thumb Remove and install ........................................ 38-3800-1 Hydraulic thumb cylinder Disassemble and assemble If-equipped ................................................. 38-3860-2 Remove and install If-equipped ................................................. 38-3860-1

Gear tooth contact pattern Check........................................................... 02-0250-51 General oil Cleanup procedure ........................................ 21-2160-1

H Hazards Work site ...................................................... 00-0001-11 Headliner Remove and install ...................................... 18-1810-16 Heater Coolant, remove and install ........................... 05-0505-1 Heater core Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-8 Hood and engine enclosure Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 Hub assembly Remove and install ........................................ 02-0230-1 Hydraulic Component failure cleanup procedure ..................................................... 21-2160-2 Fittings, 30Â° cone seat ................................... 00-0003-4 Fittings, 37Â° flare ............................................ 00-0003-4

Identification Manual ....................................................................... --3 Inch bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-3 Inch series four bolt flange fitting Service recommendation, torque value for high pressure ............................................. 00-0003-17 Installation Cinch contact ................................................. 16-1600-6 Cinch cp contact .......................................... 16-1600-13 Deutsch contact ........................................... 16-1600-17 Weather pack contact .................................. 16-1600-21

J JDG11340 bellows alignment fixture ................. 05-0530-2

L Lever remove and install Multi-function.................................................. 16-1675-1 Limited slip differential Disassemble and assemble ......................... 02-0240-41 Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-4

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=4

Index

Page

Linkage Backhoe control valve, two lever, remove and install ..................................................... 33-3315-1 Loader bucket, remove and install ................. 31-3140-4 Two lever, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 33-3315-2 Load sense generation valve Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-17 Loader and stabilizer Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3160-3 Loader and stabilizer control valve Remove and install ........................................ 31-3160-1 Loader and stabilizer control valve relief valves Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-15 Loader anticavitation valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-17 Loader auxiliary accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-22 Loader auxiliary circuit relief valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-20 Loader auxiliary manifold Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-21 Loader auxiliary shutoff plug Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-20 Loader boom Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-1 Loader boom cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-23 Loader boom raise and bucket curl circuit relief valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-18 Loader bucket Remove and install ........................................ 31-3102-1 Loader bucket cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-24 Loader bucket dump circuit relief valve with anticavitation Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-19 Loader bucket linkage Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-4 Loader control valve linkage, two function Remove and install ........................................ 31-3115-1 Loader coupler Remove and install ........................................ 31-3104-1 Loader coupler cylinder Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3104-8 Loader cylinders Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-25

Machine tipover Avoid ............................................................ 00-0001-12 Machine,inspect................................................. 00-0001-3 Manual Identification............................................................... --3 Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) clutch pack Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0350-58 Mechanical front wheel drive axle steering cylinder Disassemble and assemble ......................... 09-0960-14 Remove and install ...................................... 09-0960-12 Mechanical suspension seat Disassemble and assemble ........................... 18-1821-2 Metri-pack connector Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-18 Metric bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-1 MFWD axle Assemble ..................................................... 02-0240-17 Disassemble .................................................. 02-0240-2 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0240-1 Motor, rear window wiper Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-3 Multi-function lever (MFL) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1675-1

M Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-2 Machine movement Unintended Prevent ..................................................... 00-0001-10

N Non-fixed window Adjustment ................................................... 18-1810-13 Remove and install ...................................... 18-1810-10 Non-fixed window Latch Adjustment ................................................... 18-1810-14 Non-powered front axle Remove and install ........................................ 02-0230-7

O O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housingexcavators Torque value, service recommendation ............................................................... 00-0003-6 O-ring boss fittings............................................. 00-0003-4 O-ring face seal fitting Inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values................................. 00-0003-9 Metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-13 Metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-11 O-ring seal, metric 24 Service recommendation ............................. 00-0003-21 Oil General, cleanup procedure .......................... 21-2160-1

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-5

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=5

Index

Page

Oil coolers Hydraulic and transmission Remove and install................................... 21-2160-12 Oil information R134a refrigerant ........................................... 18-1830-2 Operating Use special care .......................................... 00-0001-16 Operation qualification....................................... 00-0001-1 Operator's station Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1

P Park brake Disassemble and assemble ......................... 02-0250-36 Remove and install ......................................... 11-1111-1 Park brake switch ............................................ 00-0001-10 Parts, moving Stay clear ....................................................... 00-0001-3 Pedal Backhoe fifth function, remove and install ............................................................ 33-3315-5 Backhoe sixth function, remove and install ............................................................ 33-3315-5 Fifth function, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 33-3315-6 Sixth function, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 33-3315-6 Pilot control tower Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3315-25 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3315-21 Pilot control valve Backhoe, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3315-17 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3315-15 Pilot controls Tower, disassemble and assemble .............. 33-3315-25 tower, remove and install ............................. 33-3315-21 Pilot enable and pattern select valve Disassemble and Assemble......................... 33-3360-30 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-29 Pins, metal Drive safely .................................................. 00-0001-18 Pressure plate, brake disk and remove and install.......................................... 10-1011-1 Pump Hydraulic, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 21-2160-6 Hydraulic, remove and install......................... 21-2160-3 Pump control Hydraulic, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 21-2160-8 Pump drive shaft Install............................................................ 03-0350-67

R R134a air conditioning System charge ............................................... 18-1830-7 R134a refrigerant Recover.......................................................... 18-1830-4 R134a system Evacuate ........................................................ 18-1830-6 Radio and speakers Remove and install ........................................ 20-2001-1 Rear axle Assemble ..................................................... 02-0250-17 Disassemble .................................................. 02-0250-5 Gear tooth contact pattern, check................ 02-0250-51 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0250-3 Rear wheel Remove and install ........................................ 01-0110-1 Rear window and frame assembly Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-4 Rear Window and Frame Assembly Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-4 Rear window wiper Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-3 Rear window wiper motor Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-3 Receiver dryer Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18-1830-12 Recognize Safety, information ......................................... 00-0001-1 Recovery/charging station Installation procedure..................................... 18-1830-3 Rectangular or triangular Connectors................................................... 16-1600-16 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 18-1830-1 Refrigerant oil information R134a ............................................................ 18-1830-2 Refueling, avoid static electricity risk................. 00-0001-5 Relief valves Loader and stabilizer control valve, remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-15 Remove Engine............................................................ 04-0400-2 Remove and install Aftertreatment assembly .............................. 05-0530-11 Auxiliary accumulator................................... 31-3160-22 Backhoe control valve.................................... 33-3360-1 Backhoe control valve relief valve.................. 33-3360-6 Blower mode door motor.............................. 18-1830-12 Cab roof ....................................................... 18-1810-17 Cinch connector ............................................. 16-1600-5 Cinch cp connector ........................................ 16-1600-7 Controllers...................................................... 16-1600-4 DEF header.................................................. 05-0530-22 Deutsch connector ....................................... 16-1600-15 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) decomposition tube ............................................................ 05-0530-31 Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-6

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=6

Index

Page

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector........................................................ 05-0530-31 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit......... 05-0530-29 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header ............... 05-0530-22 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank ................... 05-0530-17 Exhaust filter ................................................ 05-0530-14 Exhaust tube ................................................ 05-0530-16 Fixed window ................................................. 18-1810-8 Front console ................................................. 18-1810-6 Headliner...................................................... 18-1810-16 Hood and engine enclosure ........................... 19-1910-1 Hub assembly ................................................ 02-0230-1 Hydraulic backhoe coupler............................. 33-3304-1 Hydraulic backhoe coupler valve manifold........................................................ 33-3304-4 Hydraulic thumb cylinder If-equipped ................................................. 38-3860-1 Loader auxiliary accumulator ....................... 31-3160-22 Loader auxiliary manifold ............................. 31-3160-21 Loader coupler ............................................... 31-3104-1 Metri-pack connector ................................... 16-1600-18 Non-fixed window......................................... 18-1810-10 Operator's station........................................... 18-1800-1 Radio and speakers ....................................... 20-2001-1 Rear window and frame assembly................. 18-1810-4 Rear Window and Frame Assembly .............. 18-1810-4 Rear window wiper motor and wiper motor ............................................................ 18-1810-3 Seat assembly ............................................... 18-1821-1 Spindle assembly........................................... 02-0230-2 Universal joint and drive shaft........................ 02-0225-1 Weather pack connector .............................. 16-1600-20 Wiper motor Front window wiper .................................... 18-1810-1 Repair wire assembly (RWA), installation........................................................ 16-1600-1 Reservoir Hydraulic, remove and install......................... 21-2160-9 Reservoir, hydraulic oil Apply vacuum ................................................ 21-2160-3 Return-to-dig switch Loader adjustment ......................................... 31-3115-2 Ride control Valve, disassemble and assemble............... 31-3160-27 Valve, remove and install ............................. 31-3160-26 Ride control accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-28 Ride control valve Disassamble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-27 Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-26 Ride control valve solenoid Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-29 Riders Keep off machine ......................................... 00-0001-11 Roads Operating or traveling .................................. 00-0001-14 ROPS Inspect ......................................................... 00-0001-14

Maintain ....................................................... 00-0001-14

S Safety Add cab guarding for special uses............................................00-0001-1, 00-0001-9 Boom............................................................ 00-0001-13 Clean debris from machine ............................ 00-0001-9 Electrical lines .............................................. 00-0001-13 Fire................................................................. 00-0001-6 Operator's seat ............................................ 00-0001-10 Park and prepare for service safely ............. 00-0001-16 Power lines .................................................. 00-0001-13 Protect against noise ..................................... 00-0001-2 Protective equipment ..................................... 00-0001-2 Safety hazards Travel ........................................................... 00-0001-14 Safety, high-pressure fluids Avoid high-pressure fluids.............................. 00-0001-3 Safety, information Recognize ...................................................... 00-0001-1 Seat assembly Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-1 Seat position sensor Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-22 Sensor Seat position, remove and install ................. 16-1600-22 Serpentine belt Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-2 Service brakes Inspect ........................................................... 02-0250-1 Service filter Cleaning......................................................... 05-0530-1 Service recommendation Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-17 O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housing excavators.................................................... 00-0003-6 O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................... 00-0003-9 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-13 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-11 O-ring seal, metric 24................................... 00-0003-21 Shutoff plug Loader auxiliary, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 31-3160-20 Sixth function pedal Backhoe, remove and install.......................... 33-3315-5 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3315-6 Speakers and radio Remove and install ........................................ 20-2001-1 Spindle assembly Remove and install ........................................ 02-0230-2 Spool seals, remove and install Backhoe control valve.................................... 33-3360-3 Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-7

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=7

Index

Page

Stabilizer cylinder Backhoe, remove and install........................ 33-3360-41 Stabilizer lever linkage Remove and install ...................................... 33-3315-13 Steering column Remove and install ........................................ 09-0920-1 Tilt, disassemble and assemble..................... 09-0920-4 Steering cylinder Non-powered axle, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 09-0960-10 Non-powered axle, remove and install ............................................................ 09-0960-9 Steering valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 09-0960-4 Remove and install ........................................ 09-0960-1 Steps Use correctly Handholds .................................................. 00-0001-9 Swing cylinder Backhoe, remove and install........................ 33-3360-32 Swing frame Remove and install ...................................... 33-3340-10

O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................... 00-0003-9 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-13 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-11 O-ring seal, metric 24................................... 00-0003-21 Unified inch bolt and cap screw ..................... 00-0003-3 Transmission Charge pump, remove and install .................. 03-0360-1 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0300-1 Torque converter side of case, assemble...................................................... 03-0350-9 Torque converter side, disassemble .............. 03-0350-7 Transmission charge pump Disassemble and assemble ........................... 03-0360-5 Transmission control lever (TCL) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1675-2 Transmission oil cooler Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-12 Transmission outer components Remove to disassemble...............03-0350-1, 03-0350-4 Traveling On public roads............................................ 00-0001-14 Two function, loader control valve linkage Remove and install ........................................ 31-3115-1 Two lever linkage Disassemble and assemble ........................... 33-3315-2

T Tie rod Remove and install ........................................ 02-0230-5 Tilt steering column Disassemble and assemble ........................... 09-0920-4 Tire Remove and install ........................................ 01-0110-3 Tool JDG11340 bellows alignment fixture.............. 05-0530-2 Tool, dealer fabricated DFT1285A engine support bracket .............. 99-9900-22 DFT1286 backlash measurement tool ............................................................. 99-9900-24 DFT163 MFWD snap ring removal and installation tool ........................................... 99-9900-25 Torque converter Remove and install ........................................ 06-0651-1 Torque value 30Â° cone seat hydraulic fittings ...................... 00-0003-4 37Â° flare hydraulic fittings............................... 00-0003-4 Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 Flat face O-ring seal fitting ............................. 00-0003-8 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting.................... 00-0003-16 Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-17 Metric bolt and cap screw .............................. 00-0003-1 Metric cap screw ............................................ 00-0003-2 Metric four bolt flange fitting......................... 00-0003-15 Non-restricted banjo fittings ......................... 00-0003-18 O-Ring boss fitting ......................................... 00-0003-4 O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housingexcavators ....................................... 00-0003-6 O-ring boss fittings with shoulder................. 00-0003-19

U Universal joint and drive shaft Remove and install ........................................ 02-0225-1

V Valve Backhoe control, linkage two lever, remove and install ........................................ 33-3315-1 Backhoe pilot control, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 33-3315-17 Load sense generation, remove and install .......................................................... 21-2160-17 Loader and stabilizer control, disassemble and assemble............................................... 31-3160-3 Loader and stabilizer control, remove and install ............................................................ 31-3160-1 Loader auxiliary curcuit relief, disassemble and assemble............................................. 31-3160-20 Loader boom raise and bucket curl circuit relief, disassemble and assemble .............. 31-3160-18 Loader bucket dump circuit relief, disassemble and assemble........................ 31-3160-19 Pilot control, remove and install ................... 33-3315-15 Pilot enable and pattern select, remove and install ................................................... 33-3360-29

Continued on next page

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-8

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=8

Index

Page

Valve linkage, two function Remove and install ........................................ 31-3115-1 Valve, expansion Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-9 Valve, loader anticavitation Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-17 Valves Loader and stabilizer control valve relief, remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-15 Volume adjustment Backup alarm ................................................. 20-2004-1

Weather pack contact Installation.................................................... 16-1600-21 Welded bucket cutting edges Replacement procedure................................. 31-3102-2 Welding repair of major structures..................... 17-1740-1 Welding repairs................................................ 00-0001-18 Wheel Front, remove and install ............................... 01-0110-2 Rear, remove and install ................................ 01-0110-1 Work site hazards Avoid ............................................................ 00-0001-11

W Weather pack connector Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-20

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-9

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=9

Index

TM13300X19 (07MAY19)

Index-10

310SL HL and 410L Backhoe Loader 050719 PN=10